TW202224728A - Multi-piece golf club head - Google Patents

Multi-piece golf club head Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202224728A
TW202224728A TW110142729A TW110142729A TW202224728A TW 202224728 A TW202224728 A TW 202224728A TW 110142729 A TW110142729 A TW 110142729A TW 110142729 A TW110142729 A TW 110142729A TW 202224728 A TW202224728 A TW 202224728A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
golf club
club head
crown
driver
insert
Prior art date
Application number
TW110142729A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI789121B (en
Inventor
馬克 格雷尼
斯蒂芬 克勞斯
鄭國桂
鄭凱銘
馬修 格列史密斯
克里斯多福 哈伯特
托德 比奇
馬修 D 強生
Original Assignee
美商泰勒梅高爾夫有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US17/124,134 external-priority patent/US20220184466A1/en
Priority claimed from US17/137,151 external-priority patent/US20220184472A1/en
Priority claimed from US17/228,511 external-priority patent/US20220184470A1/en
Priority claimed from US17/389,167 external-priority patent/US20220184746A1/en
Priority claimed from US17/505,511 external-priority patent/US20220184471A1/en
Application filed by 美商泰勒梅高爾夫有限公司 filed Critical 美商泰勒梅高爾夫有限公司
Publication of TW202224728A publication Critical patent/TW202224728A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI789121B publication Critical patent/TWI789121B/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63BAPPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
    • A63B53/00Golf clubs
    • A63B53/04Heads
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63BAPPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
    • A63B60/00Details or accessories of golf clubs, bats, rackets or the like
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63BAPPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
    • A63B2102/00Application of clubs, bats, rackets or the like to the sporting activity ; particular sports involving the use of balls and clubs, bats, rackets, or the like
    • A63B2102/32Golf

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Golf Clubs (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed herein is a driver-type golf club head that is made from at least one first material, having a density between 0.9 g/cc and 3.5 g/cc, at least one second material, having a density between 3.6 g/cc and 5.5 g/cc, and at least one third material, having a density between 5.6 g/cc and 20.0 g/cc. The first material has a first mass no more than 55% and no less than 25% of the total mass of the golf club head. The second material has a second mass no more than 65% and no less than 20% of the total mass of the golf club head. The third material has a third mass equal to the total mass of the golf club head less the first mass of the first material and the second mass of the second material.

Description

多件式高爾夫球桿頭 Multi-Piece Golf Club Heads

本揭示大體上涉及一種高爾夫球桿,並且更具體地涉及一種由黏合劑結合在一起的多個部件構成的高爾夫球桿頭。 The present disclosure relates generally to golf clubs, and more particularly, to a golf club head constructed of multiple components that are adhesively bonded together.

在高爾夫的早期歷史中,高爾夫球桿頭主要由單一材料諸如木材製成。後來,高爾夫球桿頭從主要由木材製成的構造發展為主要由金屬製成的構造。最初由金屬製成的高爾夫球桿頭是由鋼合金製成的。隨著時間的推移,高爾夫球桿頭開始由鈦合金製成。一些(但不是全部)高爾夫球桿頭製造商已經從使用單一材料轉變為使用多種材料和多件式構造。多件的使用和多種材料的使用可以提供各種製造和性能優勢。多件式高爾夫球桿頭的多個件可以以多種方式,諸如黏合劑結合和焊接結合在一起。 In the early history of golf, golf club heads were primarily made from a single material such as wood. Later, golf club heads evolved from constructions made primarily of wood to constructions made primarily of metal. Originally made of metal, golf club heads were made of steel alloys. Over time, golf club heads began to be made of titanium alloys. Some, but not all, golf club head manufacturers have moved from using a single material to using multiple materials and multi-piece construction. The use of multiple pieces and the use of multiple materials can provide various manufacturing and performance advantages. The pieces of the multi-piece golf club head may be joined together in a variety of ways, such as adhesive bonding and welding.

通常,多件式高爾夫球桿頭的結合件之間的結合強度會影響高爾夫球桿頭的耐用性並因此影響高爾夫球桿頭隨時間的性能。當高爾夫球桿頭用於擊打高爾夫球時,弱結合傾向於加速結合的退化。結合件之間的結合的退化可導致高爾夫球桿頭的性能降低,諸如最好的情況是經由剛度降低和缺乏適當的負載傳遞,最壞的情況是高爾夫球桿頭的完全失效。通常,發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的擊球面在其生命週期中與高爾夫球發生數千次碰撞。每次碰撞都會對擊球面施加10,000g至20,000g範圍內的力,其中g等於每單位質量由於重力產生的力。以如此高的力反復擊打往往會導致形成高爾夫球桿頭的結合部退化。因此,需要高爾夫球桿頭的結合件之 間的牢固的初始和持久結合。 In general, the bond strength between the bonds of a multi-piece golf club head can affect the durability of the golf club head and thus the performance of the golf club head over time. Weak bonds tend to accelerate bond degradation when golf club heads are used to hit golf balls. Degradation of the bond between the bonds can lead to reduced performance of the golf club head, such as via reduced stiffness and lack of proper load transfer at best, and complete failure of the golf club head at worst. Typically, the striking face of a driver golf club head collides with the golf ball thousands of times during its lifetime. Each impact applies a force in the range of 10,000g to 20,000g to the ball striking face, where g equals the force due to gravity per unit mass. Repeated blows with such high forces tend to degrade the bond forming the golf club head. Therefore, there is a need for a combination of golf club heads Strong initial and lasting bond between.

因為焊接通常提供更強的初始結合並且與其他結合技術相比可以表現出更高的耐用性,所以許多傳統的多件式高爾夫球桿頭的部件使用有助於焊接的材料,諸如相容金屬。然而,用於構造多件式高爾夫球桿頭的許多金屬比非金屬材料具有更高的質量。因此,可用於分佈在此類高爾夫球桿頭周圍的可用於提升高爾夫球桿頭性能的質量(也稱為任意質量)可能受到限制。為此,提供在高爾夫球桿頭的部件之間具有牢固且持久的結合並且促進可自由支配的質量增加的多件式高爾夫球桿頭可能是困難的。 Because welding generally provides a stronger initial bond and can exhibit greater durability than other bonding techniques, many traditional multi-piece golf club head components use materials that facilitate welding, such as compatible metals . However, many of the metals used to construct multi-piece golf club heads are of higher quality than non-metallic materials. As a result, the mass (also referred to as arbitrary mass) available for distribution around such golf club heads that can be used to enhance the performance of the golf club head may be limited. For this reason, it can be difficult to provide a multi-piece golf club head that has a strong and durable bond between the components of the golf club head and that promotes discretionary mass gain.

本申請案之標的是針對現有技術的現狀,特別是針對具有多件式構造的高爾夫球桿頭的尚未完全解決的缺點而開發的。因此,本申請案之標的已經被開發以提供一種高爾夫球桿頭,該高爾夫球桿頭克服了傳統高爾夫球桿頭的上述缺點中的至少一些缺點。 The subject matter of this application was developed in response to the state of the art, and in particular, the shortcomings of golf club heads with multi-piece construction that have not yet been fully addressed. Accordingly, the subject matter of the present application has been developed to provide a golf club head that overcomes at least some of the above-mentioned disadvantages of conventional golf club heads.

本文揭示一種發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭。發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭包括前向部分,該前向部分包括擊球面,與前向部分相對的後向部分,冠部部分,與冠部部分相對的底部部分,跟部部分,和與跟部部分相對的趾部部分。發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的體積在390立方釐米(cc)至600cc之間。發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的總質量在185克(g)至210克之間。發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭由至少一種密度在0.9g/cc至3.5g/cc之間的第一材料、至少一種密度在3.6g/cc至5.5g/cc之間的第二材料製成,以及至少一種密度在5.6g/cc至20.0g/cc之間的第三材料製成。至少一種第一材料的第一質量不大於發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭總質量的55%,並且不小於發球桿式高爾夫球 桿頭總質量的25%。至少一種第二材料的第二質量不大於發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭總質量的65%,並且不小於發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭總質量的20%。至少一種第三材料的第三質量等於發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的總質量減去至少一種第一材料的第一質量和至少一種第二材料的第二質量。本段的前述標的表徵本揭示的一個實例。 A driver-style golf club head is disclosed herein. A driver-style golf club head includes a forward portion including a ball striking face, a rearward portion opposite the forward portion, a crown portion, a sole portion opposite the crown portion, a heel portion, and The toe portion opposite the heel portion. Driver-style golf club heads range in volume from 390 cubic centimeters (cc) to 600 cc. The total mass of the driver golf club head is between 185 grams (g) and 210 grams. A driver golf club head is made of at least one first material having a density between 0.9 g/cc and 3.5 g/cc, at least one second material having a density between 3.6 g/cc and 5.5 g/cc , and at least one third material having a density between 5.6 g/cc and 20.0 g/cc. The first mass of the at least one first material is no greater than 55% of the total mass of the driver golf club head and no less than the driver golf ball 25% of the total mass of the club head. The second mass of the at least one second material is no greater than 65% of the total mass of the driver golf club head and no less than 20% of the total mass of the driver golf club head. The third mass of the at least one third material is equal to the total mass of the driver golf club head minus the first mass of the at least one first material and the second mass of the at least one second material. The foregoing subject matter of this paragraph characterizes one example of the present disclosure.

本揭示的標的所描述之特徵、結構、優點和/或特性可以在一個或多個實施例和/或實施方式中以任何合適的方式組合。在以下描述中,提供了許多具體細節以賦予對本揭示的標的的實施例的透徹理解。相關領域的技術人員將認識到,可以在沒有特定實施例或實施方式的特定特徵、細節、部件、材料和/或方法中的一者或多者的情況下實施本揭示的標的。在其他實例中,在某些實施例和/或實施方式中可能認識到並非在所有實施例或實施方式中都存在的附加特徵和優點。此外,在一些實例中,未詳細示出或描述眾所周知的結構、材料或操作,以避免模糊本揭示之標的的各個方面。根據以下描述和所附申請專利範圍,本揭示的標的之特徵和優點將變得更加完全明顯,或者可以藉由下文所述的標的的實踐來獲知。 The described features, structures, advantages and/or characteristics of the subject matter of the present disclosure may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments and/or implementations. In the following description, numerous specific details are provided in order to impart a thorough understanding of the embodiments of the presently disclosed subject matter. One skilled in the relevant art will recognize that the subject matter of the present disclosure may be practiced without one or more of the specific features, details, components, materials and/or methods of a specific example or implementation. In other instances, additional features and advantages that may not be present in all embodiments or implementations may be recognized in certain embodiments and/or implementations. Furthermore, in some instances, well-known structures, materials, or operations are not shown or described in detail to avoid obscuring aspects of the subject matter of the present disclosure. The features and advantages of the subject matter of the present disclosure will become more fully apparent from the following description and the appended claims, or may be learned by practice of the subject matter described hereinafter.

100:高爾夫球桿頭 100: Golf Club Head

102:主體 102: Subject

104:鑄造杯 104: Foundry Cup

106:環 106: Ring

108:冠部插入件 108: Crown Insert

108A:內表面 108A: Inner Surface

108B:冠部插入件燒蝕表面 108B: Crown Insert Ablation Surface

108C:冠部插入件邊緣燒蝕表面 108C: Crown Insert Edge Ablation Surface

110:底部插入件 110: Bottom Insert

110A:內表面 110A: inner surface

110B:底部插入件燒蝕表面 110B: Bottom Insert Ablation Surface

110C:底部插入件邊緣燒蝕表面 110C: Bottom Insert Edge Ablation Surface

112:前向部分 112: Forward Section

112A:趾側接頭 112A: Toe side connector

112B:跟側接頭 112B: Heel side connector

114:跟側接頭 114: heel side connector

116:跟部部分 116: Heel part

117:底部部分 117: Bottom part

118:後向部分 118: Backward part

119:冠部部分 119: Crown Section

120:桿頸 120: hosel

121:裙邊部分 121: skirt part

123:FCT系統 123: FCT system

125:緊固件 125: Fasteners

127:內部部分 127: Internal Section

129:內部質量墊 129: Internal Quality Pad

132:前向延伸部 132: Forward Extension

133:後向箱體 133: Backward box

135:前向盒體 135: Forward Box

141A:頂部凸緣燒蝕表面 141A: Top flange ablated surface

141B:頂部側壁燒蝕表面 141B: Top Sidewall Ablation Surface

142A:底部凸緣燒蝕表面 142A: Bottom flange ablated surface

142B:底部側壁燒蝕表面 142B: Bottom Sidewall Ablation Surface

143:擊球板 143: Batting Board

144:黏合劑層 144: Adhesive Layer

145:擊球面 145: hitting face

146:側壁 146: Sidewall

147:板開口凹陷凸緣 147: Plate Opening Recessed Flange

147A:頂板開口凹陷凸緣 147A: Top Plate Opening Recessed Flange

147B:底板開口凹陷凸緣 147B: Bottom plate opening recessed flange

148:擊球板 148: Batter

148A:趾-環接合燒蝕表面 148A: Toe-Ring Joint Ablation Surface

148B:跟-環接合表面 148B: Heel-ring engagement surface

148C:趾-杯接合燒蝕表面 148C: Toe-Cup Engagement Ablation Surface

148D:跟-杯接合表面 148D: Heel-cup engagement surface

149:板開口 149: Plate Opening

150A:趾-環接合表面 150A: Toe-Ring Engagement Surface

150B:跟-環接合表面 150B: Heel-ring engagement surface

152A:趾-杯接合表面 152A: Toe-Cup Engagement Surface

152B:跟-杯接合表面 152B: Heel-cup engagement surface

154A:趾部突出部分 154A: Toe protrusion

154B:跟部突出部分 154B: heel protrusion

155:質量墊 155: Quality Pad

156A:趾部接受器 156A: Toe Receiver

156B:跟部接受器 156B: Heel Receiver

157:質量容器 157: Mass Container

159:質量元件 159: Quality Components

161:懸臂部分 161: Cantilever part

162:冠部開口 162: Crown opening

162A:前向區段 162A: Forward Section

162B:後向區段 162B: Backward section

163A:趾臂部分 163A: Toe arm part

163B:跟臂部分 163B: heel arm part

164:底部開口 164: Bottom opening

164A:前向區段 164A: Forward Section

164B:後向區段 164B: Backward section

165:面背方向 165: face and back direction

166:內表面 166: inner surface

167:外周邊緣表面 167: Peripheral edge surface

168:頂板開口凹陷凸緣 168: Top plate opening recessed flange

168A:前向冠部開口凹陷凸緣 168A: Forward Crown Opening Recessed Flange

168B:後向冠部開口凹陷凸緣 168B: Rearward crown opening recessed flange

169:假想平面 169: Imaginary plane

170:底部開口凹陷凸緣 170: Bottom opening recessed flange

170A:前向底部關口凹陷凸緣 170A: Forward Bottom Gate Recessed Flange

170B:後向底部開口凹陷凸緣 170B: Rearward Bottom Opening Recessed Flange

171:狹槽 171: Slot

172:貫通孔 172: Through hole

173:配重 173: Counterweight

175:螺紋端口 175: Threaded port

177:慣性生成特徵 177: Inertial Generation Features

179A:前凸緣燒蝕表面 179A: Front Flange Ablation Surface

179B:前側壁燒蝕表面 179B: Front Sidewall Ablation Surface

179C:擊球板內部燒蝕表面 179C: Internal ablated surface of the bat

179D:擊球板邊緣燒蝕表面 179D: Ablative surface at the edge of the bat

181:地平面 181: Ground plane

183:中心面 183: Center plane

185:球桿頭原點坐標系 185: Club head origin coordinate system

186:質量墊 186: Quality Pad

187:內部肋 187: Internal Ribs

189:橫向開口 189: Lateral opening

190:凹部 190: Recess

191:桿頸軸線 191: Hose axis

193:孔 193: Hole

195:下部開口 195: lower opening

200:高爾夫球桿頭 200: Golf Club Head

202:主體 202: Subject

204:鑄造杯 204: Foundry Cup

206:環 206: Ring

208:冠部插入件 208: Crown Insert

210:底部插入件 210: Bottom Insert

212:前向部分 212: Forward Section

212A:趾側接頭 212A: Toe Connector

212B:跟側接頭 212B: Heel side connector

214:趾部部分 214: Toe part

216:跟部部分 216: Heel part

217:底部部分 217: Bottom part

218:後向部分 218: Backward part

219:冠部部分 219: Crown Section

221:裙邊部分 221: skirt part

243:擊球板 243: Batting Board

245:擊球面 245: hitting face

247:板開口凹陷凸緣 247: Plate Opening Recessed Flange

249:板開口 249: Plate Opening

257:質量容器 257: Mass Container

259:質量元件 259: Quality Components

271:狹槽 271: Slot

273:配重 273: Counterweight

273A:墊圈 273A: Gasket

273B:螺母 273B: Nut

273C:緊固螺栓 273C: Fastening bolts

279:配重軌道 279: Counterweight Track

297A:前向凸緣 297A: Forward Flange

297B:後向凸緣 297B: Backward Flange

300:高爾夫球桿頭 300: Golf Club Head

302:主體 302: Subject

304:鑄造杯 304: Foundry Cup

304A:上部杯狀件 304A: Upper Cup

304B:下部杯狀件 304B: Lower Cup

306:環 306: Ring

310:底部插入件 310: Bottom Insert

320:桿頸 320: hosel

343:擊球板 343: Batting Board

345:限定擊球面 345: limited hitting surface

347:基部部分 347: basal part

349:蓋 349: Cover

351:凹槽 351: Groove

357:質量容器 357: Mass Container

359:質量元件 359: Quality Components

371:狹槽 371: Slot

373:配重 373: Counterweight

375:端口 375: port

379:鑄造杯 379: Foundry Cup

400:高爾夫球桿頭 400: Golf Club Head

402:主體 402: Subject

404:鑄造杯 404: Foundry Cup

406:環 406: Ring

408:冠部插入件 408: Crown Insert

410:底部插入件 410: Bottom Insert

412A:趾側接頭 412A: Toe Connector

412B:跟側接頭 412B: Heel side connector

414:趾部部分 414: Toe part

416:跟部部分 416: Heel part

420:桿頸 420: Hose

421:裙邊部分 421: skirt part

443:擊球板 443: Batting Board

445:限定擊球面 445: limited hitting surface

457:質量容器 457: Mass Container

459:質量元件 459: Quality Components

461:懸臂部分 461: Cantilever part

463:叉形件 463: Fork

463A:趾臂部分 463A: Toe arm part

463B:跟臂部分 463B: heel arm part

473:配重 473: Counterweight

475:端口 475: port

479:緊固件 479: Fasteners

495:下部開口 495: lower opening

502:第一部件 502: First Part

504:第二部件 504: Second Part

506:第一雷射 506: The first laser

508:第一部件雷射束 508: First Part Laser Beam

510:第二部件雷射 510: Second Part Laser

512:第二部件雷射束 512: Second Part Laser Beam

520:第一部件表面 520: Surface of the first part

522:第一部件燒蝕表面 522: First part ablated surface

524:第二部件表面 524: Second part surface

526:第二部件燒蝕表面 526: Second part ablated surface

528:結合線 528: Bonding Line

530:黏合劑 530: Adhesive

540:燒蝕圖案 540: Ablation Pattern

542:峰 542: Peak

544:谷 544: Valley

546:假設邊界 546: Hypothetical Boundaries

548:第一部件結合面積 548: First part bonding area

550:方法 550: Method

552:框 552: Box

554:框 554: Box

556:框 556: Box

560:方法 560: Method

562:框 562: Box

564:框 564: Box

600:面部部分 600: Facial part

602:中心 602: Center

603:內部混合區 603: Internal Mixing Zone

604:最大厚度環 604: Maximum Thickness Ring

606:可變混合區 606: Variable mix zone

608:第二環 608: Second Ring

609:外部混合區域 609: External Mixing Area

610:趾部區 610: Toe area

612:徑向周邊區域 612: Radial peripheral area

700:面部部分 700: Facial part

702:中心 702: Center

703:內部混合區域 703: Internal Blending Area

704:最大厚度環 704: Maximum Thickness Ring

705:可變混合區域 705: Variable Blend Area

706:外部區域 706: External Area

708:外部混合區域 708: External Mixing Zone

710:周邊環 710: Perimeter Ring

800:面部部分 800: Facial part

802:中心 802: Center

803:內部混合區域 803: Internal Mixing Area

804:內環 804: inner ring

805:第二混合區域 805: Second Blend Area

806:第二環 806: Second Ring

807:第三混合區域 807: 3rd Hybrid Zone

808:第三環 808: Third Ring

810:第四混合區域 810: Fourth Mixed Zone

811:第四環 811: Fourth Ring

812:趾端區域 812: Toe region

813:外部混合區域 813: External Mixing Area

814:外周 814: Peripheral

820:加厚區域 820: Thickened area

822:偏移區域 822: Offset area

823:環 823: Ring

824:混合區域 824: Mixed area

825:環 825: Ring

826:混合區域 826: Mixed area

900:聚合物層 900: Polymer Layer

911:面部輪廓寬度 911: Facial Contour Width

912:面部輪廓長度 912: Length of facial contour

913:高度 913: height

914:長度 914:Length

920:凹口 920: Notch

941:跟部部分 941: Heel part

942:趾部部分 942: Toe Section

943:擊球板 943: Batting Board

944:凹口邊緣厚度 944: Notch edge thickness

945:邊緣厚度 945: Edge Thickness

947:峰值厚度 947: Peak Thickness

950:倒角 950: Chamfer

951:倒角 951: Chamfer

953:較佳擊打區 953: Best hitting zone

960:最大厚度 960: maximum thickness

970:最小厚度 970: Minimum thickness

A、B、C、D、E、F、G、H:扇區 A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H: sectors

BPLT:厚度 BPLT: Thickness

BPLW:寬度 BPLW:width

CG:重心 CG: Center of Gravity

D1:主要尺寸 D1: Main dimension

D2:次要尺寸 D2: Secondary size

DFB:深度 DFB: Depth

DRB:深度 DRB: depth

dv:深度 dv: depth

Dvv:谷到谷距離 Dvv: Valley to Valley Distance

FBD:面背尺寸 FBD: face and back size

FMCG:前向質量的CG FMCG: Forward Mass CG

FWCG:第一配重的CG FWCG: CG of the first counterweight

HFB:高度 HFB: height

HR:高度 HR: height

HRB:高度 HRB: height

L:長度 L: length

LBA:長度 L BA : length

LT:厚度 LT: Thickness

PCH:峰冠高度的位置 PCH: position of peak crown height

PSH:位置 PSH: Location

RMCG:後向質量的CG RMCG: Backward Quality CG

SWCG:第二配重的CG SWCG: CG of the second counterweight

ST:厚度 ST: Thickness

TR:厚度 TR: Thickness

TPLT:厚度 TPLT: Thickness

TPLW:寬度 TPLW:width

V1:第一矢量距離 V1: first vector distance

V2:第二矢量距離 V2: Second vector distance

V3:第三矢量距離 V3: The third vector distance

WBA:寬度 W BA : width

WFB:寬度 wfb:width

WR:寬度 WR: width

WRB:寬度 wrb: width

WT:厚度 WT: Thickness

為了可以更容易地理解標的的優點,將藉由參考在圖式中示出的特定實施例來提供對以上簡要描述之標的的更具體的描述。應當理解這些圖式僅描繪了本標的的典型實施例,因此不應認為是對其範圍的限制,將藉由使用圖式以附加的特性和細節來描述和說明本標的,其中: In order that the advantages of the subject matter may be more readily understood, a more detailed description of the subject matter briefly described above will be provided by reference to specific embodiments shown in the drawings. Understanding that these drawings depict only typical embodiments of the subject matter and are therefore not to be considered limiting of its scope, the subject matter will be described and illustrated with additional specificity and detail through the use of the drawings wherein:

圖1是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性透視圖; 1 is a schematic perspective view of a golf club head in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖2是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性透視圖; 2 is a schematic perspective view of the golf club head of FIG. 1 in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖3是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性側面立視圖; 3 is a schematic side elevation view of the golf club head of FIG. 1 in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖4是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的另一示意性側面立視圖; 4 is another schematic side elevation view of the golf club head of FIG. 1 in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖5是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性前視圖; 5 is a schematic front view of the golf club head of FIG. 1 in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖6是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性後視圖; 6 is a schematic rear view of the golf club head of FIG. 1 in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖7是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性頂部平面圖; 7 is a schematic top plan view of the golf club head of FIG. 1 in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖8是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性底部平面圖; 8 is a schematic bottom plan view of the golf club head of FIG. 1 in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖9A是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例沿圖5的線9-9截取的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性橫截面側面立視圖; 9A is a schematic cross-sectional side elevation view of the golf club head of FIG. 1 taken along line 9-9 of FIG. 5 in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖9B是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖9A的高爾夫球桿頭的細節的示意性橫截面側面立視圖; 9B is a schematic cross-sectional side elevation view of a detail of the golf club head of FIG. 9A in accordance with one or more examples of the present disclosure;

圖10是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性分解透視圖; 10 is a schematic exploded perspective view of the golf club head of FIG. 1 in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖11是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的另一示意性分解透視圖; 11 is another schematic exploded perspective view of the golf club head of FIG. 1 in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖12是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的主體的示意性頂部平面圖; 12 is a schematic top plan view of the body of the golf club head of FIG. 1 in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖13是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的主體的示意性底部平面圖; 13 is a schematic bottom plan view of the body of the golf club head of FIG. 1 in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖14是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的主體的示意性分解透視圖; 14 is a schematic exploded perspective view of the body of the golf club head of FIG. 1 in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖15是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖1的高爾夫球桿頭的主體的另一示意性分解透視圖; 15 is another schematic exploded perspective view of the body of the golf club head of FIG. 1 in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖16是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的另一高爾夫球桿頭的示意性透視圖; 16 is a schematic perspective view of another golf club head in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖17是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例沿圖16的線16-16截取的圖16的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性橫截面側面立視圖; 17 is a schematic cross-sectional side elevation view of the golf club head of FIG. 16 taken along line 16-16 of FIG. 16 in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖18是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的另一高爾夫球桿頭的示意性分解透視圖; 18 is a schematic exploded perspective view of another golf club head in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖19是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的又一高爾夫球桿頭的示意性分解透視圖; 19 is a schematic exploded perspective view of yet another golf club head in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖20是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖19的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性分解透視圖; 20 is a schematic exploded perspective view of the golf club head of FIG. 19 in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖21是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖19的高爾夫球桿頭的環的示意性正視圖; 21 is a schematic front view of a ring of the golf club head of FIG. 19 according to one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖22是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的面部部分的示意性後視圖; 22 is a schematic rear view of a face portion of a golf club head according to one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖23是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的面部部分的示意性後視圖; 23 is a schematic rear view of a face portion of a golf club head according to one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖24是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的圖56的面部部分的示意性透視圖; 24 is a schematic perspective view of the face portion of FIG. 56 according to one or more examples of the present disclosure;

圖25是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的面部部分的示意性後視圖; 25 is a schematic rear view of a face portion of a golf club head according to one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖26是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的擊球板的示意性正視圖; 26 is a schematic front view of a blade of a golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure;

圖27是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的擊球板的示意性底部圖; 27 is a schematic bottom view of a blade of a golf club head according to one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖28A是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的擊球板的跟部部分的示意性底部截面視圖; 28A is a schematic bottom cross-sectional view of a heel portion of a blade of a golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure;

圖28B是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的擊球板的趾部部分的示意性底部截面視圖; 28B is a schematic bottom cross-sectional view of a toe portion of a blade of a golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure;

圖29是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的擊球板的聚合物層的示意性截面視圖; 29 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a polymer layer of a blade of a golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure;

圖30是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例沿類似於圖9B的線30-30的線截取的高爾夫球桿頭的示意性截面底部平面圖; 30 is a schematic cross-sectional bottom plan view of a golf club head taken along a line similar to line 30-30 of FIG. 9B in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖31是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例沿圖30的線31-31截取的圖30的高爾夫球桿頭的前向部分和冠部部分的示意性截面側面立視圖; 31 is a schematic cross-sectional side elevation view of the forward and crown portions of the golf club head of FIG. 30 taken along line 31-31 of FIG. 30 in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖32是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例沿圖30的線32-32截取的圖30的高爾夫球桿頭的前向部分和冠部部分的示意性截面側面立視圖; 32 is a schematic cross-sectional side elevation view of the forward and crown portions of the golf club head of FIG. 30 taken along line 32-32 of FIG. 30 in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖33是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的被第一雷射雷射燒蝕的高爾夫球桿頭的第一部分的示意性側面立視圖; 33 is a schematic side elevation view of a first portion of a golf club head laser ablated by a first laser in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖34是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的被第二雷射雷射燒蝕的高爾夫球桿頭的第二部分的示意性側面立視圖; 34 is a schematic side elevation view of a second portion of a golf club head laser ablated by a second laser in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖35是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的結合到高爾夫球桿頭的第二部分的高爾夫球桿頭的第一部分的示意性側面立視圖; 35 is a schematic side elevation view of a first portion of a golf club head coupled to a second portion of a golf club head in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖36是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的一部分的燒蝕表面的峰和谷的燒蝕圖案的示意性透視圖; 36 is a schematic perspective view of an ablation pattern of peaks and valleys of an ablated surface of a portion of a golf club head according to one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖37是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的一部分的燒蝕表面的峰和谷的燒蝕圖案的示意性側面立視圖; 37 is a schematic side elevation view of an ablation pattern of peaks and valleys of an ablated surface of a portion of a golf club head according to one or more examples of the present disclosure;

圖38是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的被雷射 雷射燒蝕的高爾夫球桿頭的擊球板的示意性透視圖; 38 is a lasered image according to one or more examples of the present disclosure A schematic perspective view of the blade of a laser ablated golf club head;

圖39是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的被雷射雷射燒蝕的高爾夫球桿頭的主體的示意性透視圖; 39 is a schematic perspective view of a body of a golf club head being laser ablated in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖40是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的擊球板和高爾夫球桿頭的主體的示意性透視分解圖; 40 is a schematic perspective exploded view of the body of a blade and golf club head in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖41是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的擊球板和高爾夫球桿頭的主體的示意性透視分解圖; 41 is a schematic perspective exploded view of the body of a blade and golf club head in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖42是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的製造高爾夫球桿頭的方法的示意性流程圖; 42 is a schematic flow diagram of a method of manufacturing a golf club head in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖43是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的製造高爾夫球桿頭的方法的示意性流程圖; 43 is a schematic flow diagram of a method of manufacturing a golf club head in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖44是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的結合到高爾夫球桿頭的第二部分的高爾夫球桿頭的第一部分的示意性側面立視圖; 44 is a schematic side elevation view of a first portion of a golf club head coupled to a second portion of a golf club head in accordance with one or more examples of this disclosure;

圖45是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的一部分上的燒蝕圖案的示意性頂部平面圖;以及 45 is a schematic top plan view of an ablation pattern on a portion of a golf club head according to one or more examples of this disclosure; and

圖46是根據本揭示的一個或多個實例的高爾夫球桿頭的一部分上的燒蝕圖案的示意性頂部圖。 46 is a schematic top view of an ablation pattern on a portion of a golf club head according to one or more examples of this disclosure.

下面在具有多件式構造的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的上下文中描述高爾夫球桿頭的實例,但是所描述的原理、方法和設計可以全部或部分地適用於球道木桿型高爾夫球桿頭、實用型高爾夫球桿頭(也稱為混合高爾夫球桿頭)、鐵桿型高爾夫球桿頭等,因為這樣的高爾夫球桿頭也可製成多件式構造。 Examples of golf club heads are described below in the context of driver-type golf club heads having a multi-piece construction, although the principles, methods, and designs described may be applicable, in whole or in part, to fairway wood-type golf clubs golf club heads, utility golf club heads (also known as hybrid golf club heads), iron type golf club heads, etc., as such golf club heads can also be made in multi-piece construction.

在本文公開的一些實例中,高爾夫球桿頭具有由非金屬材料諸如纖維增強聚合材料形成的擊球面。在高爾夫 球桿頭的主體和非金屬擊球板之間形成的黏合接頭的斷裂會導致特性時間(CT)潛變。USGA規定要求高爾夫球桿頭的CT保持在規定的限制內,無論高爾夫球桿頭與高爾夫球的擊打次數如何。傳統的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的CT在用高爾夫球多次擊打後趨於增加。由於用高爾夫球擊打而導致的CT增加被稱為CT潛變。在本文公開的某些實例中,高爾夫球桿頭被配置為加強形成在高爾夫球桿頭的主體和非金屬擊球板之間的黏合接頭,諸如藉由優化高爾夫球桿頭的表面結構以獲得更強的黏合結合。 In some examples disclosed herein, the golf club head has a ball striking face formed from a non-metallic material, such as a fiber reinforced polymeric material. in golf The fracture of the adhesive joint formed between the body of the club head and the non-metallic blade can result in characteristic time (CT) creep. USGA regulations require that the CT of a golf club head remains within specified limits regardless of the number of strokes of the golf club head to the golf ball. The CT of conventional driver-type golf club heads tends to increase after multiple hits with the golf ball. The increase in CT due to hitting with a golf ball is called CT creep. In certain examples disclosed herein, the golf club head is configured to reinforce the adhesive joint formed between the body of the golf club head and the non-metallic blade, such as by optimizing the surface structure of the golf club head to obtain Stronger adhesive bond.

在2014年10月9日公佈的美國專利申請公開號2014/0302946 A1('946申請)描述了類似於用於測量在整個申請中所討論的各種參數的瞄準位置的「參考位置」,該公開案藉由引用將其全部內容併入本文。地址或參考位置基於美國高爾夫協會和R&A規則有限公司「木桿球桿的球桿頭大小的測量程序」修訂版1.0.0(2003年11月21日)中描述的程序。除非另有說明,所有參數均在球桿頭處於參考位置時指定。 US Patent Application Publication No. 2014/0302946 A1 (the '946 application) published on October 9, 2014 describes a "reference position" similar to the aiming position used to measure the various parameters discussed throughout the application, which publication is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. The address or reference location is based on the procedures described in the USGA and R&A Rules, Inc. "Measuring Procedures for Club Head Size for Wood Clubs," Revision 1.0.0 (November 21, 2003). Unless otherwise stated, all parameters are specified with the club head in the reference position.

圖3、圖4、圖5和圖9A是示出處於地址或參考位置的高爾夫球桿頭100的實例。當高爾夫球桿頭100的桿頸軸線191相對於地平面181處於60度的角θ(參見例如圖5)並且高爾夫球桿頭100的擊球面145相對於假想的目標線101是方形(參見例如圖7)時,高爾夫球桿頭100處於地址或參考位置。如圖3、圖4、圖5和圖9A所示,將高爾夫球桿頭100定位在地址或參考位置有助於其自身使用以擊球面145的幾何中心(例如,中心面183)為中心的球桿頭原點坐標系185,以用於進行各種測量。當高爾夫球桿頭位於地址或參考位置時,使用USGA方法,可以相對於球桿頭原點坐標系185或相對於另一個參考或多個參考測量在整個本申請案中描述的包括頭高度、球桿頭重心(CG)位置和轉動慣量(MOI)的各種參數。 3, 4, 5, and 9A are examples showing golf club heads 100 in address or reference locations. When the hosel axis 191 of the golf club head 100 is at an angle θ of 60 degrees relative to the ground plane 181 (see, eg, FIG. 5 ) and the ball striking face 145 of the golf club head 100 is square relative to the imaginary target line 101 (see, eg, FIG. 5 ) 7), the golf club head 100 is in an address or reference position. As shown in FIGS. 3 , 4 , 5 and 9A , locating golf club head 100 at an address or reference location facilitates its own use centered on the geometric center of ball striking face 145 (eg, center face 183 ) The origin coordinate system 185 of the club head is used to make various measurements. When the golf club head is at an address or reference location, using USGA methods, measurements including head height, head height, Various parameters for club head center of gravity (CG) position and moment of inertia (MOI).

為了獲得更多詳細信息或清晰度,建議讀者參考‘946申請和USGA程序中描述的測量方法。然而,值得注意的是,與本申請中使用的球桿頭原點坐標系185相關聯的原點和軸線可能不一定以與‘946申請或USGA程序中描述的那些相同的方式對齊或定向。下面提供了關於定位球桿頭原點坐標系185的更多細節。 For more detail or clarity, the reader is advised to refer to the measurement methods described in the '946 application and the USGA procedure. It is worth noting, however, that the origins and axes associated with the club head origin coordinate system 185 used in this application may not necessarily be aligned or oriented in the same manner as those described in the '946 application or the USGA program. More details regarding locating the club head origin coordinate system 185 are provided below.

在一些實例中,本文所述的高爾夫球桿頭包括發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭,其可至少部分地被識別為具有總表面積至少為3,500mm2,較佳地為至少為3,800mm2,並且甚至更佳地至少為3,900mm2(例如,在一個實例中在3,500mm2至5,000mm2之間,在各種實例中小於5,000mm2,並且在另一實例中在3,700mm2至4,300mm2之間)的擊球面的高爾夫球桿頭。在一些實例中,諸如當擊球面由非金屬材料限定時,擊球面的總表面積不大於4,300mm2並且不小於3,300mm2。擊球面的總表面積是擊球面的最外部的面積,在一些實例中,該面積可以是面部插入件的最外部的面積。在某些實例中,擊球面的總表面積是擊球面的表面的表面積,該表面積在其外圍由所有點限定,在這些點處,擊球面從基本均勻的凸起半徑(即,擊球面跟部到趾部的曲率半徑)和基本均勻的滾動半徑(即,擊球面冠部到底部的曲率半徑)過渡到高爾夫球桿頭的主體。在某些實例中,本文公開的高爾夫球桿頭的擊球面以與2019年10月22日申請的美國專利申請公開號2020/0139208、2014年8月12日頒佈的美國專利號8,801,541和2011年9月6日頒佈的美國專利號8,012,039中的一項或多項相同的方式定義,所有這些專利申請均藉由引用整體併入本文。在另外一些實例中,擊球面具有均勻的凸起半徑和均勻的滾動半徑,除了具有較高的翹起趾部和較低的翹起跟部的部分之外,諸如在2020年8月28日申請的美國專利申請號17/006,561、2017年11月14日頒佈的美國專利號9,814,944、 2019年4月23日頒佈的美國專利號10,265,586以及2018年10月15日申請的美國專利申請公開號2019/0076705中所描述的,所有這些專利申請均藉由引用整體併入本文。 In some examples, golf club heads described herein include driver-style golf club heads that can be at least partially identified as having a total surface area of at least 3,500 mm 2 , preferably at least 3,800 mm 2 , and even more preferably at least 3,900mm 2 (eg, between 3,500mm 2 to 5,000mm 2 in one example, less than 5,000mm 2 in various examples, and 3,700mm 2 to 4,300mm 2 in another example 2 ) of the golf club head of the hitting face. In some examples, such as when the ball striking face is defined by a non-metallic material, the total surface area of the ball striking face is no greater than 4,300 mm 2 and no less than 3,300 mm 2 . The total surface area of the ball striking face is the outermost area of the ball striking face, which in some examples may be the outermost area of the face insert. In some instances, the total surface area of the ball striking face is the surface area of the surface of the ball striking face, which surface area is defined at its periphery by all points at which the ball striking face rises from a substantially uniform radius of projection (ie, strikes The radius of curvature from the heel to the toe of the spherical surface) and the substantially uniform roll radius (ie, the radius of curvature from the crown to the sole of the ball striking surface) transition to the body of the golf club head. In certain instances, the ball striking faces of the golf club heads disclosed herein are identical to those of US Patent Application Publication Nos. 2020/0139208, filed Oct. 22, 2019, 8,801,541, and 2011, issued Aug. 12, 2014. Defined in the same manner as one or more of US Patent No. 8,012,039, issued September 6, 2009, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. In other instances, the ball striking face has a uniform raised radius and a uniform rolling radius, except for portions with higher raised toe and lower raised heel, such as on Aug. 28, 2020 US Patent Application No. 17/006,561, filed November 14, 2017, US Patent No. 9,814,944, issued November 14, 2017, US Patent No. 10,265,586, issued April 23, 2019, and US Patent Application Publication No., filed October 15, 2018 All of these patent applications are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety as described in 2019/0076705.

此外,在某些實例中,發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭包括平行於水平(y軸)的重心(CG)突出部分,在一個實例中,其在擊球面的中心面上方或下方至多3mm,並且較佳地在中心面上方或下方至多1mm,如沿垂直軸線(z軸)測量的,或者在另一個實例中,在擊球面的中心面下方至多5mm,並且較佳地在中心面下方至多4mm,如沿垂直軸線(z軸)測量的。在一些實例中,CG突出部分在擊球面的幾何中心的趾部方向。此外,在一些實例中,發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭繞垂直軸線(例如,穿過CG並平行於球桿頭原點坐標系185的z軸的CG z軸)具有相對高的轉動慣量(例如Izz>400kg-mm2,並且較佳地Izz>450kg-mm2,並且更佳地Izz>500kg-mm2,但在某些實施方式中小於590kg-mm2),繞水平軸線(例如,穿過CG並平行於球桿頭原點坐標系185的x軸的CG x軸)相對高的轉動慣量(例如Ixx>250kg-mm2,並且較佳地Ixx>300kg-mm2或320kg-mm2,並且更佳地Ixx>350kg-mm2,更佳地Ixx>375kg-mm2,更佳地Ixx>385kg-mm2,更佳地Ixx>400kg-mm2,更佳地Ixx>415kg-mm2,更佳地Ixx>430kg-mm2,更佳地Ixx>450kg-mm2,但在一些實例中不超過590kg.mm2),並且較佳地Ixx/Izz的比率>0.70。關於慣性Izz和Ixx的更多細節可以在2020年5月7日公佈的美國專利申請公開號2020/0139208中找到,其全部內容藉由引用併入本文。 Additionally, in certain instances, the driver golf club head includes a center of gravity (CG) protrusion that is parallel to the horizontal (y-axis), in one instance, at most 3 mm above or below the center plane of the ball striking face , and preferably at most 1 mm above or below the center plane, as measured along the vertical axis (z-axis), or in another example, at most 5 mm below the center plane of the ball striking face, and preferably at the center plane Up to 4mm below, as measured along the vertical axis (z-axis). In some instances, the CG protrusion is in the toe direction of the geometric center of the ball striking face. Furthermore, in some instances, the driver golf club head has a relatively high moment of inertia ( For example Izz>400kg- mm2 , and preferably Izz>450kg- mm2 , and more preferably Izz>500kg- mm2 , but in some embodiments less than 590kg- mm2 ), about a horizontal axis (eg, The CG x-axis passing through the CG and parallel to the x-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185) a relatively high moment of inertia (eg, Ixx>250kg- mm2 , and preferably Ixx>300kg- mm2 or 320kg-mm 2 , and more preferably Ixx>350kg-mm 2 , more preferably Ixx>375kg-mm 2 , more preferably Ixx>385kg-mm 2 , more preferably Ixx>400kg-mm 2 , more preferably Ixx>415kg- mm 2 , more preferably Ixx>430kg-mm 2 , more preferably Ixx>450kg-mm 2 , but in some instances no more than 590kg.mm 2 ), and preferably the ratio of Ixx/Izz>0.70. More details regarding inertial Izz and Ixx can be found in US Patent Application Publication No. 2020/0139208, published May 7, 2020, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

根據某些實例,Ixx和Izz的總和大於780kg-mm2、800kg-mm2、820kg-mm2、825kg-mm2、850kg-mm2、860kg-mm2、875kg-mm2、900kg-mm2、925kg-mm2、950kg-mm2、975kg-mm2或1000kg-mm2,但小於1,100kg-mm2。例如,Ixx和Izz的總和可以在740kg-mm2至1,100kg-mm2之間,諸如約 869kg-mm2。在一些實例中,Ixx是Izz的至少65%,在一些實例中甚至更佳地Ixx是Izz的至少68%。在一些實例中,高爾夫球桿頭質量的範圍可以從190克至210克,較佳地在195克至205克之間,甚至更佳地不超過203克。高爾夫球桿頭質量包括任何FCT系統和緊固FCT系統的緊固件的質量,但不包括高爾夫球桿頭的軸或高爾夫球桿頭的握把。平行於y軸測量的從球桿頭的前緣到後緣的最大距離較佳地在112mm至127mm之間,較佳地在115mm至127mm之間,甚至更佳地在119mm至127mm之間。 According to certain examples, the sum of Ixx and Izz is greater than 780 kg-mm 2 , 800 kg-mm 2 , 820 kg-mm 2 , 825 kg-mm 2 , 850 kg-mm 2 , 860 kg-mm 2 , 875 kg-mm 2 , 900 kg-mm 2 , 925kg-mm 2 , 950kg-mm 2 , 975kg-mm 2 or 1000kg-mm 2 , but less than 1,100kg-mm 2 . For example, the sum of Ixx and Izz may be between 740 kg-mm 2 and 1,100 kg-mm 2 , such as about 869 kg-mm 2 . In some instances, Ixx is at least 65% of Izz, in some instances even more preferably Ixx is at least 68% of Izz. In some examples, golf club head masses may range from 190 grams to 210 grams, preferably between 195 grams and 205 grams, and even more preferably no more than 203 grams. Golf club head mass includes the mass of any FCT system and fasteners securing the FCT system, but does not include the shaft of the golf club head or the grip of the golf club head. The maximum distance from the leading edge to the trailing edge of the club head, measured parallel to the y-axis, is preferably between 112mm and 127mm, preferably between 115mm and 127mm, even more preferably between 119mm and 127mm.

藉由包括前向配重和後向配重,可以實現較大的慣性值和較低的CG突出部分,例如中心面上方不超過3mm,如下面更詳細討論的。前向配重可以是單個前向配重或兩個或多個前向配重。前向配重可以位於穿過y軸的假想垂直平面附近,或者前向配重可以偏移到穿過y軸的假想垂直平面的趾側或跟側,或者穿過高爾夫球桿頭的y軸的假想垂直平面的趾側和跟側。前向配重可以單獨形成並藉由螺紋附接、焊接或結合到高爾夫球桿頭,或者前向配重可以是高爾夫球桿頭的加厚區域,或者在某些情況下,前向配重可以模制或包覆成型為高爾夫球桿頭的前向部分。參見下文和2019年3月5日頒佈的美國專利號10,220,270,該專利的全部內容藉由引用併入本文,以進一步討論前向和後向配重的各種位置。前向配重位於高爾夫球桿頭的重心前方,而後向配重位於高爾夫球桿頭的重心後方。 By including forward and aft weights, larger values of inertia and lower CG protrusions, eg, no more than 3 mm above the center plane, can be achieved, as discussed in more detail below. The forward weight may be a single forward weight or two or more forward weights. The forward weight can be located near an imaginary vertical plane through the y-axis, or the forward weight can be offset to the toe or heel side of an imaginary vertical plane through the y-axis, or through the y-axis of the golf club head The toe and heel sides of the imaginary vertical plane. The forward weight may be formed separately and attached, welded or bonded to the golf club head by threading, or the forward weight may be a thickened area of the golf club head, or in some cases, the forward weight The forward portion of the golf club head may be molded or overmolded. See below and US Patent No. 10,220,270, issued March 5, 2019, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference, for a further discussion of the various positions of the forward and backward weights. The forward weight is located in front of the center of gravity of the golf club head, and the rear weight is located behind the center of gravity of the golf club head.

在一些實例中,本文所述的高爾夫球桿頭具有不超過25mm、較佳地在20mm至25mm之間的△1值。發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的△1是高爾夫球桿頭的CG與XZ平面之間沿桿頭中心面原點坐標系185的y軸穿過桿頭中心面原點坐標系185的x軸和z軸以及穿過桿頸軸線191的距離。在某些實例中,高爾夫球桿頭的Ixx至少為335kg.mm2且△1不超過25mm,高 爾夫球桿頭的Ixx至少為345kg.mm2並且△1不超過25mm,高爾夫球桿頭的Ixx至少為355kg.mm2並且△1不超過25mm,高爾夫球桿頭的Ixx至少為365kg.mm2並且△1不超過25mm,或高爾夫球桿頭的Ixx至少為375kg.mm2並且△1不超過25mm。 In some examples, the golf club heads described herein have a delta 1 value of no more than 25mm, preferably between 20mm and 25mm. Δ1 of the driver-type golf club head is the x-axis between the CG and XZ planes of the golf club head along the y-axis of the club head center plane origin coordinate system 185 and passing through the club head center plane origin coordinate system 185 and the z-axis and the distance through the hosel axis 191 . In some instances, the Ixx of the golf club head is at least 335kg. mm 2 and △ 1 does not exceed 25mm, and the Ixx of the golf club head is at least 345kg. mm 2 and △ 1 does not exceed 25mm, the Ixx of the golf club head is at least 355kg. mm 2 and △ 1 does not exceed 25mm, the Ixx of the golf club head is at least 365kg. mm 2 and △ 1 does not exceed 25mm, or the Ixx of the golf club head is at least 375kg. mm 2 and △ 1 does not exceed 25mm.

在一些實例中,本文所述的高爾夫球桿頭具有在20mm至35mm之間的△1值。在某些實例中,高爾夫球桿頭的Ixx至少為335kg.mm2並且A1在22mm至32mm之間,高爾夫球桿頭的Ixx至少為345kg.mm2並且△1在22mm至32mm之間,高爾夫球桿頭的Ixx至少為355kg.mm2並且△1在22mm至32mm之間,高爾夫球桿頭的Ixx至少為365kg.mm2且△1在22mm至32mm之間,高爾夫球桿頭的Ixx至少為375kg.mm2且△1在23mm至32mm之間,高爾夫球桿頭的Ixx至少為385kg.mm2且△1在24mm至32mm之間,高爾夫球桿頭的Ixx至少為395kg.mm2且△1在25mm至32mm之間,或高爾夫球桿頭的Ixx至少為405kg.mm2且△1在27mm至32mm之間。 In some examples, the golf club heads described herein have a delta 1 value between 20mm and 35mm. In some instances, the Ixx of the golf club head is at least 335kg. mm 2 and A1 is between 22mm and 32mm, the Ixx of the golf club head is at least 345kg. mm 2 and △ 1 is between 22mm and 32mm, and the Ixx of the golf club head is at least 355kg. mm 2 and △ 1 is between 22mm and 32mm, and the Ixx of the golf club head is at least 365kg. mm 2 and △ 1 is between 22mm and 32mm, and the Ixx of the golf club head is at least 375kg. mm 2 and △ 1 is between 23mm and 32mm, and the Ixx of the golf club head is at least 385kg. mm 2 and △ 1 is between 24mm and 32mm, and the Ixx of the golf club head is at least 395kg. mm 2 and △ 1 is between 25mm and 32mm, or the Ixx of the golf club head is at least 405kg. mm 2 and Δ1 is between 27mm and 32mm.

參考圖1和圖2,根據一些實例,本揭示的高爾夫球桿頭100包括趾部部分114和與趾部部分114相對的跟部部分116。此外,高爾夫球桿頭100包括前向部分112(例如,面部部分)和與前向部分112相對的後向部分112。高爾夫球桿頭100另外包括在高爾夫球桿頭100的底部區域處的底部部分117和與底部部分117相對並且在高爾夫球桿頭100的頂部區域處的冠部部分119。而且,高爾夫球桿頭100包括限定過渡區域的裙邊部分121,在該過渡區域中,高爾夫球桿頭100在冠部部分119和底部部分117之間過渡。因此,裙邊部分121位於冠部部分119和底部部分117之間並且繞高爾夫球桿頭100的周邊延伸。參考圖9A,高爾夫球桿頭100進一步包括由前向部分112、後向部分112、冠部部分119、底部部分117、跟部部分116、趾部部分114和裙邊部分121共同限定和封閉的內腔113。 Referring to FIGS. 1 and 2 , according to some examples, the golf club head 100 of the present disclosure includes a toe portion 114 and a heel portion 116 opposite the toe portion 114 . Additionally, the golf club head 100 includes a forward portion 112 (eg, a face portion) and a rearward portion 112 opposite the forward portion 112 . Golf club head 100 additionally includes a sole portion 117 at the sole region of golf club head 100 and a crown portion 119 opposite sole portion 117 and at the top region of golf club head 100 . Furthermore, the golf club head 100 includes a skirt portion 121 that defines a transition region in which the golf club head 100 transitions between the crown portion 119 and the sole portion 117 . Accordingly, skirt portion 121 is located between crown portion 119 and sole portion 117 and extends around the perimeter of golf club head 100 . Referring to FIG. 9A , golf club head 100 further includes a forward portion 112 , rearward portion 112 , crown portion 119 , sole portion 117 , heel portion 116 , toe portion 114 and skirt portion 121 collectively defined and enclosed by Inner cavity 113 .

擊球面145沿著前向部分112從底部部分117延伸到冠部部分119,並且從趾部部分114延伸到跟部部分116。此外,擊球面145和前向部分112的與擊球面145相對的內表面166的至少一部分在從上到下的方向上是平坦的。如進一步定義的,擊球面145面向大致向前的方向。在一些實例中,擊球面145與主體102共同形成。在這樣的實例中,前向部分112在擊球面145處的最小厚度在1.5mm至2.5mm之間並且前向部分112在擊球面145處的最大厚度小於3.7mm。在一些實例中,與擊球面145相對的前向部分112的內表面166未被化學蝕刻並且具有不超過0.30mm的α殼厚度。 The ball striking face 145 extends along the forward portion 112 from the sole portion 117 to the crown portion 119 and from the toe portion 114 to the heel portion 116 . Additionally, at least a portion of the ball striking face 145 and the inner surface 166 of the forward portion 112 opposite the ball striking face 145 is flat in the top-to-bottom direction. As further defined, the ball striking face 145 faces in a generally forward direction. In some examples, the ball striking face 145 is co-formed with the body 102 . In such an example, the minimum thickness of the forward portion 112 at the ball striking face 145 is between 1.5 mm and 2.5 mm and the maximum thickness of the forward portion 112 at the ball striking face 145 is less than 3.7 mm. In some examples, the inner surface 166 of the forward portion 112 opposite the ball striking face 145 is not chemically etched and has an alpha shell thickness of no more than 0.30 mm.

參考圖9B和圖41,在一些實例中,高爾夫球桿頭100包括不與主體102共同形成的擊球板143。擊球板143與主體102分開形成並附接到主體102,諸如經由黏合、焊接、銅焊、緊固等。如圖所示,擊球板143限定了高爾夫球桿頭100的擊球面145。在這些實例中,主體102包括在高爾夫球桿頭100的前向部分112處的板開口149和繞板開口149連續延伸的板開口凹陷凸緣147。在一些實例中,板開口凹陷凸緣147是非平坦的或彎曲的。板開口凹陷凸緣147的內周限定板開口149。板開口凹陷凸緣147至少被劃分為沿高爾夫球桿頭100的冠部部分119在跟部到趾部的方向上相鄰地延伸的頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A和沿高爾夫球桿頭100的底部部分117在跟部到趾部的方向上相鄰地延伸的底板開口凹陷凸緣147B。儘管未示出,但板開口凹陷凸緣進一步分為趾部板開口凹陷凸緣和跟部板開口凹陷凸緣。在2016年3月8日頒佈的美國專利號9,278,267中可以找到板開口凹陷凸緣的一些特性,該專利藉由引用整體併入本文。 Referring to FIGS. 9B and 41 , in some examples, the golf club head 100 includes a blade 143 that is not co-formed with the body 102 . The blade 143 is formed separately from the body 102 and attached to the body 102, such as via bonding, welding, brazing, fastening, or the like. As shown, the blade 143 defines the ball striking face 145 of the golf club head 100 . In these examples, the body 102 includes a plate opening 149 at the forward portion 112 of the golf club head 100 and a plate opening recessed flange 147 extending continuously around the plate opening 149 . In some examples, the plate opening recess flange 147 is non-planar or curved. The inner circumference of the plate opening recessed flange 147 defines the plate opening 149 . The plate opening recessed flange 147 is divided into at least a top plate opening recessed flange 147A extending adjacently in the heel-to-toe direction along the crown portion 119 of the golf club head 100 and along the sole of the golf club head 100 The portion 117 extends adjacently in the heel-to-toe direction to the bottom plate opening recessed flange 147B. Although not shown, the plate opening recessed flange is further divided into a toe plate opening recessed flange and a heel plate opening recessed flange. Some features of the plate opening recessed flange can be found in US Patent No. 9,278,267, issued March 8, 2016, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

如圖9B所示,頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A具有寬度(TPLW)和厚度(TPLT)。寬度TPLW被定義為從限定板開口149的凸緣147A的內周到凸緣147A的黏附表面遠離內周的最 遠範圍的距離。厚度TPLT被定義為限定凸緣147A的黏附表面的材料的厚度。在一些實例中,凹部190(例如,內部凹部)形成在主體102的內表面中並且具有在從後到前的方向上延伸的深度,使得在底部到冠部的方向上,凹部190位於頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A和高爾夫球桿頭100的頂部之間。換句話說,凹部190在冠部到底部的方向上與頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A重疊。值得注意的是,在凹部190的後方,冠部的厚度可以局部增加,使得靠近冠部插入件接合球桿頭的位置的冠部部分的厚度比凹部190處的厚度更厚。這樣做可以加強冠部接頭的整體結構並減輕複合冠部接頭中的應力。否則,複合冠部接頭可能易於在該區域開裂,從而導致複合冠部接頭由於鑄造開裂和/或膠水失效而過早失效。 As shown in FIG. 9B, the top plate opening recessed flange 147A has a width (TPLW) and a thickness (TPLT). The width TPLW is defined from the inner circumference of the flange 147A defining the plate opening 149 to the maximum distance from the inner circumference of the adhesive surface of the flange 147A. long range distance. Thickness TPLT is defined as the thickness of the material that defines the adhesion surface of flange 147A. In some instances, recess 190 (eg, an interior recess) is formed in the inner surface of body 102 and has a depth extending in a rear-to-front direction such that, in a bottom-to-crown direction, recess 190 is located at the top plate opening Between the recessed flange 147A and the top of the golf club head 100 . In other words, the recess 190 overlaps the top plate opening recess flange 147A in the crown-to-bottom direction. Notably, behind recess 190 , the thickness of the crown may locally increase such that the thickness of the crown portion near where the crown insert engages the club head is thicker than at recess 190 . Doing so strengthens the overall structure of the crown joint and relieves stress in the composite crown joint. Otherwise, the composite crown joint may be prone to cracking in this area, resulting in premature failure of the composite crown joint due to casting cracking and/or glue failure.

參考圖30-32,在一些實例中,高爾夫球桿頭100進一步包括在與頂板開口凹陷凸緣168相鄰的位置處在冠部部分119中形成的內部質量墊129。內部質量墊129也位於高爾夫球桿頭100的跟部部分116和趾部部分114之間並偏離(例如,間隔開)。在一些實例中,凹部190的一部分形成在內部質量墊129中。內部質量墊129僅沿頂板開口凹陷凸緣168的一部分長度延伸。頂板開口凹陷凸緣168的長度在跟部到趾部的方向上延伸。此外,在一些實例中,頂板開口凹陷凸緣168是非平坦的或彎曲的。根據一些實例,凹部190處的冠部部分的厚度(WT)在內部質量墊129處(參見例如圖31)比遠離內部質量墊129(參見例如圖32)處更厚。 Referring to FIGS. 30-32 , in some examples, golf club head 100 further includes an internal mass pad 129 formed in crown portion 119 at a location adjacent to deck opening recessed flange 168 . The inner mass pad 129 is also located between and offset (eg, spaced apart) between the heel portion 116 and the toe portion 114 of the golf club head 100 . In some examples, a portion of recess 190 is formed in inner mass pad 129 . The inner mass pad 129 extends only a portion of the length of the roof opening recessed flange 168 . The length of the top plate opening recessed flange 168 extends in the heel-to-toe direction. Additionally, in some examples, the top plate opening recessed flange 168 is non-planar or curved. According to some examples, the thickness (WT) of the crown portion at the recess 190 is thicker at the inner mass pad 129 (see eg, FIG. 31 ) than away from the inner mass pad 129 (see eg, FIG. 32 ).

在某些實例中,頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A的寬度TPLW大於4.5mm(例如,在一些實例中大於5.0mm,並且在其他實例中大於5.5mm但小於8.0mm,較佳地在一些實例中小於7.0mm)。在一些實例中,寬度TPLW與擊球板143的最大高度的比率在0.08至0.15之間。在相同或不同的實例中,寬度TPLW與板開口149的最大高度的比率在0.07至0.15之間,諸 如0.1,其中在一些實例中,板開口149的最大高度在50-60mm之間,例如53mm。 In some instances, the width TPLW of the top plate opening recessed flange 147A is greater than 4.5 mm (eg, greater than 5.0 mm in some instances, and greater than 5.5 mm but less than 8.0 mm in other instances, preferably less than 8.0 mm in some instances) 7.0mm). In some examples, the ratio of the width TPLW to the maximum height of the blade 143 is between 0.08 and 0.15. In the same or different examples, the ratio of the width TPLW to the maximum height of the plate opening 149 is between 0.07 and 0.15, the Such as 0.1, where in some instances the maximum height of the plate opening 149 is between 50-60 mm, eg 53 mm.

根據一些實例,頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A的厚度TPLT在0.8mm的最小值至1.7mm的最大值之間(例如,在一些實例中在0.9mm至1.6mm之間,並且在其他實例中,在0.95mm至1.5mm之間)。如圖所示,遠離凸緣147A的內周的厚度TPLT大於凸緣147A的內周處的厚度。因此,在一些實例中,厚度TPLT沿著凸緣147A的寬度TPLW變化。例如,如圖所示,厚度TPLT在冠部到底部的方向(例如,朝向板開口149的中心)逐漸變細或減小。在一些實例中,頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A的頂部凸緣厚度TPLT變化,使得頂部凸緣厚度TPLT的最大值比頂部凸緣厚度TPLT的最小值大30%至60%。在某些實例中,厚度TPLT與擊球板的厚度的比率在0.2至1.2之間。根據某些實例,寬度TPLW與厚度TPLT的比率在2.6至10之間。 According to some examples, the thickness TPLT of the top plate opening recessed flange 147A is between a minimum of 0.8 mm and a maximum of 1.7 mm (eg, between 0.9 mm and 1.6 mm in some examples, and in other examples, at between 0.95mm and 1.5mm). As shown, the thickness TPLT away from the inner circumference of flange 147A is greater than the thickness at the inner circumference of flange 147A. Thus, in some examples, thickness TPLT varies along width TPLW of flange 147A. For example, as shown, the thickness TPLT tapers or decreases in the crown-to-bottom direction (eg, toward the center of the plate opening 149 ). In some examples, the top flange thickness TPLT of the top plate opening recessed flange 147A is varied such that the maximum value of the top flange thickness TPLT is 30% to 60% greater than the minimum value of the top flange thickness TPLT. In certain examples, the ratio of the thickness TPLT to the thickness of the blade is between 0.2 and 1.2. According to some examples, the ratio of width TPLW to thickness TPLT is between 2.6 and 10.

底板開口凹陷凸緣147B具有寬度(BPLW)和厚度(BPLT)。寬度BPLW被定義為從限定板開口149的凸緣147B的內周到凸緣147B的黏附表面遠離內周的最遠範圍的距離。厚度BPLT被定義為限定凸緣147B的黏附表面的材料的厚度。 The floor opening recessed flange 147B has a width (BPLW) and a thickness (BPLT). The width BPLW is defined as the distance from the inner circumference of the flange 147B that defines the plate opening 149 to the farthest extent of the adhesion surface of the flange 147B away from the inner circumference. Thickness BPLT is defined as the thickness of the material that defines the adhesion surface of flange 147B.

在某些實例中,底板開口凹陷凸緣147B的寬度BPLW大於4.5mm(例如,在一些實例中大於5.0mm,並且在其他實例中大於5.5mm但小於8.0mm,較佳地在一些實例中小於7.0mm)。在一些實例中,寬度BPLW與擊球板143的最大高度的比率在0.08至0.15之間。在相同或不同的實例中,寬度BPLW與板開口149的最大高度的比率在0.07至0.15之間,諸如0.1,其中在一些實例中,板開口149的最大高度在50-60mm之間,例如53mm。 In some instances, the width BPLW of the floor opening recessed flange 147B is greater than 4.5 mm (eg, greater than 5.0 mm in some instances, and greater than 5.5 mm but less than 8.0 mm in other instances, preferably less than 8.0 mm in some instances) 7.0mm). In some examples, the ratio of the width BPLW to the maximum height of the blade 143 is between 0.08 and 0.15. In the same or different examples, the ratio of the width BPLW to the maximum height of the plate opening 149 is between 0.07 and 0.15, such as 0.1, where in some examples the maximum height of the plate opening 149 is between 50-60 mm, such as 53 mm .

根據一些實例,底板開口凹陷凸緣147B的厚度BPLT在0.8mm至1.7mm之間(例如,在一些實例中在0.9mm至1.6mm之間,並且在其他實例中在0.95mm至1.5mm之間)。 如圖所示,遠離凸緣147B的內周的厚度BPLT大於凸緣147B的內周處的厚度。因此,在一些實例中,厚度BPLT沿著凸緣147B的寬度BPLW變化。例如,如圖所示,厚度BPLT沿底部到冠部的方向(例如,朝向板開口149的中心)減小。在一些實例中,底板開口凹陷凸緣147B的底部凸緣厚度BPLT變化,使得底部凸緣厚度BPLT的最大值比底部凸緣厚度BPLT的最小值大30%至60%。在某些實例中,厚度BPLT與擊球板的厚度的比率在0.2至1.2之間。根據某些實例,寬度BPLW與厚度BPLT的比率在2.6至10之間。 According to some examples, the thickness BPLT of the bottom plate opening recessed flange 147B is between 0.8 mm and 1.7 mm (eg, between 0.9 mm and 1.6 mm in some examples, and between 0.95 mm and 1.5 mm in other examples) ). As shown, the thickness BPLT away from the inner circumference of flange 147B is greater than the thickness at the inner circumference of flange 147B. Thus, in some examples, thickness BPLT varies along width BPLW of flange 147B. For example, as shown, the thickness BPLT decreases in the bottom-to-crown direction (eg, toward the center of the plate opening 149). In some examples, the bottom flange thickness BPLT of the floor opening recessed flange 147B is varied such that the maximum value of the bottom flange thickness BPLT is 30% to 60% greater than the minimum value of the bottom flange thickness BPLT. In some examples, the ratio of the thickness BPLT to the thickness of the blade is between 0.2 and 1.2. According to some examples, the ratio of width BPLW to thickness BPLT is between 2.6 and 10.

如圖所示,擊球板143藉由將擊球板143固定為至少與頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A和底板開口凹陷凸緣147B就位接合而附接到主體102。當以這種方式接合到頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A和底板開口凹陷凸緣147B時,擊球板143覆蓋或封閉板開口149。此外,頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A和擊球板143的大小、形狀和位置相對於高爾夫球桿頭100的冠部部分119設置,使得擊球板143在與頂板開口凹陷凸緣147A就位接合時鄰接冠部部分119。鄰接冠部部分119的擊球板143限定了高爾夫球桿頭100的頂線。此外,在一些實例中,擊球板143的可見外觀與高爾夫球桿頭100的冠部部分119的外觀形成了足夠的對比,從而明顯增強了高爾夫球桿頭100的頂線。因為擊球板143與主體102分開形成,所以擊球板143可由與主體102的材料不同的材料製成。在一個實例中,擊球板143由纖維增強聚合材料製成,如下文所述。 As shown, the blade 143 is attached to the body 102 by securing the blade 143 into engagement with at least the top plate opening recessed flange 147A and the sole plate opening recessed flange 147B in place. When engaged to the top plate opening recessed flange 147A and the sole plate opening recessed flange 147B in this manner, the blade 143 covers or closes the plate opening 149 . Additionally, the deck opening recessed flange 147A and the blade 143 are sized, shaped and positioned relative to the crown portion 119 of the golf club head 100 such that the blade 143 when engaged in place with the deck opening recessed flange 147A Adjacent crown portion 119 . The blade 143 adjacent the crown portion 119 defines the top line of the golf club head 100 . Furthermore, in some instances, the visible appearance of the blade 143 contrasts sufficiently with the appearance of the crown portion 119 of the golf club head 100 to significantly enhance the topline of the golf club head 100 . Because the blade 143 is formed separately from the main body 102 , the blade 143 may be made of a material different from that of the main body 102 . In one example, the blade 143 is made of a fiber reinforced polymeric material, as described below.

值得注意的是,TPLW、TPLT、BPLW和BPLT尺寸有助於控制球桿頭的局部剛度並確保有足夠的結合面積將擊球板結合到主體102。如果由纖維增強聚合材料形成,則擊球板的模量將與由金屬材料形成的主體的模量大不相同,從而使得兩者的剛度或順應性不同,並且在擊打擊球板期間和由於模量不同,主體將以不同的速率移動,除非在設計中採 取預防措施來考慮剛度差異。凹部190、TPLW、TPLT、BPLW和BPLT尺寸都在控制擊球面和主體在擊打期間的整體順應性和速率方面發揮作用。此外,TPLW和BPLW有助於確保足夠的結合面積和面部性能。結合面積太小,膠接會失效,結合面積太大,擊球面將不能發揮作用,即不能優化恢復係數,並且在一些實例中,結合面積太大會導致由於剛度的不同擊球面從球桿頭上剝落。因此,TPLW、TPLT、BPLW和BPLT的尺寸有助於球桿頭的整體性能並有助於避免黏合或膠接失效。在一些實例中,結合面積將在850mm2至1800mm2的範圍內,較佳地在1,300mm2至1,500mm2之間。在一些實例中,結合面積與擊球板的內表面積(擊球板的後表面積)的比率將在21%至45%的範圍內。在一些實例中,擊球板的總結合面積將小於冠部插入件的總結合面積。在一些實例中,凸緣寬度TPLW和/或BPLW將小於前向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168A的凸緣寬度(沿y軸測量的前後)。 Notably, the TPLW, TPLT, BPLW, and BPLT dimensions help control the local stiffness of the club head and ensure that there is sufficient bonding area to bond the blade to the body 102 . If formed from a fiber reinforced polymeric material, the modulus of the blade will be substantially different from the modulus of the body formed of a metallic material, resulting in a difference in stiffness or compliance between the two, and during striking of the blade and due to With different moduli, the body will move at different rates unless precautions are taken in the design to account for stiffness differences. The recess 190, TPLW, TPLT, BPLW and BPLT dimensions all play a role in controlling the overall compliance and velocity of the ball striking face and body during impact. In addition, TPLW and BPLW help to ensure sufficient bonding area and facial performance. Too small a bonding area and the bond will fail, too large a bonding area and the hitting face will not function, i.e. the coefficient of restitution cannot be optimized, and in some instances too large a bonding area will cause the hitting face to move away from the club due to differences in stiffness Peeling on the head. Therefore, the dimensions of TPLW, TPLT, BPLW and BPLT contribute to the overall performance of the club head and help avoid bond or glue failure. In some examples, the bond area will be in the range of 850 mm 2 to 1800 mm 2 , preferably between 1,300 mm 2 and 1,500 mm 2 . In some examples, the ratio of the bond area to the inner surface area of the blade (the rear surface area of the blade) will be in the range of 21% to 45%. In some instances, the total bonded area of the blade will be less than the total bonded area of the crown insert. In some examples, the flange widths TPLW and/or BPLW will be less than the flange widths of the forward crown opening recessed flange 168A (front to back as measured along the y-axis).

參考圖31,一層黏合劑144將擊球板143黏結到主體102。前向部分112包括側壁146,側壁146限定板開口凹陷凸緣147的深度並且限定板開口凹陷凸緣147遠離板開口149的中心的徑向外周。側壁146相對於板開口凹陷凸緣147成角度(例如,銳角、鈍角或直角)。在一些實例中,側壁146與板開口凹陷凸緣147之間限定的角度在70°至120°之間。在某些實例中,側壁146與板開口凹陷凸緣147之間限定的角度大於90°。主體102進一步包括板開口凹陷凸緣147和側壁146之間的過渡部分。在一些實例中,過渡部分限定了徑向表面,其將板開口凹陷凸緣147和側壁146的表面耦接在一起。黏合劑層144插入在板開口凹陷凸緣147與擊球板143之間並插入在側壁146與擊球板143之間。在一些實例中,板開口凹陷凸緣147和擊球板143之間的黏合劑層144的厚度(LT)大於側壁146和擊球板143之間的黏合劑層144的厚度(ST)。根據一個 特定的實例,板開口凹陷凸緣147和擊球板143之間的黏合劑層144的厚度(LT)在0.25mm至0.45mm之間,並且側壁146和擊球板143之間的黏合劑層144的厚度(ST)在0.15mm至0.25mm之間。 Referring to FIG. 31 , a layer of adhesive 144 bonds the blade 143 to the body 102 . Forward portion 112 includes sidewalls 146 that define the depth of plate opening recessed flange 147 and define the radially outer periphery of plate opening recessed flange 147 away from the center of plate opening 149 . The side walls 146 are angled (eg, acute, obtuse, or right) relative to the plate opening recess flange 147 . In some examples, the angle defined between the sidewall 146 and the plate opening recess flange 147 is between 70° and 120°. In some instances, the angle defined between sidewall 146 and plate opening recess flange 147 is greater than 90°. The body 102 further includes a transition portion between the plate opening recessed flange 147 and the side wall 146 . In some examples, the transition portion defines a radial surface that couples the surfaces of the plate opening recess flange 147 and sidewall 146 together. The adhesive layer 144 is interposed between the plate opening recess flange 147 and the blade 143 and between the side wall 146 and the blade 143 . In some examples, the thickness (LT) of the adhesive layer 144 between the plate opening recess flange 147 and the blade 143 is greater than the thickness (ST) of the adhesive layer 144 between the sidewall 146 and the blade 143 . according to a A specific example, the thickness (LT) of the adhesive layer 144 between the plate opening recessed flange 147 and the blade 143 is between 0.25 mm and 0.45 mm, and the adhesive layer between the side wall 146 and the blade 143 The thickness (ST) of 144 is between 0.15mm and 0.25mm.

在一些實例中,擊球板可具有不超過55mm的最大面板高度,如沿通過球桿頭原點的z軸測量的,較佳不超過55mm並且不小於40mm,甚至更佳在49mm至54mm之間。在一些情況下,由纖維增強聚合材料形成的擊球板可具有不超過4,180mm2,並且較佳地在3,200mm2至4,180mm2之間,更佳地在3,500mm2至4,180mm2之間的前表面積。根據某些實例,擊球面145具有至少300mm的第一凸起半徑和至少250mm的第一滾動半徑。一般來說,大於300mm的凸起半徑具有更好的CT潛變率,並且具有凸起的球桿頭的凸起半徑不小於300mm並且滾動半徑在凸起半徑的30-50mm範圍內表現良好。 In some examples, the blade may have a maximum panel height of no more than 55mm, as measured along the z-axis through the origin of the club head, preferably no more than 55mm and no less than 40mm, even more preferably between 49mm and 54mm between. In some cases, blades formed from fiber reinforced polymeric materials may have a diameter of no more than 4,180mm 2 , and preferably between 3,200mm 2 and 4,180mm 2 , more preferably between 3,500mm 2 and 4,180mm 2 front surface area. According to some examples, the ball striking face 145 has a first convex radius of at least 300 mm and a first rolling radius of at least 250 mm. In general, bump radii greater than 300mm have better CT creep rates, and club heads with bumps have bump radii of no less than 300mm and roll radii in the range of 30-50mm of bump radii perform well.

高爾夫球桿頭1r00包括主體102、在高爾夫球桿頭100的頂部附接至主體102的冠部插入件108(或冠部面板)以及在高爾夫球桿頭100的底部附接至主體102的底部插入件110(或底部面板)(參見例如圖10和圖11)。因此,主體102有效地提供了一個框架,一個或多個插入件、面板或板附接到該框架。主體102包括鑄造杯104和環106(例如,後環)。環106在趾側接頭112A和跟側接頭112B處接合到鑄造杯104。鑄造杯104限定了高爾夫球桿頭100的前向部分112的至少一部分。環106限定了高爾夫球桿頭100的後向部分112的至少一部分。此外,鑄造杯104限定了冠部部分119、底部部分117、跟部部分116、趾部部分114和裙邊部分121的一部分。類似地,環106限定了跟部部分116、趾部部分114和裙邊部分121的一部分。 Golf club head 1r00 includes a body 102, a crown insert 108 (or crown panel) attached to the body 102 at the top of the golf club head 100, and a sole attached to the body 102 at the bottom of the golf club head 100 Insert 110 (or bottom panel) (see eg Figures 10 and 11). Thus, the body 102 effectively provides a frame to which one or more inserts, panels or plates are attached. The body 102 includes a cast cup 104 and a ring 106 (eg, a rear ring). Ring 106 is joined to casting cup 104 at toe-side joint 112A and heel-side joint 112B. The cast cup 104 defines at least a portion of the forward portion 112 of the golf club head 100 . Ring 106 defines at least a portion of rearward portion 112 of golf club head 100 . Additionally, the casting cup 104 defines a crown portion 119 , a bottom portion 117 , a heel portion 116 , a toe portion 114 and a portion of the skirt portion 121 . Similarly, ring 106 defines a portion of heel portion 116 , toe portion 114 and skirt portion 121 .

鑄造杯104(或只是杯)是杯形的。更具體地, 如圖14所示,包括擊球面145的鑄造杯104在一端被擊球面145封閉,在四個側面上封閉(例如,被冠部部分119、底部部分117、趾部部分114和跟部部分116封閉),它們從擊球面145基本上橫向延伸,並在與擊球面145相對的一端開口。因此,鑄造杯104在與擊球面145耦接時類似於杯或杯狀單元。 The casting cup 104 (or just the cup) is cup-shaped. More specifically, As shown in FIG. 14, the cast cup 104 including the ball striking face 145 is closed at one end by the ball striking face 145 and closed on four sides (eg, by crown portion 119, sole portion 117, toe portion 114 and heel portion) portion 116 closed), they extend substantially laterally from the ball striking face 145 and are open at the end opposite the ball striking face 145. Thus, the cast cup 104 resembles a cup or cup-shaped unit when coupled to the ball striking face 145 .

環106不是周向閉合的或者不形成連續的環形或圓形形狀。取而代之的是,環106是周向開口的並且限定了大致半圓形的形狀。因此,如本文所定義的,環106被稱為環,因為它具有環狀、半圓形形狀,並且當接合到鑄造杯104時,與鑄造杯104形成周向閉合或環形形狀。 Ring 106 is not circumferentially closed or does not form a continuous annular or circular shape. Instead, the ring 106 is circumferentially open and defines a generally semi-circular shape. Thus, as defined herein, ring 106 is referred to as a ring because it has an annular, semi-circular shape and when engaged to casting cup 104 forms a circumferentially closed or annular shape with casting cup 104 .

鑄造杯104與環106分開形成並且環106隨後接合到鑄造杯104。因此,主體102具有至少兩件式構造,其中鑄造杯104限定主體102的一件,而環106限定主體102的另一件。因此,在鑄造杯104和環106鄰接的趾側接頭112A和跟側接頭112B中的每一個處限定接縫。鑄造杯104和環106使用各種製造技術中的任一種單獨形成。在一個實例中,鑄造杯104和環106使用鑄造工藝形成。由於鑄造杯104和環106是分開形成的,所以鑄造杯104和環106可以由不同的材料製成。例如,鑄造杯104可以由第一材料製成並且環106可以由不同於第一材料的第二材料製成。 The casting cup 104 is formed separately from the ring 106 and the ring 106 is then joined to the casting cup 104 . Accordingly, the body 102 has an at least two-piece construction, wherein the casting cup 104 defines one piece of the body 102 and the ring 106 defines the other piece of the body 102 . Accordingly, a seam is defined at each of the toe-side joint 112A and heel-side joint 112B where the casting cup 104 and ring 106 abut. Cast cup 104 and ring 106 are separately formed using any of a variety of manufacturing techniques. In one example, casting cup 104 and ring 106 are formed using a casting process. Since the casting cup 104 and the ring 106 are formed separately, the casting cup 104 and the ring 106 may be made of different materials. For example, the casting cup 104 may be made of a first material and the ring 106 may be made of a second material different from the first material.

參考圖14和圖15,鑄造杯104包括趾-環接合表面150A和跟-環接合表面150B。類似地,環106包括趾-杯接合表面152A和跟-杯接合表面152B。趾側接頭112A藉由將鑄造杯104的趾-環接合表面150A和環106的趾-杯接合表面152A鄰接並固定在一起並且將鑄造杯104的跟-環接合表面150B和環106的跟-杯接合表面152B鄰接並固定在一起而形成。接合表面可以經由任何合適的固定技術,諸如焊接、銅焊、黏合劑、機械緊固件等固定在一起。 14 and 15, the casting cup 104 includes a toe-ring engagement surface 150A and a heel-ring engagement surface 150B. Similarly, ring 106 includes a toe-cup engagement surface 152A and a heel-cup engagement surface 152B. The toe side joint 112A is formed by abutting and securing together the toe-ring engaging surface 150A of the casting cup 104 and the toe-cup engaging surface 152A of the ring 106 and the heel-ring engaging surface 150B of the casting cup 104 and the heel-ring engaging surface 150B of the ring 106 . Cup engagement surfaces 152B are formed to abut and secure together. The joining surfaces may be secured together via any suitable securing technique, such as welding, brazing, adhesives, mechanical fasteners, and the like.

為了幫助增強和加強趾側接頭112A和跟側接頭 112B,互補的配合元件可以併入到接合表面中或耦接到接合表面。在圖示的實例中,鑄造杯104包括從趾-環接合表面150A突出的趾部突出部分154A和從跟-環接合表面150B突出的跟部突出部分154B。相比之下,在圖示的實例中,環106包括形成在趾-杯接合表面152A中的趾部接受器156A和形成在跟-杯接合表面152B中的跟部接受器156B。當接合表面彼此鄰接以形成接頭時,趾部突出部分154A與趾部接受器156A配合(例如,被接收在趾部接受器156A內)並且跟部突出部分154B與跟部接受器156B配合(例如,被接收在跟部接受器156B內)。儘管在圖示的實例中,趾部突出部分154A和跟部突出部分154B形成鑄造杯104的一部分並且趾部接受器和跟部接受器156B形成環106的一部分,但是在其他實例中,配合元件可以被顛倒以使得趾部突出部分154A和跟部突出部分154B形成環106的一部分並且趾部接受器和跟部接受器156B形成鑄造杯104的一部分。此外,除了或代替突出部分和接受器之外,還可以使用不同類型的互補配合元件,諸如凸片和凹口。 To help strengthen and strengthen the toe joint 112A and heel joint 112B, complementary mating elements may be incorporated into or coupled to the engagement surface. In the illustrated example, the cast cup 104 includes a toe protrusion 154A protruding from the toe-ring engaging surface 150A and a heel protrusion 154B protruding from the heel-ring engaging surface 150B. In contrast, in the illustrated example, ring 106 includes toe receptacles 156A formed in toe-cup engagement surface 152A and heel receptacles 156B formed in heel-cup engagement surface 152B. When the engagement surfaces abut each other to form a joint, toe protrusion 154A mates with toe receiver 156A (eg, is received within toe receiver 156A) and heel protrusion 154B mates with heel receiver 156B (eg, is received within toe receiver 156A) , received in heel receptacle 156B). Although in the illustrated example the toe and heel tabs 154A and 154B form part of the cast cup 104 and the toe and heel receptacles 156B form part of the ring 106, in other instances the mating elements It may be reversed such that toe and heel tabs 154A and 154B form part of ring 106 and toe and heel receptacles 156B form part of cast cup 104 . Furthermore, different types of complementary mating elements, such as tabs and notches, may also be used in addition to or instead of projections and receptacles.

在一些實例中,趾側接頭112A和跟側接頭112B位於距擊球面145足夠的距離以避免由於高爾夫球桿頭100在擊打高爾夫球時所經受的劇烈擊打而導致的潛在故障。例如,趾側接頭112A和跟側接頭112B中的每一個可以間隔至少20mm、至少30mm、至少40mm、至少50mm、至少60mm和/或距擊球面145的中心面183後方20mm至70mm,如沿球桿頭原點坐標系185的y軸(前後方向)測量的。參考圖14,根據某些實例,從擊球面145到跟-環接合表面150B的第一距離D1小於從擊球面145到趾-環接合表面150A的第二距離D2。換句話說,在一些實例中,鑄造杯104在跟部部分116處從擊球面145向後延伸比在趾部部分114處更短的距離。 In some examples, the toe joint 112A and heel joint 112B are located a sufficient distance from the ball striking face 145 to avoid potential failure due to the hard blows experienced by the golf club head 100 when hitting a golf ball. For example, each of the toe joint 112A and heel joint 112B may be spaced apart by at least 20 mm, at least 30 mm, at least 40 mm, at least 50 mm, at least 60 mm and/or 20 mm to 70 mm rearward of the center plane 183 of the ball striking face 145, such as along the Measured from the y-axis (forward-backward direction) of the club head origin coordinate system 185 . 14, according to some examples, a first distance D1 from ball striking face 145 to heel-ring engagement surface 150B is less than a second distance D2 from ball striking face 145 to toe-ring engagement surface 150A. In other words, in some examples, the casting cup 104 extends a shorter distance rearward from the ball striking face 145 at the heel portion 116 than at the toe portion 114 .

參考圖10-13,主體102包括冠部開口162和底部 開口164。冠部開口162位於高爾夫球桿頭100的冠部部分119處並且當打開時提供從高爾夫球桿頭100的頂部進入高爾夫球桿頭100的內腔113的入口。相比之下,底部開口164位於高爾夫球桿頭100的底部部分117處並且當打開時提供從高爾夫球桿頭100的底部進入高爾夫球桿頭100的內腔113的入口。冠部開口162和底部開口164的對應區段由鑄造杯104和環106限定。更具體地,參考圖10-15,冠部開口162的前向區段162A和底部開口164的前向區段164A由鑄造杯104限定,並且冠部開口162的後向區段162B和底部開口164的後向區段164B由環106限定。因此,當鑄造杯104和環106接合在一起時,前向區段162A和後向區段162B共同限定冠部開口162,並且前向區段164A和後向區段164B共同限定底部開口164。 10-13, the main body 102 includes a crown opening 162 and a base Opening 164. Crown opening 162 is located at crown portion 119 of golf club head 100 and provides access from the top of golf club head 100 into cavity 113 of golf club head 100 when open. In contrast, the sole opening 164 is located at the sole portion 117 of the golf club head 100 and provides access from the sole of the golf club head 100 into the interior cavity 113 of the golf club head 100 when open. Corresponding sections of crown opening 162 and bottom opening 164 are defined by casting cup 104 and ring 106 . 10-15, the forward section 162A of the crown opening 162 and the forward section 164A of the bottom opening 164 are defined by the casting cup 104, and the rearward section 162B and the bottom opening of the crown opening 162 are defined by the casting cup 104. The rearward section 164B of 164 is defined by the ring 106 . Thus, when the casting cup 104 and the ring 106 are engaged together, the forward section 162A and the rearward section 162B together define the crown opening 162 and the forward section 164A and the rearward section 164B together define the bottom opening 164 .

鑄造杯104另外包括前向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168A和前向底部開口凹陷凸緣170A。環106包括後向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168B和後向底部開口凹陷凸緣170B。前向底部開口凹陷凸緣170A和後向底部開口凹陷凸緣170B形成高爾夫球桿頭100的底部開口凹陷凸緣170。此外,在一些實例中,底部開口凹陷凸緣170是非平坦的或彎曲的。凸緣從圍繞凸緣的主體102的外表面向內朝向內腔113偏移與冠部插入件108和底部插入件110的厚度相對應的距離。在一些實例中,凸緣從主體102的外表面的偏移約等於冠部插入件108和底部插入件110的對應厚度,使得插入件在附接到凸緣時與主體102的對應周圍外表面齊平。然而,在一些實例中,當與對應凸緣就位接合時,冠部插入件108和底部插入件110不需要與主體102的周圍外表面齊平(例如,可以相對於其升高或凹陷)。在一些實例中,底部插入件110的厚度大於冠部插入件108的厚度。此外,底部插入件110由第一數量的堆疊片層構成,每一個由纖維增強的聚合材料製成,並且冠部插入件108由第二數量的堆疊片層構成,每一個由纖維增強的聚合材料製成。 在一些實例中,堆疊片層的第一數量大於堆疊片層的第二數量。 The casting cup 104 additionally includes a forward crown opening recessed flange 168A and a forward bottom opening recessed flange 170A. Ring 106 includes rearward crown opening recessed flange 168B and rearward bottom opening recessed flange 170B. Forward sole opening recessed flange 170A and rearward sole opening recessed flange 170B form sole opening recessed flange 170 of golf club head 100 . Additionally, in some examples, the bottom opening recessed flange 170 is non-planar or curved. The flange is offset from the outer surface of the body 102 surrounding the flange inward toward the lumen 113 by a distance corresponding to the thickness of the crown insert 108 and bottom insert 110 . In some examples, the offset of the flanges from the outer surface of the body 102 is approximately equal to the corresponding thicknesses of the crown insert 108 and bottom insert 110 such that the inserts, when attached to the flanges, correspond to the corresponding surrounding outer surfaces of the body 102 flush. However, in some instances, crown insert 108 and bottom insert 110 need not be flush with the surrounding outer surface of body 102 when engaged in place with the corresponding flanges (eg, may be raised or recessed relative thereto) . In some instances, the thickness of the bottom insert 110 is greater than the thickness of the crown insert 108 . Additionally, the bottom insert 110 is constructed of a first number of stacked plies, each made of fiber-reinforced polymeric material, and the crown insert 108 is constructed of a second number of stacked plies, each of fiber-reinforced polymeric material material. In some examples, the first number of stacked sheets is greater than the second number of stacked sheets.

當鑄造杯104和環106接合時,前向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168A和後向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168B共同限定了主體102的冠部開口凹陷凸緣168,並且前向底部開口凹陷凸緣170A和後向底部開口凹陷凸緣170B共同限定了主體102的底部開口凹陷凸緣170。前向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168A的內周限定了冠部開口162的前向段162A,並且後向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168B的內周限定了冠部開口162的後向區段162B。同樣地,前向底部開口凹陷凸緣170A的內周限定了底部開口164的前向區段164A的外周,並且後向底部開口凹陷凸緣170B的內周限定了底部開口164的後向區段164B的周邊。因此,冠部開口凹陷凸緣168的內周限定了冠部開口162的周邊並且底部開口凹陷凸緣170的內周限定了底部開口164的周邊。 Forward crown opening recessed flange 168A and rearward crown opening recessed flange 168B together define crown opening recessed flange 168 of body 102 when casting cup 104 and ring 106 are engaged, and forward bottom opening recessed flange Rim 170A and rearwardly open bottom recessed flange 170B together define a bottom open recessed flange 170 of body 102 . The inner perimeter of the forward crown opening recessed flange 168A defines the forward segment 162A of the crown opening 162 and the inner perimeter of the rearward crown opening recessed flange 168B defines the rearward segment 162B of the crown opening 162 . Likewise, the inner perimeter of forward bottom opening recessed flange 170A defines the outer perimeter of forward segment 164A of bottom opening 164 and the inner perimeter of rearward bottom opening recessed flange 170B defines the rearward segment of bottom opening 164 The perimeter of 164B. Thus, the inner perimeter of crown opening recessed flange 168 defines the perimeter of crown opening 162 and the inner perimeter of bottom opening recessed flange 170 defines the perimeter of bottom opening 164 .

參考圖31,主體102在冠部部分119處的厚度從冠部開口凹陷凸緣168的前向延伸部132在從後向到前向的方向上減小,並且在前向到後向的方向上從冠部開口凹陷凸緣168的前向延伸部132減小。這導致在前向延伸部132處的局部厚度增加,這有助於增強和加強主體102和冠部插入件108之間的接頭。 31 , the thickness of the body 102 at the crown portion 119 decreases from the forward extension 132 of the crown opening recessed flange 168 in the rearward to forward direction, and in the forward to rearward direction The forward extension 132 of the upper recessed flange 168 from the crown opening decreases. This results in a localized increase in thickness at the forward extension 132 , which helps to strengthen and strengthen the joint between the main body 102 and the crown insert 108 .

冠部插入件108和底部插入件110彼此分開形成並且與主體102分開形成。因此,如圖10和圖11所示,冠部插入件108和底部插入件110附接到主體102。在一些實例中,冠部插入件108位於並黏附到(諸如藉由黏合劑)冠部開口凹陷凸緣168上並且底部插入件110位於並黏附到(諸如藉由黏合劑)底部開口凹陷凸緣170。以此方式,冠部插入件108封閉或覆蓋冠部開口162並且至少部分地限定高爾夫球桿頭100的冠部部分119,並且底部插入件110封閉或覆蓋底部開口164並且至少部分地限定高爾夫球桿頭100的底部部分117。 The crown insert 108 and the bottom insert 110 are formed separately from each other and from the main body 102 . Thus, as shown in FIGS. 10 and 11 , the crown insert 108 and the bottom insert 110 are attached to the main body 102 . In some examples, the crown insert 108 is located and adhered (such as by an adhesive) to the crown opening recessed flange 168 and the bottom insert 110 is located and adhered (such as by an adhesive) to the bottom opening recessed flange 170. In this manner, the crown insert 108 closes or covers the crown opening 162 and at least partially defines the crown portion 119 of the golf club head 100, and the sole insert 110 closes or covers the sole opening 164 and at least partially defines the golf ball Bottom portion 117 of club head 100 .

冠部插入件108和底部插入件110可以具有各種形狀中的任一種。參考圖4,在一個實例中,冠部插入件108被成形為使得對應於高爾夫球桿頭100的峰冠高度的位置(PCH)在高爾夫球桿頭100的桿頸120的後方並且在高爾夫球桿頭100的桿頸120的桿頸軸線191的後方。峰冠高度是高爾夫球桿頭的最大冠高,其中沿高爾夫球桿頭的給定位置處的冠高是當高爾夫球桿頭位於地平面上的瞄準位置時從地平面181到給定位置處的冠部部分的最高點的距離。在一些實例中,高爾夫球桿頭100的冠部高度在遠離擊球面145的前後方向上增加並且然後減小。在某些實例中,冠部部分的限定峰冠高度的部分或外表面由至少一種第一材料製成。根據一些實例,第一冠高被限定在前向冠部區域中的球桿面連接到球桿頭的冠部部分的球桿面到冠部的過渡區域,第二冠高被限定在冠部部分連接到高爾夫球桿頭的後端附近的高爾夫球桿頭的裙邊的冠部到裙邊過渡區域,並且最大冠高限定在第一冠高的後方和第二冠高的前方,其中最大冠高大於第一冠高和第二冠高。在一些實例中,最大冠高出現在擊球面的幾何中心的趾部方向。根據某些實例,最大冠高由非金屬複合冠部插入件形成。 Crown insert 108 and bottom insert 110 may have any of a variety of shapes. 4, in one example, the crown insert 108 is shaped such that the position corresponding to the peak crown height (PCH) of the golf club head 100 is behind the hosel 120 of the golf club head 100 and is in the golf ball The rear of the hosel axis 191 of the hosel 120 of the head 100 . The peak crown height is the maximum crown height of the golf club head, where the crown height at a given location along the golf club head is from the ground level 181 to the given location when the golf club head is in the aiming position on the ground plane The distance from the highest point of the crown part. In some instances, the crown height of golf club head 100 increases in a fore-aft direction away from ball striking face 145 and then decreases. In certain examples, the portion or outer surface of the crown portion that defines the peak crown height is made of at least one first material. According to some examples, a first crown height is defined in the forward crown region where the club face is connected to a club face to crown transition region of the crown portion of the club head, and the second crown height is defined in the crown portion A crown-to-skirt transition region that is partially connected to the skirt of the golf club head near the rear end of the golf club head, and a maximum crown height is defined behind the first crown height and forward of the second crown height, wherein the maximum crown height is The crown height is greater than the first crown height and the second crown height. In some instances, the maximum crown height occurs in the toe direction of the geometric center of the ball striking face. According to some examples, the maximum crown height is formed by a non-metallic composite crown insert.

參考圖3,峰值裙邊高度(顯示為與位置(PSH)相關聯)是高爾夫球桿頭的最大裙邊高度,其中沿高爾夫球桿頭的給定位置處的裙邊高度是當高爾夫球桿頭位於地平面上的瞄準位置時從地平面到高爾夫球桿頭上的裙邊部分的最後點處的裙邊部分的最上點的距離。 Referring to Figure 3, the peak skirt height (shown as being associated with position (PSH)) is the maximum skirt height of the golf club head, where the skirt height at a given location along the golf club head is the maximum skirt height when the golf club The distance from the ground plane to the uppermost point of the skirt portion at the rearmost point of the skirt portion on the golf club head when the head is in the aiming position on the ground plane.

根據一些實例,冠部部分119的峰冠高度與裙邊部分121的裙峰高度的比率範圍在約0.45至0.59之間,較佳地為0.49-0.55,並且在一個實例中,裙邊高度為約34mm並且峰冠高度約為65mm,這導致峰裙高度與峰冠高度的比率約為0.52。峰裙高度通常在28mm至38mm之間,較佳地在31mm 至36mm之間的範圍內。峰冠高度通常在60mm至70mm之間,較佳地在62mm至67mm之間的範圍內。期望將峰冠高度和峰裙高度之間的差限制為不超過40mm,較佳地在27mm至35mm之間。期望峰裙高度等於或大於高爾夫球桿頭的Z-up值,即沿z軸從地平面181到重心的垂直距離。理想的是峰冠高度比高爾夫球桿頭的Z-up值大兩倍(2x)。更大的峰裙高度可能有助於更好的空氣動力學和更好的氣流附件,尤其是對於更快的揮桿速度。同樣,如果峰冠高度和峰裙高度之間的差異太大,則流動較早地從高爾夫球桿頭分離的可能性更大,即湍流的可能性增加。 According to some examples, the ratio of the peak crown height of crown portion 119 to the skirt peak height of skirt portion 121 ranges from about 0.45 to 0.59, preferably 0.49-0.55, and in one example, the skirt height is About 34mm and the peak crown height is about 65mm, which results in a peak skirt height to peak crown height ratio of about 0.52. Peak skirt height is usually between 28mm and 38mm, preferably 31mm to 36mm. The peak crown height is generally in the range between 60mm and 70mm, preferably between 62mm and 67mm. It is desirable to limit the difference between peak crown height and peak skirt height to no more than 40mm, preferably between 27mm and 35mm. The desired peak skirt height is equal to or greater than the Z-up value of the golf club head, ie, the vertical distance from the ground plane 181 to the center of gravity along the z-axis. Ideally the peak crown height is two times (2x) greater than the Z-up value of the golf club head. The larger peak skirt height may contribute to better aerodynamics and better airflow attachments, especially for faster swing speeds. Likewise, if the difference between the peak crown height and the peak skirt height is too great, there is a greater likelihood that the flow will separate from the golf club head earlier, ie, the likelihood of turbulent flow increases.

高爾夫球桿頭100的構造和材料多樣性使高爾夫球桿頭100能夠具有期望的重心(CG)位置和峰頂高度位置。在一個實例中,在球桿頭原點坐標系185的y軸上,峰冠高度的位置(PCH)的y軸坐標在約26mm至約42mm之間。在相同或不同的實例中,當高爾夫球桿頭100處於瞄準位置時,與球桿頭原點坐標系185的z軸平行的從地平面181到峰冠高度的位置(PCH)的距離在60mm至70mm之間,較佳地在62mm至67mm之間的範圍內,如上所述。根據一些實例,高爾夫球桿頭100的重心(CG)在桿頭原點坐標系185的y軸上的y軸坐標在25mm至50mm之間,較佳地在32mm至38mm之間,更佳地在36.5mm至42mm之間的範圍內,高爾夫球桿頭100的重心(CG)在桿頭原點坐標系185的x軸上的x軸坐標在-10mm至10mm之間,較佳地在-6mm至6mm之間,並且更佳地在-7mm至7mm之間的範圍內,以及高爾夫球桿頭100的重心(CG)在桿頭原點坐標系185的z軸上的z軸坐標小於2mm,諸如在-10mm至2mm之間,較佳地在-7mm至-2mm之間的範圍內。 The variety of configurations and materials of golf club head 100 enables golf club head 100 to have a desired center of gravity (CG) location and peak height location. In one example, the y-axis coordinate of the location of the peak crown height (PCH) on the y-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185 is between about 26 mm and about 42 mm. In the same or a different example, when the golf club head 100 is in the aiming position, the distance from the ground plane 181 to the position of the peak crown height (PCH) parallel to the z-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185 is 60 mm between 70mm, preferably between 62mm and 67mm, as described above. According to some examples, the y-axis coordinate of the center of gravity (CG) of the golf club head 100 on the y-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185 is between 25mm and 50mm, preferably between 32mm and 38mm, more preferably between 32mm and 38mm. In the range between 36.5mm and 42mm, the center of gravity (CG) of the golf club head 100 has an x-axis coordinate on the x-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185 between -10mm and 10mm, preferably at - Between 6mm and 6mm, and more preferably in the range between -7mm and 7mm, and the z-axis coordinate of the center of gravity (CG) of the golf club head 100 on the z-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185 is less than 2mm , such as between -10mm and 2mm, preferably between -7mm and -2mm.

此外,高爾夫球桿頭100的構造和材料多樣性使高爾夫球桿頭100能夠具有期望的質量分佈特性。參考圖3、 圖5和圖6,高爾夫球桿頭100包括後向質量和前向質量。高爾夫球桿頭100的後向質量被定義為高爾夫球桿頭100在假想的後向箱體133內的質量,該假想的後向箱體133具有平行於冠部到底部方向(平行於高爾夫球桿頭原點坐標系185的z軸)的為35mm的高度(HRB)、在前後方向(平行於高爾夫球桿頭原點坐標系185的y軸)上的為35mm的深度(DRB)以及在趾部到跟部的方向上(平行於高爾夫球桿頭原點坐標系185的x軸)的大於高爾夫球桿頭100的最大寬度的寬度(WRB)。如圖所示,當高爾夫球桿頭100位於地平面181上的瞄準位置時,假想的後向箱體133的後側與高爾夫球桿頭100的最後端共同延伸,並且假想的後向箱體133的底側與地平面181共同延伸。高爾夫球桿頭100的前向質量被定義為高爾夫球桿頭100在假想的前向盒體135內的質量,該假想的前向盒體135具有平行於冠部到底部方向的為20mm的高度(HFB)、在前後方向上為35mm的深度(DFB)以及在趾部到跟部方向上的大於高爾夫球桿頭100的最大寬度的寬度(WFB)。如圖所示,當高爾夫球桿頭100位於地平面181上的瞄準位置時,假想的前向箱體135的前側與高爾夫球桿頭100的最前端共同延伸,並且假想的前向箱體135的底側與地平面181共同延伸。 In addition, the variety of construction and materials of golf club head 100 enables golf club head 100 to have desirable mass distribution characteristics. Referring to Figure 3, 5 and 6, the golf club head 100 includes a rearward mass and a forward mass. The rearward mass of the golf club head 100 is defined as the mass of the golf club head 100 within an imaginary rearward box 133 having a direction parallel to the crown to the sole (parallel to the golf ball). A height (HRB) of 35 mm in the z-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185), a depth (DRB) of 35 mm in the fore-aft direction (parallel to the y-axis of the golf club head origin coordinate system 185), and a The width (WRB) in the toe-to-heel direction (parallel to the x-axis of the golf club head origin coordinate system 185 ) that is greater than the maximum width of the golf club head 100 . As shown, when the golf club head 100 is in the aiming position on the ground plane 181, the rear side of the imaginary rearward facing box 133 is coextensive with the rearmost end of the golf club head 100, and the imaginary rearward facing box The bottom side of 133 is coextensive with ground plane 181 . The forward mass of the golf club head 100 is defined as the mass of the golf club head 100 within an imaginary forward box 135 having a height of 20mm parallel to the crown-to-sole direction (HFB), a depth in the fore-aft direction (DFB) of 35 mm, and a width (WFB) in the toe-to-heel direction that is greater than the maximum width of the golf club head 100 . As shown, when the golf club head 100 is in the aiming position on the ground plane 181, the front side of the imaginary forward box 135 is coextensive with the forwardmost end of the golf club head 100, and the imaginary forward box 135 The bottom side is coextensive with ground plane 181 .

根據一些實例,從後向質量的重心(RMCG)到發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的CG的第一矢量距離(V1)在49mm至64mm之間(例如,55.7mm),從前向質量的重心(FMCG)到發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的CG的第二矢量距離(V2)在22mm至34mm之間(例如,29.0mm),並且從後向質量的CG(RMCG)到前向質量的CG(FMCG)的第三矢量距離(V3)在75mm至82mm之間(例如,79.75mm)。在某些實例中,V1不超過56.3mm。在一些實例中,V2不小於23.7mm,較佳地不小於25mm,或者甚至更佳地不小於27mm。在下表1中提供了高爾夫球桿頭100的各種實例的V1和V2相對於Zup和 CGy值的一些附加值。如本文所定義的,當高爾夫球桿頭100位於接地平面181上的正確瞄準位置時,Zup測量沿著垂直軸線(例如,平行於球桿頭原點坐標系185的z軸)高爾夫球桿頭100相對於地平面181的重心。CGy是高爾夫球桿頭100的重心在球桿頭原點坐標系185的y軸上的坐標。 According to some examples, the first vector distance (V1 ) from the center of gravity (RMCG) of the rearward mass to the CG of the driver golf club head is between 49 mm and 64 mm (eg, 55.7 mm), from the center of gravity of the forward mass (FMCG) The second vector distance (V2) to the CG of the driver golf club head is between 22mm and 34mm (eg, 29.0mm), and from the CG of the rearward mass (RMCG) to the CG of the forward mass The third vector distance (V3) of the CG (FMCG) is between 75mm and 82mm (eg, 79.75mm). In some instances, V1 does not exceed 56.3mm. In some examples, V2 is no less than 23.7 mm, preferably no less than 25 mm, or even more preferably no less than 27 mm. Vl and V2 for various examples of golf club head 100 are provided in Table 1 below relative to Zup and Some added value to the CGy value. As defined herein, the Zup measures the golf club head along a vertical axis (eg, the z-axis parallel to the club head origin coordinate system 185 ) when the golf club head 100 is in the correct aiming position on the ground contact plane 181 . 100 is the center of gravity relative to ground plane 181. CGy is the coordinate of the center of gravity of the golf club head 100 on the y-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185 .

Figure 110142729-A0202-12-0026-1
Figure 110142729-A0202-12-0026-1

冠部插入件108具有冠部插入件外表面,其限定冠部部分119的面向外的表面或外表面。類似地,底部插入件110具有限定底部部分117的面向外的表面或外表面的底部插入件外表面。如本文所定義的,如果使用多個冠部插入件或多個底部插入件,則冠部插入件外表面和底部插入件外表面分別包括多個冠部插入件和多個底部插入件的組合的外表面。在一個實例中,底部插入件外表面的總表面積小於冠部插入件外表面的總表面積。根據一個實例,冠部插入件外表面的總表面積至少為9,482mm2。在一個實例中,底部插入件外表面的總表面積至少為8,750mm2並且底部插入件具有至少在80mm至120mm之間的平行於跟部到趾部方向的最大寬度。冠部插入件外表面的總表面積可以在5,300mm2至11,000mm2之間,較佳地在9,200mm2至10,300mm2之間,較佳地在5,300mm2至7,000mm2之間的範圍內。底部插入件外表面的總表面積可以在4,300mm2至10,200mm2之間,較佳地在7,700mm2至9,900mm2之間,較佳地在4,300mm2至6,600mm2之間 的範圍內。 Crown insert 108 has a crown insert outer surface that defines an outwardly facing surface or outer surface of crown portion 119 . Similarly, bottom insert 110 has a bottom insert outer surface that defines an outwardly facing surface or outer surface of bottom portion 117 . As defined herein, if multiple crown inserts or multiple base inserts are used, the crown insert outer surface and the base insert exterior surface respectively comprise a combination of multiple crown inserts and multiple base inserts the outer surface. In one example, the total surface area of the outer surface of the bottom insert is less than the total surface area of the outer surface of the crown insert. According to one example, the total surface area of the outer surface of the crown insert is at least 9,482 mm 2 . In one example, the bottom insert outer surface has a total surface area of at least 8,750 mm 2 and the bottom insert has a maximum width parallel to the heel-to-toe direction of at least between 80 mm and 120 mm. The total surface area of the outer surface of the crown insert may be in the range of 5,300mm 2 to 11,000mm 2 , preferably 9,200mm 2 to 10,300mm 2 , preferably 5,300mm 2 to 7,000mm 2 Inside. The total surface area of the bottom insert outer surface may be in the range of 4,300mm 2 to 10,200mm 2 , preferably 7,700mm 2 to 9,900mm 2 , preferably 4,300mm 2 to 6,600mm 2 .

較佳地,在底部的至少一部分由複合材料形成的情況下,底部插入件外表面的總表面積大於底部插入件外表面的總表面積。在一些實例中,由複合材料形成的冠部插入件外表面的總表面積與由複合材料形成的底部插入件外表面的總表面積的比率可以是至少2:1,在其他實例中,該比率可以是在0.95至1.5之間,更佳在1.03至1.4之間,甚至更佳在1.05至1.3之間。在該實例中,複合材料的密度通常在約1g/cc至約2g/cc之間,並且較佳地在約1.3g/cc至約1.7g/cc之間。 Preferably, where at least a portion of the base is formed from a composite material, the total surface area of the outer surface of the base insert is greater than the total surface area of the exterior surface of the base insert. In some examples, the ratio of the total surface area of the outer surface of the crown insert formed of the composite material to the total surface area of the outer surface of the bottom insert formed of the composite material may be at least 2:1, in other examples the ratio may be is between 0.95 and 1.5, more preferably between 1.03 and 1.4, even more preferably between 1.05 and 1.3. In this example, the density of the composite material is typically between about 1 g/cc and about 2 g/cc, and preferably between about 1.3 g/cc and about 1.7 g/cc.

在一些實施例中,以平方釐米為單位的總暴露複合表面積乘以以釐米為單位的CGy並且所得結果除以以立方釐米為單位的體積的範圍可以為1.22至2.1,較佳地在1.24至1.65之間,甚至更佳地在1.49至2.1之間,甚至更佳地在1.7至2.1之間。 In some embodiments, the total exposed composite surface area in square centimeters multiplied by CGy in centimeters and the result divided by the volume in cubic centimeters may range from 1.22 to 2.1, preferably 1.24 to Between 1.65, even better between 1.49 and 2.1, even better between 1.7 and 2.1.

此外,在一些實例中,冠部插入件108的總質量小於底部插入件110的總質量。根據一些實例,在冠部插入件108和底部插入件110由纖維增強聚合材料製成並且主體102由金屬材料製成的情況下,主體102的總暴露表面積與冠部插入件108和底部插入件110的總暴露表面積的比率(例如,面向外的表面的表面積)在0.95至1.25之間(例如,1.08)。在一些實例中,無論是單件還是分成多件,冠部插入件108的質量為9克,而底部插入件110,無論是單件還是分成多件,都具有13克的質量。此外,在某些實例中,冠部插入件108為約0.65mm厚並且底部插入件110為約1.0mm厚。然而,在某些實例中,冠部部分119的最小厚度小於0.6mm。根據一些實例,高爾夫球桿頭100的冠部部分119的面積重量在冠部部分119的整個表面積的超過50%上小於0.35g/cm2和/或冠部部分119的至少一部分由密度在約1g/cm3至約2g/cm3之間的非金屬材料形成。冠部插入件108和底部插入件110的這些和其他特性 可以在2020年4月23日公佈的美國專利申請公開號2020/0121994中找到,該申請藉由引用整體併入本文。在某些實例中,底部部分117的面積重量在底部部分117的整個表面積的超過約50%上小於約0.35g/cm2。在某些實例中,冠部插入件108的面積重量小於底部插入件110的面積重量。在某些實例中,冠部部分119的至少50%具有可變厚度,其沿著冠部部分119的至少50%變化至少25%。 Furthermore, in some instances, the total mass of crown insert 108 is less than the total mass of bottom insert 110 . According to some examples, where the crown insert 108 and the bottom insert 110 are made of fiber reinforced polymeric material and the body 102 is made of a metallic material, the total exposed surface area of the body 102 is the same as the crown insert 108 and the bottom insert The ratio of the total exposed surface area (eg, the surface area of the outward facing surface) of 110 is between 0.95 and 1.25 (eg, 1.08). In some examples, the crown insert 108 has a mass of 9 grams, whether single or multiple, and the bottom insert 110, whether single or multiple, has a mass of 13 grams. Furthermore, in some examples, the crown insert 108 is about 0.65 mm thick and the bottom insert 110 is about 1.0 mm thick. However, in some instances, the minimum thickness of the crown portion 119 is less than 0.6 mm. According to some examples, the areal weight of the crown portion 119 of the golf club head 100 is less than 0.35 g/cm over more than 50% of the entire surface area of the crown portion 119 and/or at least a portion of the crown portion 119 has a density of about Formed from non-metallic materials between 1 g/cm 3 to about 2 g/cm 3 . These and other characteristics of crown insert 108 and bottom insert 110 can be found in US Patent Application Publication No. 2020/0121994, published April 23, 2020, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In certain examples, the areal weight of the bottom portion 117 is less than about 0.35 g/cm 2 over more than about 50% of the entire surface area of the bottom portion 117 . In some instances, the areal weight of the crown insert 108 is less than the areal weight of the bottom insert 110 . In certain examples, at least 50% of the crown portion 119 has a variable thickness that varies by at least 25% along at least 50% of the crown portion 119 .

主體102的鑄造杯104還包括桿頸120,桿頸120限定了桿頸軸線191,桿頸軸線191同軸地延伸穿過桿頸120的孔193(參見例如圖14)。桿頸120被配置為附接到高爾夫球桿的軸。在一些實例中,桿頸120有助於在桿頸120和軸之間包括飛行控制技術(FCT)系統123以控制高爾夫球桿頭100相對於軸的定位。 The cast cup 104 of the body 102 also includes a hosel 120 that defines a hosel axis 191 that extends coaxially through the bore 193 of the hosel 120 (see, eg, FIG. 14 ). The hosel 120 is configured to attach to the shaft of the golf club. In some instances, the hosel 120 facilitates including a flight control technology (FCT) system 123 between the hosel 120 and the shaft to control the positioning of the golf club head 100 relative to the shaft.

FCT系統123可以包括緊固件125,該緊固件125可通過形成在鑄造杯104的底部區域中的下部開口195接近。FCT系統123的附加實例與圖19和圖20的高爾夫球桿頭400相關聯地示出,高爾夫球桿頭400具有桿頸420和下部開口495以促進FCT系統123附接到主體102。FCT系統123包括安裝在桿頸120內並從桿頸120延伸的多個可移動部件。緊固件125藉由鬆開緊固件125並藉由擰緊緊固件125保持高爾夫球桿頭相對於軸的可調節位置來促進FCT系統123系統的可調節性。下部開口195通向桿頸120的孔193。為了促進任意質量的增加,桿頸120的內部部分127(即桿頸120的位於內腔113內的部分)包括通向內腔113的橫向開口189。由於橫向開口189,桿頸120的內部部分127僅部分地環繞延伸穿過桿頸120的孔193的FCT部件。在一些實例中,橫向開口189在平行於桿頸軸線191的方向上的高度在10mm至15mm之間,橫向開口189在垂直於桿頸軸線191的方向上的寬度至少為1弧度和/或橫向開口189的突出的面積至少為75mm2The FCT system 123 may include fasteners 125 that are accessible through lower openings 195 formed in the bottom region of the casting cup 104 . Additional examples of the FCT system 123 are shown in association with the golf club head 400 of FIGS. 19 and 20 having a hosel 420 and a lower opening 495 to facilitate attachment of the FCT system 123 to the body 102 . The FCT system 123 includes a plurality of movable components mounted within and extending from the hosel 120 . The fasteners 125 facilitate the adjustability of the FCT system 123 system by loosening the fasteners 125 and maintaining the adjustable position of the golf club head relative to the shaft by tightening the fasteners 125 . The lower opening 195 leads to the hole 193 of the hosel 120 . To facilitate any increase in mass, the inner portion 127 of the hosel 120 (ie, the portion of the hosel 120 that is located within the lumen 113 ) includes a lateral opening 189 leading to the lumen 113 . Due to the lateral opening 189 , the inner portion 127 of the hosel 120 only partially surrounds the FCT component extending through the bore 193 of the hosel 120 . In some examples, the height of the lateral opening 189 in a direction parallel to the hosel axis 191 is between 10 mm and 15 mm, and the width of the lateral opening 189 in a direction perpendicular to the hosel axis 191 is at least 1 radian and/or lateral The protruding area of the opening 189 is at least 75 mm 2 .

參考圖15,在一些實例中,鑄造杯104包括擊球面145。換句話說,在一些實例中,擊球面145與鑄造杯104的所有其他部分共同形成(例如,共同鑄造)。因此,在這些實例中,擊球面145由與鑄造杯104的其餘部分相同的材料製成。然而,在其他實例中,類似於與圖17至圖18的高爾夫球桿頭相關聯的那些實例,擊球面145由擊球板限定,擊球板與鑄造杯104分開形成並且單獨附接到鑄造杯104。根據某些實例,高爾夫球桿頭100的限定擊球面145的部分或限定擊球面145的擊球板包括與美國專利申請號12/006,060;以及美國專利申請號6,997,820;6,800,038;和6,824,475中更詳細描述的那些相似的可變厚度特徵,這些專利申請的全部內容藉由引用整體併入本文。 Referring to FIG. 15 , in some examples, casting cup 104 includes a ball striking face 145 . In other words, in some instances, the ball striking face 145 is co-formed (eg, co-cast) with all other portions of the casting cup 104 . Thus, in these examples, the ball striking face 145 is made of the same material as the rest of the cast cup 104 . However, in other examples, similar to those associated with the golf club heads of FIGS. 17-18 , the ball striking face 145 is defined by a blade that is formed separately from the cast cup 104 and attached separately to Cast cup 104 . According to certain examples, the portion of the golf club head 100 that defines the ball striking face 145 or the blade that defines the ball striking face 145 includes those described in US Patent Application Nos. 12/006,060; and US Patent Application Nos. 6,997,820; 6,800,038; and 6,824,475 Those similar variable thickness features are described in more detail, the entire contents of these patent applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

圖21圖示了本文公開的一個或多個高爾夫球桿頭的面部部分600的實例性後表面。在圖21中,後表面是從後部觀察的,其中桿頸/跟部在左側,趾部在右側。圖22和圖23圖示了具有可變厚度輪廓的另一個實例性面部部分700,並且圖24圖示了具有可變厚度輪廓的又一個實例性面部部分800。面部部分700的可變厚度輪廓由錐形突出部分形成,在一些實例中,錐形突出部分可以具有朝向擊球面的幾何中心的幾何中心。本文公開的面部部分可以作為鑄造過程和對面部部分的可選的鑄造後修改的結果而形成。因此,面部部分可具有多種新穎的厚度輪廓。例如,在一個實例中,在擊球面處的前向部分的厚度沿著擊球面變化至少25%。藉由將面部鑄造成所需的幾何構型,而不是在傳統工藝中由平軋金屬板形成面板,面部可以用更多種類的幾何構型製成,並且可以具有不同的材料特性,諸如不同的紋理方向和化學雜質含量,這可為高爾夫球性能和製造提供優勢。 21 illustrates an example rear surface of a face portion 600 of one or more golf club heads disclosed herein. In Figure 21, the rear surface is viewed from the rear with the hosel/heel on the left and the toe on the right. 22 and 23 illustrate another example face portion 700 having a variable thickness profile, and Fig. 24 illustrates yet another example face portion 800 having a variable thickness profile. The variable thickness profile of the face portion 700 is formed by tapered protrusions, which in some instances may have a geometric center toward the geometric center of the ball striking face. The facial parts disclosed herein may be formed as a result of the casting process and optional post-casting modifications to the facial parts. Thus, the facial portion can have a variety of novel thickness profiles. For example, in one example, the thickness of the forward portion at the ball striking face varies by at least 25% along the ball striking face. By casting the face to the desired geometry, rather than forming panels from flat-rolled sheet metal in the traditional process, the face can be made in a wider variety of geometries and can have different material properties such as different grain direction and chemical impurity content, which provide advantages in golf ball performance and manufacturing.

在傳統工藝中,面板由具有均勻厚度的平板金屬製成。這種金屬板材通常沿一個軸線軋製以將厚度減小到整 個板材上的某一均勻厚度。這種軋製工藝可以在板材中賦予紋理方向,與垂直於軋製方向的方向相比,該方向在軋製軸線方向上產生不同的材料特性。材料特性的這種變化可能是不合需要的,並且可以藉由改為使用所公開的鑄造方法以產生面部部分來避免。 In the traditional process, the panels are made of flat metal of uniform thickness. The sheet metal is usually rolled along one axis to reduce the thickness to a full a uniform thickness on a sheet. This rolling process can impart a grain direction in the sheet, which produces different material properties in the direction of the rolling axis compared to the direction perpendicular to the rolling direction. This variation in material properties may be undesirable and can be avoided by using the disclosed casting method instead to create the face portion.

此外,因為傳統的面板開始時是厚度均勻的平板,所以整個板的厚度必須至少與所需的最終產品面板的最大厚度一樣大,這意味著大部分起始板材料不得不被移除和浪費,從而增加了材料成本。相比之下,在所公開的鑄造方法中,面部部分最初形成得越接近最終形狀和質量,必須去除和浪費的材料就越少。這樣可以節省時間和成本。 Furthermore, because traditional panels start out as flat sheets of uniform thickness, the thickness of the entire panel must be at least as great as the maximum thickness of the final product panel desired, which means that most of the starting panel material has to be removed and wasted , thereby increasing the material cost. In contrast, in the disclosed casting method, the closer the face portion is initially formed to its final shape and quality, the less material must be removed and wasted. This saves time and cost.

更進一步,在傳統工藝中,必須在特殊工藝中彎曲初始平坦金屬板,以賦予面板所需的凸起和滾動曲率。當使用所公開的鑄造方法時不需要這樣的彎曲過程。 Going a step further, in the traditional process, the initially flat metal sheet must be bent in a special process to give the panel the desired convex and rolling curvature. Such a bending process is not required when using the disclosed casting method.

圖22-25中圖示的獨特的厚度輪廓藉由使用鑄造方法,諸如在2020年12月29日頒佈的美國專利號10,874,915中公開的那些方法成為可能,該專利藉由引用整體併入本文,並且以前不可能使用傳統工藝來實現,諸如從具有均勻厚度的金屬板開始,將板安裝在車床或類似機器中並且車削該板材以在面板的後部產生可變厚度的輪廓。在這樣的車削工藝中,賦予的厚度輪廓必須關於中心車削軸線對稱,這將厚度輪廓限制為同心圓環形狀的組合,每個同心圓環形狀在距中心點的任何給定半徑處具有均勻的厚度。相反,使用所公開的鑄造方法沒有強加這樣的限制,並且可以創建更複雜的面部幾何構型。 The unique thickness profiles illustrated in Figures 22-25 are made possible by using casting methods, such as those disclosed in US Pat. No. 10,874,915, issued on December 29, 2020, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, And it has not been possible before using conventional processes, such as starting with a sheet of metal of uniform thickness, mounting the sheet in a lathe or similar machine and turning the sheet to create a variable thickness profile in the rear of the panel. In such a turning process, the imparted thickness profile must be symmetrical about the central turning axis, which restricts the thickness profile to a combination of concentric ring shapes, each with a uniform thickness at any given radius from the center point thickness. In contrast, using the disclosed casting method imposes no such limitations, and more complex facial geometries can be created.

藉由使用鑄造方法,可以更快和更有效地製造大量公開的球桿頭。例如,可以在單個鑄造樹上同時鑄造50個或更多個球桿頭,而使用傳統的車床銑削方法在面板上一次一個地創建新穎的面部厚度輪廓需要更長的時間和更多的資 源。 By using casting methods, large numbers of disclosed club heads can be manufactured faster and more efficiently. For example, 50 or more club heads can be cast simultaneously on a single casting tree, whereas using traditional lathe milling methods to create novel face thickness profiles on the faceplate one at a time takes longer and requires more resources source.

在圖22中,面部部分600的背面表面或內表面包括非對稱的可變厚度輪廓,僅圖示出了使用所公開的鑄造方法可能實現的多種可變厚度輪廓的一個實例。面部的中心602可以具有中心厚度,並且面部厚度可以從中心徑向向外穿過內部混合區603逐漸增加地移動到最大厚度環604,該環可以是圓形的。從最大厚度環604穿過可變混合區606到第二環608,面部厚度可以逐漸減小地移動,第二環608可以是非圓形的,諸如橢圓形的。從第二環608徑向向外穿過外部混合區域609到具有恒定厚度(例如,面部部分的最小厚度)的跟部和趾部區610和/或到限定面部部分600的面部過渡到高爾夫球桿頭100的其餘部分的範圍的徑向周邊區域612,面部厚度可以逐漸減小地移動。 In Figure 22, the back surface or inner surface of the face portion 600 includes an asymmetric variable thickness profile, illustrating only one example of the many variable thickness profiles possible using the disclosed casting method. The center 602 of the face may have a center thickness, and the face thickness may move radially outward from the center in incrementally increasing amounts through the inner mixing zone 603 to a maximum thickness ring 604, which may be circular. The face thickness may be moved in progressively decreasing directions from the maximum thickness ring 604 through the variable mixing zone 606 to a second ring 608, which may be non-circular, such as elliptical. From the second ring 608 radially outward through the outer mixing region 609 to the heel and toe regions 610 of constant thickness (eg, the minimum thickness of the face portion) and/or to the face that defines the face portion 600 to the golf ball The radial peripheral region 612 of the extent of the remainder of the head 100, the face thickness may be moved in progressively decreasing directions.

第二環608本身可以具有可變的厚度輪廓,使得第二環608的厚度作為繞中心602的圓周位置的函數而變化。類似地,可變混合區域606可以具有作為繞中心602的圓周位置的函數而變化的厚度輪廓並且提供從最大厚度環604到第二環608的可變且較小厚度的厚度過渡。例如,可變混合區域606到第二環608可被劃分為八個扇區,在圖22中標記為A-H,包括頂部區域A、頂趾部區域B、趾部區域C、底趾部區域D、底部區域E、底跟部區域F、跟部區域G和頂跟部區域H。這八個區域可以具有如圖所示的不同角寬度,或者可以各自具有相同的角寬度(例如,360度的八分之一)。八個區域中的每一個可以具有其自己的厚度變化,每個範圍從鄰近環604的共同最大厚度到第二環608處的不同最小厚度。例如,第二環在區域A和E中可以更厚,在區域C和G中更薄,在區域B、D、F和H中具有中間厚度。在此實例中,區域B、D、F和H的厚度可以沿徑向方向(徑向向外移動變薄)和沿圓周方向變化(從區域A和E向區域C和G移動變薄)。 The second ring 608 itself may have a variable thickness profile such that the thickness of the second ring 608 varies as a function of circumferential position about the center 602 . Similarly, variable blending region 606 may have a thickness profile that varies as a function of circumferential position about center 602 and provides a variable and smaller thickness thickness transition from maximum thickness ring 604 to second ring 608 . For example, variable blend region 606 to second ring 608 may be divided into eight sectors, labeled A-H in FIG. 22, including top region A, top toe region B, toe region C, bottom toe region D , bottom area E, bottom heel area F, heel area G and top heel area H. The eight regions may have different angular widths as shown, or may each have the same angular width (eg, one eighth of 360 degrees). Each of the eight regions may have its own thickness variation, each ranging from a common maximum thickness adjacent to the ring 604 to a different minimum thickness at the second ring 608 . For example, the second ring may be thicker in regions A and E, thinner in regions C and G, and have intermediate thicknesses in regions B, D, F, and H. In this example, the thicknesses of regions B, D, F, and H may vary in the radial direction (moving radially outward to thin) and in the circumferential direction (moving thinning from regions A and E to regions C and G).

面部部分600的一個實例可具有以下厚度:在中心602處為3.1mm,在環604處為3.3mm,第二環608可以從區域A中的2.8mm變化到區域C中的2.2mm變化到區域E中的2.4mm變化到區域G中的2.0mm以及變化到跟部和趾部區域610中的1.8mm。 One example of face portion 600 may have the following thicknesses: 3.1 mm at center 602, 3.3 mm at ring 604, second ring 608 may vary from 2.8 mm in zone A to 2.2 mm in zone C to zone 2.4mm in E varies to 2.0mm in region G and 1.8mm in heel and toe regions 610 .

根據一個實例,環604可距中心602約8mm,而環608可距中心602約19mm。面部部分600在中心602處的厚度可以在2.8mm至3.0mm之間。面部部分600沿環604的厚度可以在2.9mm至3.1mm之間。面部部分600沿環608的靠近區域A的厚度可以在2.35mm至2.55mm之間,靠近區域C的厚度可以在2.3mm至2.5mm之間,靠近區域E的厚度可以在2.1mm至2.3mm之間,並且靠近區域G的厚度可以在2.6mm至2.8mm之間。遠離中心602約35mm處的面部部分600的厚度可以在1.7mm至1.9mm之間。 According to one example, ring 604 may be about 8 mm from center 602 and ring 608 may be about 19 mm from center 602 . The thickness of the face portion 600 at the center 602 may be between 2.8mm and 3.0mm. The thickness of the face portion 600 along the ring 604 may be between 2.9 mm and 3.1 mm. The thickness of the face portion 600 along the ring 608 may be between 2.35mm and 2.55mm near the area A, the thickness near the area C may be between 2.3mm and 2.5mm, and the thickness near the area E may be between 2.1mm and 2.3mm , and the thickness near the region G may be between 2.6mm and 2.8mm. The thickness of the face portion 600 at about 35mm away from the center 602 may be between 1.7mm and 1.9mm.

根據又一實例,面部部分600在中心602處的厚度在2.95mm至3.35mm之間,在離中心602約9mm處在3.3mm至3.65mm之間,在離中心602約16mm處在2.95mm至3.36mm之間,並且在離中心602約28mm處在2.03mm至2.27mm之間。遠離中心602大於28mm的面部部分600的厚度在面部部分600的趾側可以在1.8mm至1.95mm之間並且在面部部分600的跟側在1.83mm至1.98mm之間。 According to yet another example, the thickness of the face portion 600 is between 2.95mm and 3.35mm at the center 602 , between 3.3mm and 3.65mm at about 9mm from the center 602 , and between 2.95mm and 3.65mm at about 16mm from the center 602 . 3.36mm, and between 2.03mm and 2.27mm at about 28mm from center 602. The thickness of the face portion 600 that is greater than 28 mm away from the center 602 may be between 1.8 mm and 1.95 mm on the toe side of the face portion 600 and between 1.83 mm and 1.98 mm on the heel side of the face portion 600 .

圖23和圖24示出了包括非對稱可變厚度輪廓的另一個實例性面部部分700的背面表面。面部的中心702可以具有中心厚度,並且面部厚度可以從中心徑向向外穿過內部混合區域703逐漸增加地移動到最大厚度環704,該環可以是圓形的。從最大厚度環704穿過可變混合區域705移動到由具有不同厚度的多個楔形扇區A-H組成的外部區域706,面部厚度可以逐漸減小地。如圖24中最佳所示,扇區A、C、E和G可以相對較厚,而扇區B、D、F和H可以相對較薄。環繞外部區 域706的外部混合區域708的厚度從可變扇區向下過渡到具有相對較小但恒定厚度的周邊環710。外部區域706還可包括扇區A-H中的每一個之間的混合區域,其厚度從一個扇區逐漸過渡到相鄰扇區。 23 and 24 illustrate the back surface of another example face portion 700 that includes an asymmetric variable thickness profile. The center 702 of the face may have a center thickness, and the face thickness may move radially outward from the center in incrementally increasing amounts through the inner mixing region 703 to a maximum thickness ring 704, which may be circular. From the maximum thickness ring 704 moving through the variable mixing region 705 to the outer region 706 consisting of a plurality of wedge-shaped sectors A-H of different thicknesses, the face thickness may be gradually reduced. As best shown in Figure 24, sectors A, C, E and G may be relatively thick, while sectors B, D, F and H may be relatively thin. Surround the outer area The thickness of the outer mixing region 708 of the domain 706 transitions down from a variable sector to a perimeter ring 710 of relatively small but constant thickness. The outer region 706 may also include a blended region between each of sectors A-H that gradually transitions in thickness from one sector to an adjacent sector.

面部部分700的一個實例可具有以下厚度:在中心702處的3.9mm,在環704處的4.05mm,在區域A處的3.6mm,在區域B處的3.2mm,在區域C處的3.25mm,在區域D處的2.05mm,在區域E處的3.35mm,在區域F處的2.05mm,在區域G處的3.00mm、在區域H處的2.65mm,以及在周邊環710處的1.9mm。 One example of face portion 700 may have the following thicknesses: 3.9mm at center 702, 4.05mm at ring 704, 3.6mm at zone A, 3.2mm at zone B, 3.25mm at zone C , 2.05mm at zone D, 3.35mm at zone E, 2.05mm at zone F, 3.00mm at zone G, 2.65mm at zone H, and 1.9mm at perimeter ring 710 .

圖25示出了另一實例性面部部分800的背面,其包括具有朝向跟側(左側)偏移的目標厚度的非對稱可變厚度輪廓。面部的中心802具有中心厚度,並且到趾部/頂部/底部,穿過內部混合區域803到具有比中心802處更大的厚度的內環804,厚度逐漸增加。厚度然後隨著徑向向外移動越過第二混合區域805至厚度小於內環804的厚度的第二環806而減小。厚度然後隨著徑向向外移動越過第三混合區域807至厚度小於第二環806的厚度的第三環808而減小。厚度然後隨著徑向向外移動越過第四混合區域810至厚度小於第三環808的厚度的第四環811而減小。趾端區域812跨過外部混合區域813混合到具有相對較小厚度的外周814。 FIG. 25 illustrates the back of another example face portion 800 that includes an asymmetrical variable thickness profile with a target thickness offset toward the heel (left side). The center 802 of the face has a center thickness and gradually increases in thickness to the toe/top/bottom, through the inner blend region 803 to the inner ring 804, which has a greater thickness than at the center 802. The thickness then decreases as it moves radially outward across the second mixing region 805 to a second ring 806 having a thickness less than that of the inner ring 804 . The thickness then decreases as it moves radially outward past the third mixing region 807 to a third ring 808 having a thickness less than that of the second ring 806 . The thickness then decreases as it moves radially outward past the fourth mixing region 810 to a fourth ring 811 having a thickness less than that of the third ring 808 . The toe region 812 blends across the outer blend region 813 to an outer perimeter 814 having a relatively small thickness.

到跟側,厚度偏移設定量(例如,0.15mm)以使其相對於趾側的對應區域稍厚。加厚區域820(虛線)提供一種過渡,其中所有厚度逐漸向跟側處的較厚偏移區域822(虛線)增加。在偏移區域822中,環823在跟側比環806厚設定量(例如,0.15mm),並且環825比環808厚相同設定量。混合區域824和826的厚度隨著徑向向外移動而逐漸減小,並且每個都比它們在趾側的對應混合區域807和810更厚。在加厚區域820中,內環804的厚度朝著跟部移動而逐漸增加。 To the heel side, the thickness is offset by a set amount (eg, 0.15mm) to make it slightly thicker relative to the corresponding area on the toe side. The thickened region 820 (dotted line) provides a transition where all thickness gradually increases towards the thicker offset region 822 (dotted line) at the heel side. In offset region 822, ring 823 is heel-side thicker than ring 806 by a set amount (eg, 0.15 mm), and ring 825 is thicker than ring 808 by the same set amount. Mixed regions 824 and 826 gradually decrease in thickness as they move radially outward, and are each thicker than their corresponding mixed regions 807 and 810 on the toe side. In the thickened region 820, the thickness of the inner ring 804 gradually increases as it moves toward the heel.

面部部分800的一個實例可具有以下厚度:中心802處為3.8mm,內環804處為4.0mm並且跨加厚區域820增厚至4.15mm,第二環806處為3.5mm並且環823處為3.65mm,第三環808處為2.4mm,環825處為2.55mm,第四環811處為2.0mm,並且在周邊環814處為1.8mm。 One example of the face portion 800 may have the following thicknesses: 3.8mm at the center 802, 4.0mm at the inner ring 804 and thickened to 4.15mm across the thickened area 820, 3.5mm at the second ring 806 and 3.5mm at the ring 823 3.65mm, 2.4mm at the third ring 808, 2.55mm at the ring 825, 2.0mm at the fourth ring 811, and 1.8mm at the perimeter ring 814.

圖25中所示的目標偏移厚度輪廓可以幫助提供所需的整個面部的CT輪廓。例如,加厚跟側可以幫助避免在面部的跟側出現CT尖峰,例如,這可以幫助避免整個面部出現不一致的CT輪廓。這種偏移厚度輪廓可以類似地應用於面部的趾側,或同時應用於面部的趾側和跟側,以避免在面部的跟側和趾側處出現CT尖峰。在其他實施例中,可以將偏移厚度輪廓應用於面部的上側和/或朝向面部的底側。 The target offset thickness profile shown in Figure 25 can help provide the desired CT profile of the entire face. For example, thickening the heel side can help avoid CT spikes on the heel side of the face, which can help avoid inconsistent CT contours across the face, for example. This offset thickness profile can be applied similarly to the toe side of the face, or to both the toe and heel sides of the face to avoid CT spikes at the heel and toe sides of the face. In other embodiments, the offset thickness profile may be applied to the upper side of the face and/or toward the bottom side of the face.

如圖2、圖4、圖8、圖9A和圖13所示,在一些實例中,鑄造杯104進一步包括位於高爾夫球桿頭100的底部部分117中的狹槽171。狹槽171向高爾夫球桿頭100的外部敞開並且從跟部部分116縱向延伸到趾部部分114。更具體地,狹槽171在大致平行於但偏離擊球面145的縱向方向上是細長的。通常,狹槽171是在高爾夫球桿頭100的底部部分117處的鑄造杯104中形成的凹槽或通道。在一些實施方式中,狹槽171是貫通槽,或者是從高爾夫球桿頭100的外部向內腔113敞開的狹槽。然而,在其他實施方式中,狹槽171不是貫通槽,而是封閉在狹槽171的內腔側或內側上。例如,狹槽171可以由主體102的底部部分117的側壁的一部分限定,該部分突出到內腔113中並且具有凹形外表面,該凹形外表面具有各種橫截面形狀中的任一種,諸如大致為U形、V形等。 As shown in FIGS. 2 , 4 , 8 , 9A and 13 , in some examples, the cast cup 104 further includes a slot 171 in the sole portion 117 of the golf club head 100 . Slot 171 is open to the exterior of golf club head 100 and extends longitudinally from heel portion 116 to toe portion 114 . More specifically, the slot 171 is elongated in a longitudinal direction generally parallel to but offset from the ball striking face 145 . Typically, the slot 171 is a groove or channel formed in the cast cup 104 at the sole portion 117 of the golf club head 100 . In some embodiments, the slot 171 is a through slot, or a slot that opens into the cavity 113 from the exterior of the golf club head 100 . However, in other embodiments, the slot 171 is not a through slot, but is enclosed on the lumen or inner side of the slot 171 . For example, slot 171 may be defined by a portion of the sidewall of bottom portion 117 of body 102 that protrudes into interior cavity 113 and has a concave outer surface having any of a variety of cross-sectional shapes, such as Roughly U-shaped, V-shaped, etc.

在一些實例中,狹槽171從擊球面145偏移一偏移距離,該偏移距離是穿過擊球面145的中心的第一垂直平面與在與擊球面145的中心相同的x軸坐標處的狹槽之間的最小距離,該距離在約5mm至約50mm之間,諸如在約5mm至約35 mm之間,諸如在約5mm至約30mm之間,諸如在約5mm至約20mm之間,或諸如在約5mm至約15mm之間。 In some examples, slot 171 is offset from ball striking face 145 by an offset distance that is a first vertical plane passing through the center of ball striking face 145 and at the same x as the center of ball striking face 145 Minimum distance between slots at axis coordinates, the distance being between about 5mm and about 50mm, such as between about 5mm and about 35mm mm, such as between about 5 mm and about 30 mm, such as between about 5 mm and about 20 mm, or such as between about 5 mm and about 15 mm.

儘管未示出,但鑄造杯104和/或環106可以包括後向狹槽,其構造類似於狹槽171,但是定向在前後方向上,而不是從跟部到趾部的方向上。鑄造杯104包括後向狹槽,但在一些實例中沒有狹槽171,並且在其他實例中包括後向狹槽和狹槽171。在一個實例中,後向狹槽位於狹槽171的後方。在一些實施方式中,後向狹槽可以充當配重軌道。此外,後向軌道從擊球面145偏移一偏移距離,該偏移距離是穿過擊球面145的中心的第一垂直平面與在與擊球面145的中心相同的x軸坐標處的後向軌道之間的最小距離,該距離在約5mm至約50mm之間,諸如在約5mm至約40mm之間,諸如在約5mm至約30mm之間,或諸如在約10mm至約30mm之間。 Although not shown, casting cup 104 and/or ring 106 may include a rearward facing slot that is similar in configuration to slot 171 but oriented in a fore-aft direction rather than a heel-to-toe direction. Casting cup 104 includes a rearward facing slot, but in some instances no slot 171 , and in other instances includes a rearward facing slot and slot 171 . In one example, the rearward facing slot is located behind the slot 171 . In some embodiments, the rearward facing slot may act as a counterweight track. Additionally, the rearward track is offset from the ball striking face 145 by an offset distance that is a first vertical plane passing through the center of the ball striking face 145 and at the same x-axis coordinate as the center of the ball striking face 145 The minimum distance between the rearward tracks of the between.

在某些實施例中,狹槽171以及後向狹槽(如果存在的話)具有特定狹槽寬度,其被測量為第一狹槽壁和第二狹槽壁之間的水平距離。對於狹槽171以及後向狹槽,狹槽寬度可以在約5mm至約20mm之間,諸如在約10mm至約18mm之間,或者諸如在約12mm至約16mm之間。根據一些實施例,狹槽171的深度(即,底部狹槽壁與包含底部部分117的鄰近狹槽171的相對狹槽壁的區域的假想平面之間的垂直距離)可在約6mm至約20mm之間,諸如在約8mm至約18mm之間,或諸如在約10mm至約16mm之間。 In certain embodiments, the slot 171 and the rearward slot (if present) have a particular slot width, which is measured as the horizontal distance between the first slot wall and the second slot wall. For the slot 171 and the rearward slot, the slot width may be between about 5mm and about 20mm, such as between about 10mm and about 18mm, or such as between about 12mm and about 16mm. According to some embodiments, the depth of the slot 171 (ie, the vertical distance between the bottom slot wall and the imaginary plane containing the area of the bottom portion 117 adjacent the opposing slot wall of the slot 171 ) may be from about 6 mm to about 20 mm between, such as between about 8 mm and about 18 mm, or such as between about 10 mm and about 16 mm.

此外,狹槽171以及後向狹槽(如果存在的話)具有特定的狹槽長度,其可以被測量為狹槽端壁和另一個狹槽端壁之間的水平距離。對於狹槽171和後向狹槽,它們的長度可以在約30mm至約120mm之間,諸如在約50mm至約100mm之間,或者諸如在約60mm至約90mm之間。另外或可替代地,狹槽171的長度可以表示為擊球面145的總長度的百分比。例如,狹槽171可以在擊球面145的長度的約30%至約100% 之間,諸如在擊球面145的長度的約50%至約90%之間,或者諸如在約60%至約80%之間。 Additionally, the slot 171 and the rearward slot (if present) have a specific slot length, which can be measured as the horizontal distance between a slot end wall and another slot end wall. For the slot 171 and the rearward slot, their length may be between about 30 mm and about 120 mm, such as between about 50 mm and about 100 mm, or such as between about 60 mm and about 90 mm. Additionally or alternatively, the length of the slot 171 may be expressed as a percentage of the total length of the ball striking face 145 . For example, slot 171 may be between about 30% and about 100% of the length of ball striking face 145 between, such as between about 50% and about 90% of the length of the ball striking face 145 , or such as between about 60% and about 80%.

在一些實例中,狹槽171是改進和/或增加穿過擊球面145的恢復係數(COR)的特徵。關於COR特徵,狹槽171可以採用各種形式,諸如通道或貫通槽。高爾夫球桿頭100的COR是當高爾夫球被高爾夫球桿頭100擊打時高爾夫球桿頭100和高爾夫球之間的能量損失或保持的量度。理想地,高爾夫球桿頭100的COR為高以促進在用球擊打期間能量從高爾夫球桿頭100到球的有效傳遞。因此,高爾夫球桿頭100的COR特徵促進了高爾夫球桿頭100的COR的增加。通常,狹槽171藉由增加或增強擊球面145的擊球柔韌性來增加高爾夫球桿頭100的COR。在本文公開的高爾夫球桿頭的一些實例中,對於中心區域內的擊球面的至少25%,COR為至少0.8,如下文所定義的。 In some examples, the slot 171 is a feature that improves and/or increases the coefficient of restitution (COR) across the ball striking face 145 . Regarding the COR feature, the slot 171 may take various forms, such as a channel or a through slot. The COR of the golf club head 100 is a measure of the energy loss or retention between the golf club head 100 and the golf ball when the golf ball is struck by the golf club head 100 . Ideally, the COR of the golf club head 100 is high to facilitate efficient transfer of energy from the golf club head 100 to the ball during hitting with the ball. Accordingly, the COR feature of the golf club head 100 facilitates an increase in the COR of the golf club head 100 . Generally, the slots 171 increase the COR of the golf club head 100 by increasing or enhancing the ball impact flexibility of the ball striking face 145 . In some examples of golf club heads disclosed herein, the COR is at least 0.8, as defined below, for at least 25% of the ball striking face within the center region.

關於作為高爾夫球桿頭100的COR特徵的狹槽171的進一步細節可以在分別在2011年12月27日、2012年5月10日和2013年3月14日申請的美國專利申請號13/338,197、13/469,031、13/828,675中,在2013年3月15日申請的美國專利申請號13/839,727、在2010年6月1日申請的美國專利號8,235,844、在2011年12月13日申請的美國專利號8,241,143、在2011年12月14日申請的美國專利號8,241,141中找到,所有這些專利申請的內容藉由引用併入本文。 Further details regarding the slot 171 as a COR feature of the golf club head 100 can be found in US Patent Application No. 13/338,197, filed on December 27, 2011, May 10, 2012, and March 14, 2013, respectively , 13/469,031, 13/828,675, US Patent Application No. 13/839,727, filed March 15, 2013, US Patent No. 8,235,844, filed June 1, 2010, filed December 13, 2011 US Patent No. 8,241,143, found in US Patent No. 8,241,141, filed December 14, 2011, the contents of all of which are incorporated herein by reference.

狹槽171可以是2013年3月14日申請的美國專利號9,044,653中描述的各種柔性邊界結構(FBS)中的任一種,該專利藉由引用整體併入本文。另外地或可替代地,高爾夫球桿頭100可以包括在高爾夫球桿頭100上的各種其他位置中的任一個位置處的一個或多個其他FBS。狹槽171可以由彎曲段或可以是彎曲段和直線段的組合的若干段組成。此外,狹槽171可以被機械加工或鑄造到高爾夫球桿頭100中。儘管在 高爾夫球桿頭100的底部部分117中示出,但是狹槽171可替代地或附加地併入到高爾夫球桿頭100的冠部部分119中。 The slot 171 may be any of the various flexible boundary structures (FBS) described in US Patent No. 9,044,653, filed March 14, 2013, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Additionally or alternatively, the golf club head 100 may include one or more other FBSs at any of a variety of other locations on the golf club head 100 . The slot 171 may be composed of curved segments or several segments that may be a combination of curved and straight segments. Additionally, the slot 171 may be machined or cast into the golf club head 100 . Although in Shown in the sole portion 117 of the golf club head 100 , but the slot 171 may alternatively or additionally be incorporated into the crown portion 119 of the golf club head 100 .

在一些實例中,狹槽171填充有填料材料。然而,在其他實例中,狹槽171沒有填充有填料材料,而是在狹槽171內保持開放、空置的空間。在一些實施方式中,填料材料可由非金屬,諸如熱塑性材料、熱固性材料等製成。當狹槽171是貫通槽時,狹槽171可以填充有材料以防止灰塵和其他碎屑進入狹槽以及可能進入高爾夫球桿頭100的內腔113。填料材料可以是任何相對低模量的材料,包括聚氨酯、彈性橡膠、聚合物、各種橡膠、泡沫和填料。填料材料在使用時不應充分防止高爾夫球桿頭100的變形,因為這會抵消高爾夫球桿頭100的柔韌性。 In some examples, the slots 171 are filled with filler material. However, in other instances, the slots 171 are not filled with filler material, but instead remain open, empty spaces within the slots 171 . In some embodiments, the filler material may be made of non-metals, such as thermoplastics, thermosets, and the like. When the slot 171 is a through slot, the slot 171 may be filled with material to prevent dirt and other debris from entering the slot and possibly the interior cavity 113 of the golf club head 100 . The filler material can be any relatively low modulus material including polyurethanes, elastomeric rubbers, polymers, various rubbers, foams and fillers. The filler material should not sufficiently prevent deformation of the golf club head 100 when in use, as this would counteract the flexibility of the golf club head 100 .

根據一個實施例,填料材料最初是一種黏性材料,它被注入或以其他方式插入到狹槽171中。可適合用作放置到狹槽、通道或其他柔性邊界結構中的填料的材料的實例包括但不限於:黏彈性彈性體;含或不含無機填料的乙烯基共聚物;含或不含礦物填料(如硫酸鋇)的聚醋酸乙烯酯;亞克力;聚酯;聚氨酯;聚醚;聚醯胺;聚丁二烯;聚苯乙烯;聚異戊二烯;聚乙烯;聚烯烴;苯乙烯/異戊二烯嵌段共聚物;氫化苯乙烯熱塑性彈性體;金屬化聚酯;金屬化亞克力;環氧樹脂;環氧樹脂和石墨複合材料;天然和合成橡膠;壓電陶瓷;熱固性和熱塑性橡膠;發泡聚合物;離聚物;低密度玻璃纖維;瀝青;矽酮;及其混合物。金屬化聚酯和丙烯酸樹脂可包含鋁作為金屬。市售材料包括彈性聚合物材料,諸如來自3M的ScotchweldTM(例如,DP-105TM)和ScotchdampTM、來自Sorbothane公司的SorbothaneTM、來自Soundcoat公司的DYADTM和GPTM、來自Dynamat Control of North America公司的DynamatTM、來自Pole Star Maritime集團公司的NoViFlexTM SylomerTM、來自陶氏化學公司的 IsoplastTM、來自Piqua Technologies公司的LegetolexTM和來自Kuraray公司的HybrarTM。在一些實施例中,固體填料材料可以壓配合或黏合到狹槽、通道或其他柔性邊界結構中。在其他實施例中,填料材料可傾倒、注入或以其他方式插入狹槽或通道中並允許在原地固化,從而形成充分硬化或彈性的外表面。在其他實施例中,填料材料可被放置到狹槽或通道中並用彈性帽或由金屬、金屬合金、金屬、複合材料、硬塑料、彈性的彈性體或其他合適材料形成的其他結構密封就位。 According to one embodiment, the filler material is initially a viscous material that is injected or otherwise inserted into the slot 171 . Examples of materials that may be suitable as fillers for placement into slots, channels or other flexible boundary structures include, but are not limited to: viscoelastic elastomers; vinyl copolymers with or without inorganic fillers; with or without mineral fillers (as barium sulfate) polyvinyl acetate; acrylic; polyester; polyurethane; polyether; polyamide; polybutadiene; polystyrene; polyisoprene; polyethylene; polyolefin; styrene/isoprene Pentadiene block copolymers; hydrogenated styrene thermoplastic elastomers; metallized polyesters; metallized acrylics; epoxy resins; epoxy and graphite composites; natural and synthetic rubbers; piezoelectric ceramics; thermoset and thermoplastic rubbers; Foamed polymers; ionomers; low density fiberglass; asphalt; silicones; and mixtures thereof. Metallized polyesters and acrylics may contain aluminum as the metal. Commercially available materials include elastic polymer materials such as Scotchweld (eg, DP-105 ) and Scotchdamp from 3M, Sorbothane from Sorbothane Corporation, DYAD and GP from Soundcoat Corporation, Dynamat Control of North America Dynamat (TM) from the company, NoViFlex (TM) Sylomer (TM ) from the Pole Star Maritime group of companies, Isoplast(TM) from The Dow Chemical Company, Legatolex (TM) from Piqua Technologies, and Hybrar (TM) from Kuraray. In some embodiments, the solid filler material may be press fit or bonded into slots, channels or other flexible boundary structures. In other embodiments, the filler material may be poured, injected, or otherwise inserted into the slot or channel and allowed to cure in situ, thereby forming a sufficiently hardened or resilient outer surface. In other embodiments, filler material may be placed into the slot or channel and sealed in place with a resilient cap or other structure formed of metal, metal alloy, metal, composite, hard plastic, resilient elastomer, or other suitable material .

參考圖4、圖8、圖9A和圖14,在一些實例中,高爾夫球桿頭100進一步包括附接到鑄造杯104的配重173。鑄造杯104包括接收並保持配重173的螺紋端口175。螺紋端口175向高爾夫球桿頭100的外部和內腔113敞開並且在某些實例中包括內螺紋。在其他實例中,螺紋端口175對內腔113是封閉的。配重173包括外螺紋,其與螺紋端口175的內螺紋螺紋接合以將配重173保持在螺紋端口175內。當螺紋端口175對內腔113敞開時,配重173有效地封閉螺紋端口175以防止在螺紋附接到螺紋端口175內的鑄造杯104時進入內腔113。如圖所示,當螺紋端口175向內腔113敞開時,配重173的一部分位於內腔113的外部,而另一部分位於內腔113內。相比之下,在其他實例中,諸如當螺紋端口175對內腔113封閉時,整個配重173位於內腔113的外部。儘管未示出,但在一個實例中,螺紋端口175可以對內腔113敞開並且對高爾夫球桿頭100的外部封閉(例如,螺紋端口175面向內而不是面向外)。在這樣的實例中,整個配重173將位於內腔113內部。如本文所定義的,當配重173的任何部分相對於內腔113在內部或在內腔113內時,配重173被認為在內腔113內部,並且當配重173的任何部分相對於內腔113在外部時,配重173可替代地或者也被認為是在內腔113的外部。 Referring to FIGS. 4 , 8 , 9A and 14 , in some examples, the golf club head 100 further includes a weight 173 attached to the cast cup 104 . Casting cup 104 includes a threaded port 175 that receives and retains weight 173 . The threaded port 175 is open to the exterior of the golf club head 100 and the inner cavity 113 and in some instances includes internal threads. In other examples, the threaded port 175 is closed to the lumen 113 . The weight 173 includes external threads that threadedly engage the internal threads of the threaded port 175 to retain the weight 173 within the threaded port 175 . When the threaded port 175 is open to the lumen 113 , the counterweight 173 effectively closes the threaded port 175 to prevent entry into the lumen 113 when the thread is attached to the casting cup 104 within the threaded port 175 . As shown, when the threaded port 175 is open to the lumen 113 , a portion of the weight 173 is located outside the lumen 113 and another portion is located within the lumen 113 . In contrast, in other instances, such as when the threaded port 175 closes the lumen 113 , the entire weight 173 is located outside the lumen 113 . Although not shown, in one example, the threaded port 175 may be open to the lumen 113 and closed to the exterior of the golf club head 100 (eg, the threaded port 175 faces inward rather than outward). In such an instance, the entire counterweight 173 would be located inside the lumen 113 . As defined herein, counterweight 173 is considered to be internal to lumen 113 when any portion of counterweight 173 is internal or within lumen 113 relative to lumen 113 , and is considered to be internal to lumen 113 when any portion of counterweight 173 is relative to inner lumen 113 . When the cavity 113 is external, the weights 173 may alternatively or also be considered to be external to the inner cavity 113 .

在一些實例中,如圖所示,螺紋端口175並因此 配重173位於高爾夫球桿頭100的底部部分117中。此外,根據某些實例,螺紋端口175和配重173比趾部部分114更靠近跟部部分116。在一個實例中,螺紋端口175和配重比狹槽171更靠近跟部部分116。在一些實例中,配重173具有約3g至約23g(例如,6g)之間的質量。 In some instances, as shown, the threaded port 175 and thus The weight 173 is located in the sole portion 117 of the golf club head 100 . Furthermore, according to some examples, the threaded port 175 and the weight 173 are closer to the heel portion 116 than to the toe portion 114 . In one example, the threaded port 175 and weight are closer to the heel portion 116 than the slot 171 . In some examples, the weight 173 has a mass between about 3 g and about 23 g (eg, 6 g).

參考圖9A、圖11和圖14,鑄造杯104進一步包括附接到鑄造杯104的其餘部分或與鑄造杯104的其餘部分共同形成的質量墊186。質量墊186的厚度大於鑄造杯104的任何其他部分。在圖示的實例中,質量墊186位於靠近高爾夫球桿頭100的底部部分117的位置,並且因此靠近鑄造杯104的底部區域的位置。此外,在某些實例中,質量墊186的一部分位於靠近高爾夫球桿頭100的跟部部分116處的位置,並且因此靠近鑄造杯104的跟部區域的位置。如本文所定義的,當位於高爾夫球桿頭100的底部部分117處時,質量墊186被認為是底部質量墊,而當位於高爾夫球桿頭100的跟部部分116處時,質量墊186被認為是跟部質量墊。應當認識到,當質量墊186位於底部部分117和跟部部分116兩者處時,質量墊186被認為是底部質量墊和跟部質量墊。 Referring to FIGS. 9A , 11 and 14 , the casting cup 104 further includes a mass pad 186 attached to or co-formed with the remainder of the casting cup 104 . The mass pad 186 is thicker than any other portion of the casting cup 104 . In the illustrated example, the mass pad 186 is located proximate the sole portion 117 of the golf club head 100 , and thus proximate the sole region of the casting cup 104 . Additionally, in some instances, a portion of the mass pad 186 is located proximate the heel portion 116 of the golf club head 100 , and thus proximate the heel region of the cast cup 104 . As defined herein, the mass pad 186 is considered a sole mass pad when located at the sole portion 117 of the golf club head 100 and is considered a sole mass pad when located at the heel portion 116 of the golf club head 100 Considered a heel quality pad. It should be appreciated that when mass pad 186 is located at both bottom portion 117 and heel portion 116, mass pad 186 is considered a bottom mass pad and a heel mass pad.

參考圖11和圖14,在一些實例中,鑄造杯104進一步包括與鑄造杯104的其他部分共同形成的內部肋187。內部肋187可以位於鑄造杯104內的任何不同位置。在圖示的實例中,內部肋187位於(例如,形成在)鑄造杯104的底部區域中,與鑄造杯104的跟部區域相比,該底部區域更靠近鑄造杯104的趾部區域。內部肋187有助於加強和促進高爾夫球桿頭100的理想聲學特性。 Referring to FIGS. 11 and 14 , in some examples, the casting cup 104 further includes internal ribs 187 co-formed with other portions of the casting cup 104 . Internal ribs 187 may be located at any of various locations within casting cup 104 . In the illustrated example, the internal ribs 187 are located (eg, formed in) in the bottom region of the casting cup 104 that is closer to the toe region of the casting cup 104 than the heel region of the casting cup 104 . Internal ribs 187 help to reinforce and promote desirable acoustic properties of golf club head 100 .

參考圖11、圖14和圖15,環106包括懸臂部分161,以及從懸臂部分161延伸的趾臂部分163A和跟臂部分163B。趾臂部分163A和跟臂部分163B位於高爾夫球桿頭100的相對側,起始於懸臂部分161,並且終止於趾-杯接合表面152A和 跟-杯接合表面152B中的對應一個處。懸臂部分161限定了高爾夫球桿頭100的後向部分118的至少一部分並且進一步限定了高爾夫球桿頭100的最後端。此外,在圖示的實例中,懸臂部分161從冠部部分119延伸到底部部分117。因此,在一些實例中,懸臂部分161限定了高爾夫球桿頭100的底部部分117的一部分,諸如限定了高爾夫球桿頭100的底部部分117的面向外的表面。 11 , 14 and 15 , the ring 106 includes a cantilevered portion 161 , and a toe arm portion 163A and a heel arm portion 163B extending from the cantilevered portion 161 . Toe arm portion 163A and heel arm portion 163B are located on opposite sides of golf club head 100, starting with cantilever portion 161 and terminating at toe-cup engagement surface 152A and At a corresponding one of the heel-cup engagement surfaces 152B. The cantilevered portion 161 defines at least a portion of the rearward portion 118 of the golf club head 100 and further defines the rearmost end of the golf club head 100 . Furthermore, in the illustrated example, the cantilevered portion 161 extends from the crown portion 119 to the bottom portion 117 . Thus, in some examples, cantilevered portion 161 defines a portion of sole portion 117 of golf club head 100 , such as defining an outwardly facing surface of sole portion 117 of golf club head 100 .

在一些實例中,當高爾夫球桿頭100處於瞄準位置時,懸臂部分161靠近地平面181。根據某些實例,峰冠高度與從峰冠高度到環106的懸臂部分161的最低表面的垂直距離的比率為至少6.0、至少5.0、至少4.0,或更佳地至少3.0。可替代地或另外地,在一些實例中,當高爾夫球桿頭100處於瞄準位置時,從裙邊部分的裙峰高度到環106的懸臂部分161的最下表面的垂直距離不小於20mm至30mm之間。 In some instances, the cantilevered portion 161 is near the ground plane 181 when the golf club head 100 is in the aiming position. According to certain examples, the ratio of the peak crown height to the vertical distance from the peak crown height to the lowest surface of the cantilevered portion 161 of the ring 106 is at least 6.0, at least 5.0, at least 4.0, or more preferably at least 3.0. Alternatively or additionally, in some examples, when the golf club head 100 is in the aiming position, the vertical distance from the height of the skirt peak of the skirt portion to the lowermost surface of the cantilevered portion 161 of the ring 106 is not less than 20 mm to 30 mm between.

趾臂部分163A和跟臂部分163B分別限定了裙邊部分121的趾側和裙邊部分121的跟側,以及分別限定了高爾夫球桿頭100的趾部部分114和跟部部分116的一部分。懸臂部分161遠離趾臂部分163A和跟臂部分163B向下延伸,而趾臂部分163A和跟臂部分163B遠離懸臂部分161向前延伸。因此,當高爾夫球桿頭100處於瞄準位置時,懸臂部分161比趾臂部分163A和跟臂部分163B更靠近地平面181。換句話說,參考圖3、圖4和圖9A,當高爾夫球桿頭100處於瞄準位置時,環106的最低表面在地平面181上方的在豎直方向上的高度(HR),在沿著懸臂部分161的任何位置都小於沿著趾臂部分163A和跟臂部分163B的任何位置。 Toe arm portion 163A and heel arm portion 163B define a toe side of skirt portion 121 and a heel side of skirt portion 121 , respectively, and a portion of toe portion 114 and heel portion 116 , respectively, of golf club head 100 . Cantilever portion 161 extends downwardly away from toe arm portion 163A and heel arm portion 163B, while toe arm portion 163A and heel arm portion 163B extend forwardly away from cantilever portion 161 . Accordingly, when the golf club head 100 is in the aiming position, the cantilever portion 161 is closer to the ground plane 181 than the toe portion 163A and the heel portion 163B. In other words, with reference to FIGS. 3 , 4 and 9A , the height (HR) in the vertical direction of the lowest surface of the ring 106 above ground level 181 when the golf club head 100 is in the aiming position, along the Any location of cantilever portion 161 is smaller than any location along toe arm portion 163A and heel arm portion 163B.

在一些實例中,高爾夫球桿頭100的趾部部分114處的趾臂部分163A的最低表面的高度HR不同於高爾夫球桿頭100的跟部部分116處的跟臂部分163B的最低表面的高度HR。更具體地,在一個實例中,高爾夫球桿頭100的趾部部分 114處的趾臂部分163A的最低表面的高度HR大於高爾夫球桿頭100的跟部部分116處的跟臂部分163B的最低表面的高度HR。 In some examples, the height HR of the lowermost surface of the toe arm portion 163A at the toe portion 114 of the golf club head 100 is different than the height of the lowermost surface of the heel arm portion 163B at the heel portion 116 of the golf club head 100 HR. More specifically, in one example, the toe portion of golf club head 100 The height HR of the lowermost surface of the toe arm portion 163A at 114 is greater than the height HR of the lowermost surface of the heel arm portion 163B at the heel portion 116 of the golf club head 100 .

根據某些實例,如圖3、圖4和圖9A所示,當高爾夫球桿頭100處於瞄準位置時在豎直方向上測量的環106的寬度(WR)在前後方向上(例如,沿著環106的長度)變化。在一個實例中,寬度WR在前後方向上從最小寬度增加到最大寬度。換句話說,在某些實例中,環106的寬度WR在前後方向上變化。在一些實例中,環106的最大寬度WR在高爾夫球桿頭100的最後端處。在一個實例中,環106的最大寬度WR至少為20mm。根據某些實例,如圖14所示,環106在趾部部分114處的寬度WR小於環106在跟部部分116處的寬度WR。根據一些附加實例,環106的厚度可以在前後方向上沿著環106變化。 According to some examples, as shown in FIGS. 3 , 4 and 9A , the width (WR) of the ring 106 measured in the vertical direction when the golf club head 100 is in the aiming position is in the fore-aft direction (eg, along the The length of the loop 106) varies. In one example, the width WR increases from a minimum width to a maximum width in the front-to-back direction. In other words, in some instances, the width WR of the ring 106 varies in the front-to-rear direction. In some examples, the maximum width WR of the ring 106 is at the rearmost end of the golf club head 100 . In one example, the maximum width WR of the ring 106 is at least 20 mm. According to some examples, as shown in FIG. 14 , the width WR of the ring 106 at the toe portion 114 is less than the width WR of the ring 106 at the heel portion 116 . According to some additional examples, the thickness of the ring 106 may vary along the ring 106 in the front-to-rear direction.

參考圖2-4、圖6、圖8、圖9A和圖11-15,在一些實例中,高爾夫球桿頭100進一步包括附接到環106的懸臂部分161的質量元件159,諸如在高爾夫球桿頭100的最後端處。質量元件159可選擇性地從懸臂部分161移除(例如,可與不同重量的質量元件互換)或永久附接到懸臂部分161。根據一個實例,質量元件159和配重173可互換地耦接到鑄造杯104和環106的懸臂部分161。因此,在一些實例中,高爾夫球桿頭100的飛行控制技術部件、質量元件159和配重173相對於高爾夫球桿頭100是可調節的。在某些實例中,高爾夫球桿頭100的飛行控制技術部件、質量元件159和配重173被配置為可經由單個或相同的工具進行調節。 2-4, 6, 8, 9A, and 11-15, in some examples, the golf club head 100 further includes a mass element 159 attached to the cantilevered portion 161 of the ring 106, such as in a golf ball At the rearmost end of the head 100 . Mass element 159 is selectively removable from cantilevered portion 161 (eg, interchangeable with mass elements of different weights) or permanently attached to cantilevered portion 161 . According to one example, mass element 159 and counterweight 173 are interchangeably coupled to casting cup 104 and cantilevered portion 161 of ring 106 . Thus, in some examples, the flight control technology components, mass element 159 and weight 173 of golf club head 100 are adjustable relative to golf club head 100 . In some instances, the flight control technology components of golf club head 100, mass element 159 and weight 173 are configured to be adjustable via a single or the same tool.

在一個實例中,質量元件159包括外螺紋。高爾夫球桿頭100可以另外包括附接到環106的懸臂部分161的質量接受器157。質量容器157可以包括具有內螺紋的螺紋孔,其與質量元件159螺紋接合以將質量元件159固定到懸臂部分 161。在一些實例中,質量容器157被焊接到懸臂部分161,而在其他實例中被黏附到懸臂部分161。在某些實例中,質量容器157與懸臂部分161共同形成。懸臂部分161還包括質量墊155(參見例如圖9A、圖12和圖15)或懸臂部分161的具有局部增加的厚度並因此具有局部增加的質量的一部分。質量容器157可以形成在懸臂部分161的質量墊155中。在一些實例中,質量元件159具有約15g至約35g(例如,24g)之間的質量。 In one example, mass element 159 includes external threads. The golf club head 100 may additionally include a mass receiver 157 attached to the cantilevered portion 161 of the ring 106 . Mass container 157 may include a threaded hole with internal threads that threadedly engages mass element 159 to secure mass element 159 to the cantilevered portion 161. In some examples, the mass container 157 is welded to the cantilevered portion 161 , while in other examples it is adhered to the cantilevered portion 161 . In some instances, mass container 157 is co-formed with cantilevered portion 161 . The cantilevered portion 161 also includes a mass pad 155 (see, eg, FIGS. 9A , 12 and 15 ) or a portion of the cantilevered portion 161 having a locally increased thickness and thus a locally increased mass. The mass container 157 may be formed in the mass pad 155 of the cantilever portion 161 . In some examples, mass element 159 has a mass between about 15 g and about 35 g (eg, 24 g).

在圖示的實例中,質量元件159和配重173中的一者或兩者的外周形狀為圓形。因此,質量元件159和配重173中的一者或兩者的取向可分別繞質量元件159和配重173的中心軸線以0度至360度之間的各種取向中的任何取向旋轉。然而,在其他實例中,質量元件159和配重173中的至少一者或兩者的外周形狀是非圓形的,諸如卵形、三角形、梯形、方形等。例如,如圖16所示,配重273具有梯形或矩形的外周形狀。在某些實例中,具有非圓形外周形狀的質量元件159和/或配重173可分別繞質量元件159和配重173的中心軸線在某些實施方式中以0度至至少90度之間而在其他實施方式中以0度至至少180度之間的各種取向中的任何取向旋轉。 In the illustrated example, the peripheral shape of one or both of mass element 159 and counterweight 173 is circular. Thus, the orientation of one or both of mass element 159 and counterweight 173 may be rotated about the central axis of mass element 159 and counterweight 173, respectively, in any of a variety of orientations between 0 degrees and 360 degrees. However, in other examples, the peripheral shape of at least one or both of mass element 159 and counterweight 173 is non-circular, such as oval, triangular, trapezoidal, square, and the like. For example, as shown in FIG. 16, the weight 273 has a trapezoidal or rectangular outer peripheral shape. In certain examples, mass element 159 and/or counterweight 173 having a non-circular peripheral shape may be between 0 degrees and at least 90 degrees about the central axis of mass element 159 and counterweight 173 , respectively, in certain embodiments. While in other embodiments the rotation is in any of a variety of orientations between 0 degrees and at least 180 degrees.

高爾夫球桿頭100的構造和材料多樣性使配重173(例如,第一配重或前向配重)的位置相對於質量元件159(例如,第二配重或後向配重)的位置具有靈活性。在一些實例中,配重173和質量元件159的相對位置可以類似於2020年1月24日申請的美國專利申請號16/752,397中公開的那些位置。參考圖9A,根據一個實例,第一配重的CG(FWCG)的z軸坐標在球桿頭原點坐標系185的z軸上在-30mm至-10mm之間(例如,-21mm),第一配重的CG(FWCG)的y軸坐標在球桿頭原點坐標系185的y軸上在10mm至30mm之間(例如,23mm),以及第一配重的CG(FWCG)的x軸坐標在球桿 頭原點坐標系185的x軸上在15mm至35mm之間(例如,22mm)。根據相同或不同的實例,第二配重的CG(SWCG)的z軸坐標在球桿頭原點坐標系185的z軸上在-30mm至10mm之間(例如,-11mm),第二配重的CG(SWCG)的y軸坐標在球桿頭原點坐標系185的y軸上在90mm至120mm之間(例如,110mm),以及第二配重的CG(SWCG)的x軸坐標在球桿頭原點坐標系185的x軸上在-20mm至10mm之間(例如,-7mm)。 The variety of configurations and materials of golf club head 100 enables the location of weight 173 (eg, first or forward weight) relative to the location of mass element 159 (eg, second or rearward weight) Have flexibility. In some examples, the relative positions of counterweight 173 and mass element 159 may be similar to those disclosed in US Patent Application No. 16/752,397, filed January 24, 2020. Referring to FIG. 9A, according to one example, the z-axis coordinate of the CG (FWCG) of the first weight is between -30mm and -10mm (eg, -21mm) on the z-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185. The y-axis coordinate of the first weighted CG (FWCG) is between 10 mm and 30 mm (eg, 23 mm) on the y-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185, and the x-axis of the first weighted CG (FWCG) Coordinates at the club The x-axis of the head origin coordinate system 185 is between 15mm and 35mm (eg, 22mm). According to the same or a different example, the z-axis coordinate of the CG (SWCG) of the second weight is between -30mm and 10mm (eg, -11mm) on the z-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185, and the second weight The y-axis coordinate of the heavy CG (SWCG) is between 90mm and 120mm (eg, 110mm) on the y-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185, and the x-axis coordinate of the second weight CG (SWCG) is at The x-axis of the club head origin coordinate system 185 is between -20mm and 10mm (eg, -7mm).

在某些實例中,高爾夫球桿頭100的底部部分117包括在縱向方向上伸長的慣性生成特徵177。縱向方向垂直於或傾斜於擊球面145。根據一些實例,慣性生成特徵177包括與2019年10月22日申請的美國專利申請號16/660,561中公開的慣性生成器相同的特徵並提供相同的優點,該專利申請藉由引用整體併入本文。在圖示的實例中,底部插入件110形成慣性生成特徵177的至少一部分。更具體地,在一些實例中,底部插入件110形成慣性生成特徵177的全部或大部分。在某些實例中,環106的懸臂部分161還形成慣性生成特徵177的一部分,諸如最後面的部分。慣性生成特徵177有助於增加高爾夫球桿頭100的慣性並降低高爾夫球桿頭100的重心(CG)。 In some examples, the sole portion 117 of the golf club head 100 includes an inertia-generating feature 177 that is elongated in the longitudinal direction. The longitudinal direction is perpendicular or inclined to the ball striking face 145 . According to some examples, inertial generating features 177 include the same features and provide the same advantages as the inertial generator disclosed in US Patent Application No. 16/660,561, filed on October 22, 2019, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety . In the illustrated example, bottom insert 110 forms at least a portion of inertia generating feature 177 . More specifically, in some examples, bottom insert 110 forms all or a majority of inertia generating feature 177 . In some instances, the cantilevered portion 161 of the ring 106 also forms part of the inertial generating feature 177, such as the rearmost portion. The inertia generating feature 177 helps to increase the inertia of the golf club head 100 and lower the center of gravity (CG) of the golf club head 100 .

慣性生成特徵177包括升高或升降平臺,該平臺從桿頸120向後的位置延伸到靠近高爾夫球桿頭100的後向部分112的位置。慣性生成特徵177包括在底部部分117的周圍外表面上方升高(或從其突出,取決於高爾夫球桿頭100的取向)的基本上平坦或平的表面。在某些實例中,慣性生成特徵177的至少一部分在底部部分117的周圍外表面上方升高至少1.5mm、至少1.8mm、至少2.1mm或至少3.0mm。慣性生成特徵177還具有小於底部部分117的整個寬度(例如,小於整個寬度的一半)的寬度。鑒於前述,慣性生成特徵177具有帶有多個拐點的複雜彎曲幾何構型。因此,限定慣性生成特徵177的 底部插入件110具有帶有多個拐點的複雜曲面。 The inertia generating feature 177 includes a raised or raised platform that extends from a position rearward of the hosel 120 to a position proximate the rearward portion 112 of the golf club head 100 . Inertia-generating features 177 include substantially flat or flat surfaces that rise above (or protrude from, depending on the orientation of golf club head 100 ) a peripheral outer surface of sole portion 117 . In certain examples, at least a portion of the inertia generating feature 177 is raised at least 1.5 mm, at least 1.8 mm, at least 2.1 mm, or at least 3.0 mm above the peripheral outer surface of the bottom portion 117 . The inertia generating feature 177 also has a width that is less than the entire width of the bottom portion 117 (eg, less than half the entire width). In view of the foregoing, inertial generating features 177 have complex curved geometries with multiple inflection points. Therefore, defining the inertial generation feature 177 Bottom insert 110 has a complex curved surface with multiple inflection points.

參考圖1-3和圖5,在一些實例中,高爾夫球桿頭100包括在主體102中的趾部部分114處的貫通孔172。貫通孔172完全延伸穿過主體102的壁,使得通過孔172可進入內腔113。孔172可用於將加強件插入到內腔113中,抵靠前向部分112的內表面,以幫助設定擊球面145的CT。加強件、插入過程和加強件對擊球面145的CT的影響的進一步細節可以在2019年7月4日公佈的美國專利申請公開號2019/0201754中找到,該專利申請藉由引用整體併入本文。如圖所示,貫通孔172不位於前向部分112(例如,擊球面145)中。因此,在一些實例中,擊球面145沒有通向內腔113或高爾夫球桿頭100的中空內部區域的貫通孔。此外,在一些實例中,沒有肖氏D值(shore D value)大於10、大於5或大於1的材料接觸前向部分112的內表面166,內表面166與擊球面145相對並通向中空內部區域,並在擊球面145的幾何中心趾部方向和/或跟部方向的位置。在其他實例中,無論硬度如何,沒有材料接觸前向部分112的與擊球面145相對並且向中空內部區域敞開的內表面166。 Referring to FIGS. 1-3 and 5 , in some examples, the golf club head 100 includes a through hole 172 in the body 102 at the toe portion 114 . The through hole 172 extends completely through the wall of the body 102 so that the lumen 113 is accessible through the hole 172 . Holes 172 may be used to insert stiffeners into lumen 113 against the inner surface of forward portion 112 to help set the CT of ball striking face 145 . Further details of the reinforcement, the insertion process, and the effect of the reinforcement on the CT of the ball striking face 145 can be found in US Patent Application Publication No. 2019/0201754, published July 4, 2019, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety This article. As shown, the through holes 172 are not located in the forward portion 112 (eg, the ball striking face 145). Thus, in some instances, the ball striking face 145 has no through holes leading to the cavity 113 or the hollow interior region of the golf club head 100 . Additionally, in some examples, no material with a shore D value greater than 10, greater than 5, or greater than 1 contacts the inner surface 166 of the forward portion 112, which is opposite the ball striking face 145 and leads to the hollow The inner area, and at the geometric center of the ball striking face 145 in the toe direction and/or the heel direction. In other examples, no material contacts the inner surface 166 of the forward portion 112 that is opposite the ball striking face 145 and is open to the hollow interior region, regardless of hardness.

本文公開的高爾夫球桿頭的CT特性可以被定義為擊球面145的中心區域內的CT值。中心區域是以擊球面的中心為中心並且在跟部到趾部的方向上拉長的四十毫米乘二十毫米的矩形區域。在一些實例中,擊球面145的中心可以是擊球面145的幾何中心。在中心區域內,擊球面145具有不超過257微秒的特性時間(CT)。在一些實例中,中心區域內擊球面的至少60%的CT為至少235微秒。根據一些實例,中心區域內擊球面的至少35%的CT為至少240微秒。 The CT characteristics of the golf club heads disclosed herein may be defined as CT values within the central region of the ball striking face 145 . The center area is a rectangular area of forty millimeters by twenty millimeters centered on the center of the ball striking face and elongated in the heel-to-toe direction. In some examples, the center of the ball striking face 145 may be the geometric center of the ball striking face 145 . In the center region, the ball striking face 145 has a characteristic time (CT) of no more than 257 microseconds. In some examples, the CT of at least 60% of the ball striking face in the center region is at least 235 microseconds. According to some examples, the CT of at least 35% of the ball striking face in the center region is at least 240 microseconds.

在擊球面的幾何中心處的擊球面145的CT具有初始CT值。初始CT值是在用標準高爾夫球進行任何擊打之前擊球面145的CT值。如本文所定義的,用標準高爾夫球的擊打 是當高爾夫球以每秒52米的速度行進時標準高爾夫球的擊打。根據一些實例,初始CT值是至少244微秒。在某些實例中,包括高爾夫球桿頭100的本文公開的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭被配置為使得在標準高爾夫球在擊球面145的幾何中心處擊打500次之後,在中心區域內的任何點處擊球面的CT值都小於256微秒,並且擊球面的幾何中心處的CT與初始CT值相差(例如,大於)不超過5微秒。 The CT of the face 145 at the geometric center of the face has an initial CT value. The initial CT value is the CT value of the face 145 prior to any stroke with a standard golf ball. As defined herein, a stroke with a standard golf ball is the hit of a standard golf ball when the golf ball is traveling at 52 meters per second. According to some examples, the initial CT value is at least 244 microseconds. In certain examples, driver-style golf club heads disclosed herein, including golf club head 100 , are configured such that after a standard golf ball is hit 500 times at the geometric center of ball striking face 145 , at the center region The CT value of the hitting face at any point within the ball is less than 256 microseconds, and the CT at the geometric center of the hitting face differs (eg, greater than) from the initial CT value by no more than 5 microseconds.

在某些實例中,包括高爾夫球桿頭100的本文公開的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭被配置為在標準高爾夫球在擊球面的幾何中心處受到1,000、1,500、2,000、2,500或3,000次擊打後,中心區域內任何一點處的擊球面的CT小於256微秒。根據一些實例,在標準高爾夫球在擊球面的幾何中心處的2,000次擊打之後,在中心區域內的任何點處的擊球面145的CT值與初始CT相差不超過7微秒或9微秒。此外,在某些實例中,標準高爾夫球在擊球面的幾何中心處受到2000次擊打之後,擊球面145在擊球面的幾何中心處的CT與初始CT值相差不小於249微秒且不大於10微秒。根據一些實例,在標準高爾夫球在擊球面的幾何中心處的3,000次擊打之後,在中心區域內的任何點處的擊球面145的CT值與初始CT相差不超過9微秒或13微秒。在某些實例中,諸如擊球面145由金屬材料製成的那些實例中,在標準高爾夫球在擊球面的幾何中心處進行500次擊打之後,擊球面145的向內表面前進小於0.01英寸。 In certain examples, driver-style golf club heads disclosed herein, including golf club head 100, are configured to be subjected to 1,000, 1,500, 2,000, 2,500, or 3,000 cycles on a standard golf ball at the geometric center of the ball striking face The CT of the hitting face at any point within the center area is less than 256 microseconds after impact. According to some examples, after 2,000 strokes of a standard golf ball at the geometric center of the face, the CT value of the face 145 at any point within the center region differs from the initial CT by no more than 7 microseconds or 9 microseconds. Additionally, in some instances, the CT of the ball striking face 145 at the geometric center of the ball striking face differs from the initial CT value by no less than 249 microseconds after 2000 hits at the geometric center of the ball striking face for a standard golf ball and not more than 10 microseconds. According to some examples, after 3,000 hits of a standard golf ball at the geometric center of the face, the CT value of the face 145 at any point within the center region differs from the initial CT by no more than 9 microseconds or 13 microseconds. In certain instances, such as those in which the ball striking face 145 is made of a metallic material, after a standard golf ball has made 500 strokes at the geometric center of the ball striking face, the inward surface advancement of the ball striking face 145 is less than 0.01 inches.

參考圖16和圖17,並且根據本文公開的高爾夫球桿頭的另一實例,示出了高爾夫球桿頭200。高爾夫球桿頭200包括與高爾夫球桿頭100的特徵相似的特徵,相似的數字(例如,相同的數字但以200為系列)指代相同的特徵。例如,像高爾夫球桿頭100一樣,高爾夫球桿頭200包括趾部部分214和與趾部部分214相對的跟部部分216。此外,高爾夫球桿頭200包括前向部分212和與前向部分212相對的後向部分218。高爾 夫球桿頭200另外包括在高爾夫球桿頭200的底部區域處的底部部分217和與底部部分217相對並且在高爾夫球桿頭200的頂部區域處的冠部部分219。而且,高爾夫球桿頭200包括限定過渡區域的裙邊部分221,在該過渡區域中,高爾夫球桿頭200在冠部部分219和底部部分217之間過渡。高爾夫球桿頭200進一步包括由前向部分212、後向部分218、冠部部分219、底部部分217、跟部部分216、趾部部分214和裙邊部分221共同限定和封閉的內腔213。此外,前向部分212包括沿著前向部分212從底部部分217延伸到冠部部分219並且從趾部部分214延伸到跟部部分216的擊球面245。此外,高爾夫球桿頭200進一步包括主體202、在高爾夫球桿頭200的頂部附接至主體202的冠部插入件208以及在高爾夫球桿頭200的底部附接至主體202的底部插入件210。主體202包括鑄造杯204和環206。環206在趾側接頭212A和跟側接頭212B處接合到鑄造杯204。主體202的鑄造杯204還包括在高爾夫球桿頭200的底部部分217中的狹槽271。此外,高爾夫球桿頭200另外包括附接到主體202的環206的質量元件259和質量容器257,以及附接到鑄造杯204的配重273。因此,鑒於前述,高爾夫球桿頭200與高爾夫球桿頭100共享一些相似之處。 Referring to Figures 16 and 17, and according to another example of a golf club head disclosed herein, a golf club head 200 is shown. Golf club head 200 includes features similar to those of golf club head 100, with like numbers (eg, like numbers but in series of 200) referring to like features. For example, like golf club head 100 , golf club head 200 includes a toe portion 214 and a heel portion 216 opposite toe portion 214 . Additionally, the golf club head 200 includes a forward portion 212 and a rearward portion 218 opposite the forward portion 212 . Gower The golf club head 200 additionally includes a sole portion 217 at the sole region of the golf club head 200 and a crown portion 219 opposite the sole portion 217 and at the top region of the golf club head 200 . Furthermore, the golf club head 200 includes a skirt portion 221 that defines a transition region in which the golf club head 200 transitions between the crown portion 219 and the sole portion 217 . Golf club head 200 further includes an interior cavity 213 that is collectively defined and enclosed by forward portion 212 , rearward portion 218 , crown portion 219 , sole portion 217 , heel portion 216 , toe portion 214 and skirt portion 221 . Further, forward portion 212 includes a ball striking face 245 extending along forward portion 212 from sole portion 217 to crown portion 219 and from toe portion 214 to heel portion 216 . Additionally, the golf club head 200 further includes a body 202, a crown insert 208 attached to the body 202 at the top of the golf club head 200, and a sole insert 210 attached to the body 202 at the bottom of the golf club head 200 . The body 202 includes a cast cup 204 and a ring 206 . Ring 206 is joined to casting cup 204 at toe-side joint 212A and heel-side joint 212B. The cast cup 204 of the body 202 also includes a slot 271 in the sole portion 217 of the golf club head 200 . Additionally, the golf club head 200 additionally includes a mass element 259 and a mass container 257 attached to the ring 206 of the body 202 , and a weight 273 attached to the cast cup 204 . Thus, in view of the foregoing, golf club head 200 shares some similarities with golf club head 100 .

然而,與高爾夫球桿頭100不同,高爾夫球桿頭200的擊球面245不與鑄造杯204共同形成。相反,擊球面245形成擊球板243的一部分,擊球面245與鑄造杯204分開形成並附接到鑄造杯204,諸如經由結合、焊接、銅焊、緊固等。因此,擊球板243限定了擊球面245。鑄造杯204包括在高爾夫球桿頭200的前向部分212處的板開口249和繞板開口249連續延伸的板開口凹陷凸緣247。板開口凹陷凸緣247的內周限定板開口249。藉由將擊球板243固定為與板開口凹陷凸緣247就位接合,擊球板243附接到鑄造杯204。當以這種方式接合到板開口凹陷凸緣247時,擊球板243覆蓋或封閉板開口249。此外, 頂板開口凹陷凸緣247和擊球板243的大小、形狀和位置相對於高爾夫球桿頭200的冠部部分219設置,使得擊球板243在與頂板開口凹陷凸緣247就位接合時鄰接冠部部分219。鄰接冠部部分219的擊球板243限定了高爾夫球桿頭200的頂線。此外,在一些實例中,擊球板243的可見外觀與高爾夫球桿頭200的冠部部分219的可見外觀形成了足夠的對比,冠部部分219的可見外觀部分地由鑄造杯204限定,使得高爾夫球桿頭200的頂線是明顯增強的。因為擊球板243與鑄造杯204分開形成,所以擊球板243可由與鑄造杯204的材料不同的材料製成。在一個實例中,擊球板243由纖維增強聚合材料製成。在又一實例中,擊球板243由金屬材料,諸如鈦合金(例如,Ti 6-4、Ti 9-1-1和ZA 1300)製成。 Unlike golf club head 100 , however, ball striking face 245 of golf club head 200 is not co-formed with cast cup 204 . Instead, the ball striking face 245 forms part of the blade 243, and the ball striking face 245 is formed separately from the cast cup 204 and attached to the cast cup 204, such as via bonding, welding, brazing, fastening, or the like. Thus, the blade 243 defines a ball striking face 245 . The cast cup 204 includes a plate opening 249 at the forward portion 212 of the golf club head 200 and a plate opening recessed flange 247 extending continuously around the plate opening 249 . The inner circumference of the plate opening recessed flange 247 defines the plate opening 249 . The blade 243 is attached to the casting cup 204 by securing the blade 243 into engagement with the plate opening recessed flange 247 in place. When engaged to the plate opening recess flange 247 in this manner, the ball striking plate 243 covers or closes the plate opening 249 . also, The deck opening recessed flange 247 and the blade 243 are sized, shaped and positioned relative to the crown portion 219 of the golf club head 200 such that the blade 243 abuts the crown when engaged in place with the deck opening recessed flange 247 Section 219. The blade 243 adjacent the crown portion 219 defines the top line of the golf club head 200 . Furthermore, in some instances, the visible appearance of the blade 243 contrasts sufficiently with the visible appearance of the crown portion 219 of the golf club head 200, which is defined in part by the cast cup 204 such that The topline of the golf club head 200 is significantly enhanced. Because the blade 243 is formed separately from the cast cup 204 , the blade 243 may be made of a different material than that of the cast cup 204 . In one example, the blade 243 is made of fiber reinforced polymeric material. In yet another example, the blade 243 is made of a metallic material, such as a titanium alloy (eg, Ti 6-4, Ti 9-1-1, and ZA 1300).

另外,與高爾夫球桿頭100不同,鑄造杯204包括在高爾夫球桿頭200的底部部分217中的配重軌道279。配重軌道279沿底部部分217在跟部到趾部的方向上縱向延伸。在鑄造杯204還包括狹槽271的實例中,諸如所示,配重軌道279基本上平行於狹槽271並且在前後方向上偏離狹槽271。配重軌道279包括沿配重軌道279的長度縱向延伸的至少一個凸緣。在圖示的實例中,配重軌道279包括在前後方向上彼此間隔開的前向凸緣297A和後向凸緣297B。位於配重軌道279內的配重273可選擇性地夾緊到配重軌道279的一個或多個凸緣以將配重273可釋放地固定到配重軌道279。在圖示的實例中,配重273可選擇性地夾緊到前向凸緣297A和後向凸緣297B兩者。當鬆開至配重軌道279的一個或多個凸緣時,配重273可沿著一個或多個凸緣滑動,如圖16中的方向箭頭所示,以改變配重273相對於配重軌道279的位置,並且當重新夾緊到一個或多個凸緣時,調節高爾夫球桿頭200的質量分佈、重心(CG)和其他性能特徵。 Additionally, unlike golf club head 100 , cast cup 204 includes a weight track 279 in sole portion 217 of golf club head 200 . The weight track 279 extends longitudinally along the bottom portion 217 in the heel-to-toe direction. In instances where the casting cup 204 also includes a slot 271, such as shown, the weight track 279 is substantially parallel to the slot 271 and is offset from the slot 271 in the fore-aft direction. The counterweight rail 279 includes at least one flange extending longitudinally along the length of the counterweight rail 279 . In the illustrated example, the counterweight track 279 includes a forward flange 297A and a rearward flange 297B that are spaced apart from each other in the front-to-rear direction. The counterweight 273 located within the counterweight rail 279 can be selectively clamped to one or more flanges of the counterweight rail 279 to releasably secure the counterweight 273 to the counterweight rail 279 . In the illustrated example, the counterweight 273 is selectively clampable to both the forward-facing flange 297A and the rearward-facing flange 297B. When released to the flange or flanges of the weight track 279, the weight 273 can slide along the flange or flanges, as indicated by the directional arrows in Figure 16, to change the weight 273 relative to the weight The position of the track 279, and when reclamping to one or more flanges, adjusts the mass distribution, center of gravity (CG), and other performance characteristics of the golf club head 200.

根據一個實例,配重273包括墊圈273A、螺母 273B和緊固螺栓273C,緊固螺栓273C與墊圈273A和螺母273B互連以夾在配重軌道279的凸緣297A、297B上。墊圈273A具有無螺紋孔並且螺母273B具有螺紋孔。緊固螺栓273C帶有螺紋並穿過墊圈273A的無螺紋孔以螺紋接合螺母273B的螺紋孔。緊固螺栓273C和螺母273B之間的螺紋接合允許墊圈273A和螺母273B之間的間隙變窄,這有利於墊圈273A和螺母273B之間的一個或多個凸緣的夾緊,或者加寬,這有利於從墊圈273A和螺母273B之間鬆開一個或多個凸緣。緊固螺栓273C可相對於墊圈273A和螺母273B兩者旋轉,或者形成一體式構造並與墊圈273A和螺母273B中的一者共同旋轉。 According to one example, the counterweight 273 includes a washer 273A, a nut 273B and tightening bolts 273C interconnected with washers 273A and nuts 273B to clamp on flanges 297A, 297B of weight rail 279 . Washer 273A has unthreaded holes and nut 273B has threaded holes. Tightening bolt 273C is threaded and passes through the unthreaded hole of washer 273A to threadedly engage the threaded hole of nut 273B. The threaded engagement between tightening bolt 273C and nut 273B allows the gap between washer 273A and nut 273B to narrow, which facilitates clamping, or widening, of one or more flanges between washer 273A and nut 273B, This facilitates loosening one or more flanges from between washer 273A and nut 273B. Tightening bolt 273C is rotatable relative to both washer 273A and nut 273B, or is of integral construction and co-rotates with one of washer 273A and nut 273B.

為了減輕高爾夫球桿頭200的重量和配重軌道279的深度,緊固螺栓273C較短。例如,緊固螺栓273C的長度,當配重273被夾在凸緣297A、297B上時,延伸超過螺母273B(或墊圈273A,如果螺母273B和墊圈273A的位置顛倒)不超過3mm。在一些實例中,緊固螺栓273C的整個長度比墊圈273A、螺母273B和凸緣297A、297B中的一個的組合厚度大不超過15%。 To reduce the weight of the golf club head 200 and the depth of the weight track 279, the fastening bolts 273C are shorter. For example, the length of tightening bolt 273C, when weight 273 is clamped to flanges 297A, 297B, extends no more than 3 mm beyond nut 273B (or washer 273A if the positions of nut 273B and washer 273A are reversed). In some instances, the entire length of the fastening bolt 273C is no more than 15% greater than the combined thickness of the washer 273A, nut 273B and one of the flanges 297A, 297B.

如圖所示,墊圈273A的外周形狀為非圓形,諸如梯形或矩形。類似地,螺母273B的外周形狀可為非圓形,諸如梯形或矩形。可替代地,如圖所示,螺母273B的外周形狀為圓形,而墊圈273A的外周形狀為非圓形。 As shown, the outer peripheral shape of the gasket 273A is non-circular, such as a trapezoid or a rectangle. Similarly, the peripheral shape of nut 273B may be non-circular, such as trapezoidal or rectangular. Alternatively, as shown, the outer peripheral shape of the nut 273B is circular and the outer peripheral shape of the washer 273A is non-circular.

參考圖18,並且根據本文公開的高爾夫球桿頭的另一實例,示出了高爾夫球桿頭300。高爾夫球桿頭300包括與高爾夫球桿頭100和高爾夫球桿頭200的特徵相似的特徵,相似的數字(例如,相同的數字但以300為系列)指代相同的特徵。例如,像高爾夫球桿頭100和高爾夫球桿頭200一樣,包括主體302、在高爾夫球桿頭300的頂部附接至主體302的冠部插入件308以及在高爾夫球桿頭300的底部附接至主體302的底部插入件310。主體302包括鑄造杯304和環306。環306在 趾側接頭和跟側接頭處接合到鑄造杯304。主體302的鑄造杯304還包括在高爾夫球桿頭300的底部部分中的狹槽371。此外,高爾夫球桿頭300另外包括附接到主體302的環306的質量元件359和質量容器357,以及經由緊固件304附接到鑄造杯379的配重373。另外,與高爾夫球桿頭200一樣,高爾夫球桿頭300包括限定擊球面145的擊球板343,擊球面145與鑄造杯304分開形成並附接到鑄造杯304。在一些實例中,擊球板343由纖維增強聚合物製成並且包括基部部分347和施加到基部部分347上的蓋349。在一些實例中,基部部分347與蓋349相比更厚,基部部分347由纖維增強聚合物製成,並且蓋349由無纖維聚合物製成。在某些實例中,蓋349由聚氨酯製成。而且,蓋349包括在無纖維聚合物中形成的凹槽351或刻線。蓋349的限定擊球面345的部分的表面粗糙度大於主體302的表面粗糙度。因此,鑒於前述,高爾夫球桿頭300與高爾夫球桿頭100和高爾夫球桿頭200共享一些相似之處。 Referring to Figure 18, and according to another example of the golf club head disclosed herein, a golf club head 300 is shown. Golf club head 300 includes similar features to those of golf club head 100 and golf club head 200, with like numerals (eg, like numerals but in series of 300) referring to like features. For example, like golf club head 100 and golf club head 200, including body 302, crown insert 308 attached to body 302 at the top of golf club head 300, and attached at the bottom of golf club head 300 to the bottom insert 310 of the body 302 . The body 302 includes a cast cup 304 and a ring 306 . Ring 306 in The toe and heel joints are joined to the casting cup 304 . The cast cup 304 of the body 302 also includes a slot 371 in the sole portion of the golf club head 300 . Additionally, golf club head 300 additionally includes mass element 359 and mass container 357 attached to ring 306 of body 302 , and weight 373 attached to cast cup 379 via fasteners 304 . Additionally, as with golf club head 200, golf club head 300 includes a blade 343 that defines a ball striking face 145 that is formed separately from and attached to cast cup 304. In some examples, the blade 343 is made of fiber reinforced polymer and includes a base portion 347 and a cover 349 applied to the base portion 347 . In some examples, the base portion 347 is thicker than the cover 349, the base portion 347 is made of a fiber-reinforced polymer, and the cover 349 is made of a fiber-free polymer. In some instances, cover 349 is made of polyurethane. Also, cover 349 includes grooves 351 or score lines formed in the fiber-free polymer. The surface roughness of the portion of the cover 349 that defines the ball striking face 345 is greater than the surface roughness of the body 302 . Thus, in view of the foregoing, golf club head 300 shares some similarities with golf club head 100 and golf club head 200 .

然而,與高爾夫球桿頭100的鑄造杯104和高爾夫球桿頭200的鑄造杯204的圖示實例不同,鑄造杯304具有多件式構造。更具體地,鑄造杯304包括上部杯狀件304A和下部杯狀件304B。上部杯狀件304A與下部杯狀件304B分開形成。因此,上部杯狀件304A和下部杯狀件304B接合或附接在一起以形成鑄造杯304。由於上部杯狀件304A和下部杯狀件304B分開形成,上部杯狀件304A可由與下部杯狀件304B的材料不同的材料製成。鑄造杯304包括桿頸320,其中桿頸320的一部分形成為上部杯狀件304A,而桿頸320的另一部分形成為下部杯狀件304B。 However, unlike the illustrated examples of the cast cup 104 of the golf club head 100 and the cast cup 204 of the golf club head 200, the cast cup 304 has a multi-piece construction. More specifically, casting cup 304 includes upper cup 304A and lower cup 304B. The upper cup 304A is formed separately from the lower cup 304B. Accordingly, upper cup 304A and lower cup 304B are joined or attached together to form cast cup 304 . Since upper cup 304A and lower cup 304B are formed separately, upper cup 304A may be made of a different material than that of lower cup 304B. Cast cup 304 includes a hosel 320, with a portion of hosel 320 formed as upper cup 304A and another portion of hosel 320 formed as lower cup 304B.

根據一些實例,上部杯狀件304A由與下部杯狀件304B的材料不同的材料製成。例如,上部杯狀件304A可由密度低於下部杯狀件304B的材料的材料製成。在一個實例中,上部杯狀件304A由鈦合金製成,而下部杯狀件304B由鋼 合金製成。根據另一實例,上部杯狀件304A由鋁合金製成,而下部杯狀件304B由鋼合金或鎢合金諸如10-17密度的鎢製成。與高爾夫球桿頭100的單件式鑄造杯104相比,這種構造有助於增加鑄造杯304的質量並降低鑄造杯304和高爾夫球桿頭300的重心(CG)。在替代構造中,根據一些實例,上部杯狀件304A由鋁合金製成,而下部杯狀件304B由鈦合金製成。這些後來的構造有助於降低鑄造杯304的總質量。根據一些實例,上部杯狀件304A和下部杯狀件304B使用不同的製造技術製成。例如,上部杯狀件304A可以藉由衝壓、鍛造和/或金屬注射成型(MIM)製成,而下部杯狀件304B可以藉由衝壓、鍛造和/或金屬注射成型(MIM)的另一種或不同組合製成。上部杯狀件304A和下部杯狀件304B的材料和質量特性的組合的各種實例在下表2中示出。 According to some examples, upper cup 304A is made of a different material than lower cup 304B. For example, the upper cup 304A may be made of a material that is less dense than the material of the lower cup 304B. In one example, upper cup 304A is made of titanium alloy and lower cup 304B is made of steel Made of alloy. According to another example, the upper cup 304A is made of an aluminum alloy, and the lower cup 304B is made of a steel alloy or a tungsten alloy such as 10-17 density tungsten. This configuration helps to increase the mass of the cast cup 304 and lower the center of gravity (CG) of the cast cup 304 and the golf club head 300 compared to the one-piece cast cup 104 of the golf club head 100 . In an alternate construction, according to some examples, the upper cup 304A is made of an aluminum alloy, and the lower cup 304B is made of a titanium alloy. These later configurations help reduce the overall mass of the casting cup 304 . According to some examples, upper cup 304A and lower cup 304B are made using different manufacturing techniques. For example, the upper cup 304A may be made by stamping, forging and/or metal injection molding (MIM), while the lower cup 304B may be made by another or Made in different combinations. Various examples of combinations of material and mass properties of upper cup 304A and lower cup 304B are shown in Table 2 below.

Figure 110142729-A0202-12-0050-2
Figure 110142729-A0202-12-0050-2

如圖所示,鑄造杯304包括端口375,該端口接收 並保持配重373。端口375被配置為將配重373保持在高爾夫球桿頭300的底部部分上的固定位置。然而,在其他實例中,端口375可以用類似於高爾夫球桿頭200的配重軌道279的配重軌道代替,使得配重373可以選擇性地調節並且沿著配重軌道移動到各種位置中的任何位置。以這種方式,配重軌道和配重軌道的一個或多個對應凸緣可以形成多件式鑄造杯的一件的一部分。 As shown, casting cup 304 includes port 375 that receives And keep the counterweight 373. Port 375 is configured to hold weight 373 in a fixed position on the sole portion of golf club head 300 . However, in other examples, the port 375 may be replaced with a weight track similar to the weight track 279 of the golf club head 200, so that the weight 373 may be selectively adjusted and moved along the weight track into various positions. any position. In this way, the counterweight track and one or more corresponding flanges of the counterweight track may form part of one piece of the multi-piece cast cup.

儘管鑄造杯304被示出為具有兩件式構造,但在其他實例中,鑄造杯304具有三件式構造或用不止三件構造。根據一個實例,鑄造杯304具有冠-趾件、冠-跟件和底部件。在某些實施方式中,冠-趾件和冠-跟件由鈦合金製成,而底部件由鋼合金製成。冠-趾件的鈦合金可以與冠-跟件的鈦合金相同或不同。 Although the casting cup 304 is shown as having a two-piece construction, in other examples, the casting cup 304 has a three-piece construction or is constructed with more than three pieces. According to one example, the cast cup 304 has a crown-toe piece, a crown-heel piece, and a bottom piece. In certain embodiments, the crown-toe and crown-heel pieces are made of titanium alloy and the bottom piece is made of steel alloy. The titanium alloy of the crown-toe piece may or may not be the same as that of the crown-heel piece.

參考圖19和圖20,並且根據本文公開的高爾夫球桿頭的另一實例,示出了高爾夫球桿頭400。高爾夫球桿頭400包括與高爾夫球桿頭100、高爾夫球桿頭200和高爾夫球桿頭300的特徵相似的特徵,相似的數字(例如,相同的數字但以400為系列)指代相同的特徵。例如,像高爾夫球桿頭100、高爾夫球桿頭200和高爾夫球桿頭300一樣,高爾夫球桿頭400包括主體402、在高爾夫球桿頭400的頂部附接至主體402的冠部插入件408以及在高爾夫球桿頭400的底部附接至主體402的底部插入件410。主體402包括鑄造杯404和環406。環406在趾側接頭412A和跟側接頭412B處接合到鑄造杯404。另外,與高爾夫球桿頭200和高爾夫球桿頭300一樣,高爾夫球桿頭400包括限定擊球面445的擊球板443,擊球面445與鑄造杯404分開形成並附接到鑄造杯404。因此,鑒於前述,高爾夫球桿頭400與高爾夫球桿頭100、高爾夫球桿頭200和高爾夫球桿頭300共享一些相似之處。 Referring to Figures 19 and 20, and according to another example of a golf club head disclosed herein, a golf club head 400 is shown. Golf club head 400 includes similar features to those of golf club head 100, golf club head 200, and golf club head 300, with like numbers (eg, like numbers but in series of 400) referring to like features . For example, like golf club head 100, golf club head 200, and golf club head 300, golf club head 400 includes a body 402, a crown insert 408 attached to the body 402 at the top of golf club head 400 And a sole insert 410 attached to the body 402 at the sole of the golf club head 400 . Body 402 includes cast cup 404 and ring 406 . Ring 406 is joined to cast cup 404 at toe-side joint 412A and heel-side joint 412B. Additionally, as with golf club head 200 and golf club head 300, golf club head 400 includes a blade 443 that defines a ball striking face 445 that is formed separately from and attached to cast cup 404 . Thus, in view of the foregoing, golf club head 400 shares some similarities with golf club head 100 , golf club head 200 , and golf club head 300 .

此外,高爾夫球桿頭400另外包括經由緊固件479 附接到鑄造杯404的配重473。如圖所示,鑄造杯404包括端口475,該端口接收並保持配重473。端口475被配置為將配重473保持在高爾夫球桿頭400的底部部分上的固定位置。然而,在其他實例中,端口475可以用類似於高爾夫球桿頭200的配重軌道279的配重軌道代替,使得配重473可以選擇性地調節並且沿著配重軌道移動到各種位置中的任何位置。以這種方式,配重軌道和配重軌道的一個或多個對應的凸緣可以形成鑄造杯404的一部分。 Additionally, golf club head 400 additionally includes via fastener 479 Weight 473 attached to casting cup 404 . As shown, casting cup 404 includes port 475 that receives and retains weight 473 . Port 475 is configured to hold weight 473 in a fixed position on the sole portion of golf club head 400 . However, in other examples, the port 475 may be replaced with a weight track similar to the weight track 279 of the golf club head 200, so that the weight 473 may be selectively adjusted and moved along the weight track into various positions. any position. In this manner, the counterweight rail and one or more corresponding flanges of the counterweight rail may form part of the casting cup 404 .

此外,與高爾夫球桿頭100、高爾夫球桿頭200和高爾夫球桿頭300一樣,高爾夫球桿頭400另外包括質量元件459和質量容器457。然而,與先前討論的高爾夫球桿頭的容器的一些實例不同,高爾夫球桿頭400的質量容器457與環406的懸臂部分461形成一件式整體構造。因此,在某些實例中,質量容器457與環406共同鑄造。質量容器457包括被配置為可嵌套地接收質量元件459的開口或凹部。質量元件459可以由與環406的材料不同(例如,密度更大)的材料諸如鎢製成。質量元件459例如通經由黏合劑結合到環406以將質量元件459固定在質量容器457內。在一些實例中,質量元件459包括叉形件463,當結合到環406時,叉形件463接合質量容器457中的對應孔。叉形件463與質量容器457的對應孔之間的接合有助於增強和加強質量元件459與環406之間的耦接。 Furthermore, like golf club head 100 , golf club head 200 and golf club head 300 , golf club head 400 additionally includes mass element 459 and mass container 457 . However, unlike some of the previously discussed examples of golf club head receptacles, the mass receptacle 457 of the golf club head 400 forms a one-piece unitary construction with the cantilevered portion 461 of the ring 406 . Thus, in some instances, mass container 457 is co-cast with ring 406 . Mass container 457 includes an opening or recess configured to nestably receive mass element 459 . Mass element 459 may be made of a different (eg, denser) material than ring 406, such as tungsten. Mass element 459 is bonded to ring 406 to secure mass element 459 within mass container 457, for example, by adhesive. In some examples, mass element 459 includes prongs 463 that engage corresponding holes in mass container 457 when coupled to ring 406 . The engagement between the fork 463 and the corresponding hole of the mass container 457 helps to enhance and strengthen the coupling between the mass element 459 and the ring 406 .

參考圖21,環406包括限定高爾夫球桿頭400的裙邊部分421的趾側的趾臂部分463A和限定裙邊部分421的跟側的跟臂部分463B。此外,趾臂部分463A和跟臂部分463B分別限定高爾夫球桿頭400的趾部部分414和跟部部分416的一部分(參見例如圖19和圖20)。懸臂部分461遠離趾臂部分463A和跟臂部分463B向下延伸,而趾臂部分463A和跟臂部分463B遠離懸臂部分461向前延伸。因此,當高爾夫球桿頭400處於瞄準位置時,懸臂部分461比趾臂部分463A和跟臂部分 463B更靠近地平面181。在圖21中,當高爾夫球桿頭400相對於地平面181處於瞄準位置時,環406被示出在與環406的位置相應的位置。 Referring to FIG. 21 , ring 406 includes a toe arm portion 463A that defines a toe side of skirt portion 421 of golf club head 400 and a heel arm portion 463B that defines a heel side of skirt portion 421 . In addition, toe arm portion 463A and heel arm portion 463B define portions of toe portion 414 and heel portion 416, respectively, of golf club head 400 (see, eg, FIGS. 19 and 20). Cantilever portion 461 extends downwardly away from toe arm portion 463A and heel arm portion 463B, while toe arm portion 463A and heel arm portion 463B extend forwardly away from cantilever portion 461 . Therefore, when the golf club head 400 is in the aiming position, the cantilever portion 461 is larger than the toe portion 463A and the heel portion 463B is closer to ground plane 181. In FIG. 21 , the ring 406 is shown in a position corresponding to the position of the ring 406 when the golf club head 400 is in the aiming position relative to the ground plane 181 .

在一些實例中,高爾夫球桿頭400的趾部部分414處的趾臂部分463A的最低表面(並且在一些實例中,整體)的高度HR不同於高爾夫球桿頭400的跟部部分416處的跟臂部分463B的最低表面(並且在一些實例中,整體)的高度HR。更具體地,在一個實例中,高爾夫球桿頭400的趾部部分414處的趾臂部分463A的最低表面的高度HR大於高爾夫球桿頭100的跟部部分416處的跟臂部分463B的最低表面的高度HR。 In some instances, the height HR of the lowermost surface (and in some instances, the entirety) of the toe arm portion 463A at the toe portion 414 of the golf club head 400 is different than the height HR at the heel portion 416 of the golf club head 400 Height HR of the lowest surface (and in some instances, the entirety) of heel arm portion 463B. More specifically, in one example, the height HR of the lowermost surface of the toe arm portion 463A at the toe portion 414 of the golf club head 400 is greater than the lowermost surface of the heel arm portion 463B at the heel portion 416 of the golf club head 100 The height HR of the surface.

根據某些實例,在趾部部分414處的環406的趾臂部分463A的寬度WR小於在跟部部分416處的環406的跟臂部分463B的寬度WR。根據一些附加實例,環406的厚度(TR)可以在前後方向上沿著環406變化。例如,在一些實例中,環406的厚度TR在前後方向上從最小厚度變化到最大厚度。在某些實例中,如圖所示,環406的趾臂部分463A在趾部部分414處的厚度TR小於環406的跟臂部分463B在跟部部分416處的厚度TR。 According to some examples, the width WR of the toe arm portion 463A of the ring 406 at the toe portion 414 is less than the width WR of the heel arm portion 463B of the ring 406 at the heel portion 416 . According to some additional examples, the thickness (TR) of the ring 406 may vary along the ring 406 in the front-to-rear direction. For example, in some instances, the thickness TR of the ring 406 varies from a minimum thickness to a maximum thickness in the front-to-back direction. In some instances, as shown, the thickness TR of the toe arm portion 463A of the ring 406 at the toe portion 414 is less than the thickness TR of the heel arm portion 463B of the ring 406 at the heel portion 416 .

本文公開的高爾夫球桿頭包括高爾夫球桿頭100、高爾夫球桿頭200和高爾夫球桿頭300,每個具有等於高爾夫球桿頭的體積位移的體積,該體積在390立方釐米(cm3或cc)至約600cm3之間。在更具體的實例中,本文公開的高爾夫球桿頭中的每一個的體積在約350cm3至約500cm3之間或在約420cm3至約500cm3之間。在一些實例中,本文公開的高爾夫球桿頭中的每一個的總質量在約145g至約245g之間,並且在其他實例中在185g至210g之間。 The golf club heads disclosed herein include golf club head 100, golf club head 200, and golf club head 300, each having a volume equal to the volumetric displacement of the golf club head, the volume being at 390 cubic centimeters (cm 3 or cc) to about 600 cm 3 . In more specific examples, the volume of each of the golf club heads disclosed herein is between about 350 cm 3 to about 500 cm 3 or between about 420 cm 3 and about 500 cm 3 . In some examples, the total mass of each of the golf club heads disclosed herein is between about 145g and about 245g, and in other examples, between 185g and 210g.

本文公開的高爾夫球桿頭具有多件式構造。例如,關於高爾夫球桿頭100,鑄造杯104、環106、冠部插入件108和底部插入件110均包括多件式構造中的一件。因為多件 式結構的每一件單獨形成並附接在一起,所以每一件可由與至少一個其他件不同的材料製成。這種多材料構造允許高爾夫球桿頭的材料成分的靈活性,從而允許質量成分和分佈的靈活性。 The golf club heads disclosed herein have a multi-piece construction. For example, with regard to golf club head 100, cast cup 104, ring 106, crown insert 108, and sole insert 110 each comprise one piece in a multi-piece construction. because of multiple Each piece of the structure is formed separately and attached together so that each piece can be made of a different material than at least one other piece. This multi-material construction allows flexibility in the material composition of the golf club head, allowing flexibility in mass composition and distribution.

本文公開的高爾夫球桿頭的以下特性參考高爾夫球桿頭100進行。然而,除非另有說明,參考高爾夫球桿頭100描述的特性也適用於高爾夫球桿頭200、高爾夫球桿頭300和高爾夫球桿頭400。高爾夫球桿頭100由至少一種密度在0.9g/cc至3.5g/cc之間的第一材料、至少一種密度在3.6g/cc至5.5g/cc之間的第二材料以及至少一種密度在5.6g/cc至20.0g/cc之間的第三材料製成。在第一實例中,鑄造杯104由第三材料製成,環106由第二材料製成,而冠部插入件108和底部插入件110由第一材料製成。在該第一實例中,根據一個實例,鑄造杯104由鋼合金製成,環106由鈦合金製成,而冠部插入件108和底部插入件110由纖維增強聚合材料製成。在第二實例中,鑄造杯104由第二和第三材料製成,環106由第一或第二材料製成,而冠部插入件108和底部插入件110由第一材料製成。在該第二實例中,根據一個實例,鑄造杯104由鋼合金和鈦合金製成,環106由鈦合金、鋁合金或塑料製成,而冠部插入件108和底部插入件110由纖維增強聚合材料製成。 The following features of the golf club heads disclosed herein are made with reference to golf club head 100 . However, the characteristics described with reference to golf club head 100 also apply to golf club head 200 , golf club head 300 and golf club head 400 unless otherwise stated. Golf club head 100 is composed of at least one first material having a density between 0.9 g/cc and 3.5 g/cc, at least one second material having a density between 3.6 g/cc and 5.5 g/cc, and at least one material having a density between 3.6 g/cc and 5.5 g/cc. Made of a third material between 5.6g/cc and 20.0g/cc. In the first example, the cast cup 104 is made of a third material, the ring 106 is made of a second material, and the crown insert 108 and the bottom insert 110 are made of the first material. In this first example, the cast cup 104 is made of a steel alloy, the ring 106 is made of a titanium alloy, and the crown insert 108 and the bottom insert 110 are made of fiber reinforced polymeric material, according to one example. In a second example, the cast cup 104 is made of the second and third materials, the ring 106 is made of the first or second material, and the crown insert 108 and the bottom insert 110 are made of the first material. In this second example, according to one example, the cast cup 104 is made of steel alloy and titanium alloy, the ring 106 is made of titanium alloy, aluminum alloy or plastic, and the crown insert 108 and the bottom insert 110 are fiber reinforced Made of polymeric material.

根據一些實例,至少一種第一材料具有不大於高爾夫球桿頭100總質量的55%且不小於高爾夫球桿頭100總質量的25%(例如,在50克至110克之間)的第一質量。在某些實例中,至少一種第一材料的第一質量不大於高爾夫球桿頭100的總質量的45%並且不小於高爾夫球桿頭100的總質量的30%。至少一種第一材料的第一質量可以大於至少一種第二材料的第二質量。可替代地或另外地,至少一種第一材料的第一質量可以在至少一種第二材料的第二質量的10g以內。 According to some examples, the at least one first material has a first mass of no greater than 55% of the total mass of the golf club head 100 and no less than 25% of the total mass of the golf club head 100 (eg, between 50 grams and 110 grams) . In certain examples, the first mass of the at least one first material is no greater than 45% of the total mass of the golf club head 100 and no less than 30% of the total mass of the golf club head 100 . The first mass of the at least one first material may be greater than the second mass of the at least one second material. Alternatively or additionally, the first mass of the at least one first material may be within 10 g of the second mass of the at least one second material.

在一些實例中,至少一種第二材料具有不大於高 爾夫球桿頭100的總質量的65%且不小於高爾夫球桿頭100的總質量的20%(例如,在40克至130克之間)的第二質量。根據某些實例,至少一種第二材料的第二質量不超過高爾夫球桿頭100的總質量的50%。在某些實例中,至少一種第二材料的第二質量小於至少一種第一材料的第一質量的兩倍。在一些實例中,至少一種第二材料的第二質量在至少一種第一材料的第一質量的0.9倍至1.8倍之間。在一個實例中,至少一種第二材料的第二質量小於至少一種第一材料的第一質量的0.9倍或小於1.8倍。 In some examples, the at least one second material has a high A second mass that is 65% of the total mass of the golf club head 100 and not less than 20% of the total mass of the golf club head 100 (eg, between 40 grams and 130 grams). According to some examples, the second mass of the at least one second material does not exceed 50% of the total mass of the golf club head 100 . In certain instances, the second mass of the at least one second material is less than twice the first mass of the at least one first material. In some examples, the second mass of the at least one second material is between 0.9 and 1.8 times the first mass of the at least one first material. In one example, the second mass of the at least one second material is less than 0.9 times or less than 1.8 times the first mass of the at least one first material.

至少一種第三材料的第三質量等於高爾夫球桿頭100的總質量減去至少一種第一材料的第一質量和至少一種第二材料的第二質量。在一個實例中,至少一種第三材料的第三質量不小於高爾夫球桿頭100的總質量的5%並且不大於高爾夫球桿頭100的總質量的50%(例如,在10g至100g之間)。根據另一實例,至少一種第三材料的第三質量不小於高爾夫球桿頭100的總質量的10%且不大於高爾夫球桿頭100的總質量的20%。 The third mass of the at least one third material is equal to the total mass of the golf club head 100 minus the first mass of the at least one first material and the second mass of the at least one second material. In one example, the third mass of the at least one third material is no less than 5% of the total mass of the golf club head 100 and no more than 50% of the total mass of the golf club head 100 (eg, between 10 g and 100 g) ). According to another example, the third mass of the at least one third material is no less than 10% of the total mass of the golf club head 100 and no more than 20% of the total mass of the golf club head 100 .

根據一個實例,高爾夫球桿頭100的主體102的鑄造杯104由至少一種第一材料製成,並且至少一種第一材料是密度在4.0g/cc至8.0g/cc之間的第一金屬材料。在該實例中,高爾夫球桿頭100的主體102的環106由密度在0.5g/cc至4.0g/cc之間的材料製成。根據某些實施方式,鑄造杯104的第一金屬材料為鈦合金和/或鋼合金,而環106的材料為鋁合金和/或鎂合金。在一些實施方式中,鑄造杯104的第一金屬材料是鈦合金和/或鋼合金,而環106的材料是非金屬材料,諸如塑料或聚合材料。因此,在一些實例中,環106由各種材料中的任一種,諸如鈦合金、鋁合金和纖維增強聚合材料製成。 According to one example, the cast cup 104 of the body 102 of the golf club head 100 is made of at least one first material, and the at least one first material is a first metallic material having a density between 4.0 g/cc and 8.0 g/cc . In this example, the ring 106 of the body 102 of the golf club head 100 is made of a material having a density between 0.5 g/cc and 4.0 g/cc. According to certain embodiments, the first metal material of the casting cup 104 is a titanium alloy and/or a steel alloy, and the material of the ring 106 is an aluminum alloy and/or a magnesium alloy. In some embodiments, the first metallic material of the casting cup 104 is a titanium alloy and/or a steel alloy, and the material of the ring 106 is a non-metallic material, such as a plastic or polymeric material. Thus, in some examples, the ring 106 is made of any of a variety of materials, such as titanium alloys, aluminum alloys, and fiber reinforced polymeric materials.

在一些實例中,環106由6000系列、7000系列或8000系列鋁中的一種製成,其可以被陽極氧化以具有與鑄造 杯104相同或不同的特定顏色。根據一些實例,環106可以被陽極氧化以具有一系列顏色中的任何一種,包括藍色、紅色、橙色、綠色、紫色等。環105和鑄造杯104之間的對比色可以有助於對齊或適合用戶的喜好。在一個實例中,環106由7075鋁製成。根據一些實例,環106由纖維增強聚碳酸酯材料製成。環106可以由具有非導電真空金屬化塗層的塑料製成,其也可以具有各種顏色中的任一種。因此,在某些實例中,環106由鈦合金、鋼合金、滲硼鋼合金、銅合金、鈹合金、複合材料、硬塑料、彈性的彈性體材料、帶有短纖維或長纖維的碳纖維增強熱塑性塑料製成。環106可以經由注模、鑄模、物理氣相沉積或CNC銑削技術製成。 In some examples, ring 106 is made of one of 6000 series, 7000 series, or 8000 series aluminum, which can be anodized to have the same Cups 104 are the same or different specific colors. According to some examples, ring 106 may be anodized to have any of a range of colors, including blue, red, orange, green, violet, and the like. Contrasting colors between ring 105 and casting cup 104 may aid in alignment or suit user preferences. In one example, the ring 106 is made of 7075 aluminum. According to some examples, ring 106 is made of fiber reinforced polycarbonate material. Ring 106 may be made of plastic with a non-conductive vacuum metallized coating, which may also be of any of a variety of colors. Thus, in certain examples, the ring 106 is reinforced with titanium alloys, steel alloys, boronized steel alloys, copper alloys, beryllium alloys, composite materials, hard plastics, elastic elastomeric materials, carbon fibers with short or long fibers Made of thermoplastic. Ring 106 may be fabricated via injection molding, casting, physical vapor deposition, or CNC milling techniques.

如本文所述,本文公開的任何球桿頭的環(例如,環106)可以包括各種不同的材料和特徵,並且由不同的材料製成並且具有與鑄造杯(例如,鑄造杯104)不同的特性,該鑄造杯是單獨形成的,然後耦接到環。除了或替代本文所述的其他材料,環可包括金屬材料、聚合材料和/或複合材料,並且可包括各種外部塗層。 As described herein, the rings of any of the club heads disclosed herein (eg, ring 106 ) may include a variety of different materials and features, and be made of different materials and have different characteristics than cast cups (eg, cast cup 104 ) feature, the casting cup is formed separately and then coupled to the ring. In addition to or in lieu of the other materials described herein, the rings may include metallic materials, polymeric materials, and/or composite materials, and may include various exterior coatings.

在一些實施例中,環包括陽極氧化鋁,諸如6000、7000和8000系列鋁。在一個具體實例中,環包括7075級鋁。陽極氧化鋁可以被著色,諸如紅色、綠色、藍色、灰色、白色、橙色、紫色、粉色、紫紅色、黑色、透明、黃色、金色、銀色或金屬色。在一些實施例中,環可以具有與位於球桿頭的其他部分(例如,冠部插入件、底部插入件、杯、後部配重等)上的主要顏色形成對比的顏色。 In some embodiments, the ring includes anodized aluminum, such as 6000, 7000, and 8000 series aluminum. In one specific example, the ring comprises 7075 grade aluminum. Anodized aluminum can be colored such as red, green, blue, gray, white, orange, purple, pink, fuchsia, black, clear, yellow, gold, silver, or metallic. In some embodiments, the ring may have a color that contrasts with the primary color located on other parts of the club head (eg, crown insert, sole insert, cup, rear weight, etc.).

在一些實施例中,環可包括金屬、金屬合金(例如,鈦合金、鋼、滲硼鋼、鋁、銅、鈹)、複合材料(例如,帶有短纖維或長纖維的碳纖維增強聚合物)、硬塑料、彈性的彈性體、其他聚合材料和/或其他合適的材料的任意組合。環的任何材料選擇也可以與各種形成方法中的任何一種組合, 諸如以下的任意組合:鑄造、注模、燒結、機加工、銑削、鍛造、擠壓、衝壓和軋製。 In some embodiments, the rings may include metals, metal alloys (eg, titanium alloys, steel, boronized steel, aluminum, copper, beryllium), composites (eg, carbon fiber reinforced polymers with short or long fibers) , hard plastics, elastic elastomers, other polymeric materials, and/or any combination of other suitable materials. Any material selection for the ring can also be combined with any of the various forming methods, Any combination such as: casting, injection molding, sintering, machining, milling, forging, extrusion, stamping and rolling.

塑料環(纖維增強聚碳酸酯環)可以同時提供質量節省,例如與鋁環相比約5克,同時也節省了成本,由於用於形成環的工藝,例如,注模的熱塑性塑料,提供了更大的設計靈活性,在濫用測試中的性能類似於鋁環,例如將球桿頭撞到混凝土車道上(極度濫用)或將其放在其他金屬球桿可能反復擊打的袋子中搖晃(正常濫用)。 Plastic rings (fiber reinforced polycarbonate rings) can provide both mass savings, e.g. about 5 grams compared to aluminum rings, and also cost savings, due to the process used to form the rings, e.g., injection-molded thermoplastic, which provides Greater design flexibility, performance similar to aluminum rings in abuse testing, such as bumping the club head into a concrete driveway (extreme abuse) or shaking it in a bag where other metal clubs might hit repeatedly ( normal abuse).

在一些實施例中,環可以包括帶有非導電真空金屬化(NCVM)塗層的聚合材料(例如,塑料)。例如,在一些實施例中,該環可包括平均厚度為約5-11微米(μm)或約8.5μm的底漆層,以及在底漆層頂部上的平均厚度為約5-11μm或約8.5μm的底塗層,下塗層頂部上的平均厚度約為1.1-3.5μm或約2.5μm的NCVM層,NCVM層頂部上的平均厚度約為25-35μm或約29μm的彩色塗層,以及在彩色塗層頂部上的平均厚度約為20-35μm或約26μm的頂塗層(UV保護塗層)外層。通常,對於NCVM塗層部件或環,NCVM層最薄,彩色塗層和頂塗層最厚,並且厚度通常是NCVM層的約8-15倍。通常,所有層將結合以具有約60-90μm或約75μm的總平均厚度。所描述的層和NCVM塗層可以應用於環以外的其他部分,諸如冠部、底部、前向杯和可移除配重,並且可以在組裝之前進行應用。 In some embodiments, the ring may comprise a polymeric material (eg, plastic) with a non-conductive vacuum metallization (NCVM) coating. For example, in some embodiments, the ring may include a primer layer having an average thickness of about 5-11 micrometers (μm) or about 8.5 μm, and an average thickness on top of the primer layer of about 5-11 μm or about 8.5 μm μm basecoat, NCVM layer with an average thickness of about 1.1-3.5 μm or about 2.5 μm on top of the undercoat layer, color coating with an average thickness of about 25-35 μm or about 29 μm on top of the NCVM layer, and The average thickness on top of the color coat is about 20-35 μm or an outer layer of the top coat (UV protective coating) of about 26 μm. Typically, for NCVM coated parts or rings, the NCVM layer is the thinnest, the color coat and top coat are the thickest, and typically about 8-15 times thicker than the NCVM layer. Typically, all layers will be combined to have an overall average thickness of about 60-90 μm or about 75 μm. The described layers and NCVM coatings can be applied to other parts than the ring, such as crowns, soles, forward cups, and removable weights, and can be applied prior to assembly.

在一些實施例中,環可包括物理氣相沉積(PVD)塗層或膜層。在一些實施例中,環可包括油漆層或其他外部著色層。傳統上,給高爾夫球桿頭上漆都是手工完成的,並且需要掩蓋各種部件以防止在不需要的表面上進行不需要的噴塗。然而,手工上漆會導致球桿之間的極大的不一致。單獨形成環不僅允許更多地進入面部的後向部分以進行銑削操作以去除不需要的α殼並允許以各種面部圖案進行機加工,而 且還消除了對各種部件進行掩蔽的需要。環可以在組裝前單獨塗漆。或者在陽極氧化鋁的情況下,可能不需要噴漆,從而消除了工藝中的一個步驟,使得環就可以簡單地黏合或附接到同樣可以被完全完成的杯。類似地,如果使用PVD或NCVM對環進行塗層,則可以在組裝之前將這種塗層塗覆到環上,從而再次消除若干步驟。這還允許附接可由最終用戶選擇的各種色環,以為用戶提供對齊或美學益處。無論該環是NCVM塗層環還是PVD塗層環,如上所述,它都可以塗上一系列顏色,諸如紅色、綠色、藍色、灰色、白色、橙色、紫色、粉紅色、紫紅色、黑色、透明、黃色、金色、銀色或金屬色。 In some embodiments, the ring may include a physical vapor deposition (PVD) coating or film. In some embodiments, the ring may include a layer of paint or other external coloration. Painting golf club heads has traditionally been done by hand and required masking of various components to prevent unwanted spraying on unwanted surfaces. However, hand painting can lead to great inconsistencies between clubs. Forming the rings individually not only allows more access to the back-facing portion of the face for milling operations to remove unwanted alpha shells and allows machining in a variety of face patterns, but And also eliminates the need for masking of various components. Rings can be individually painted before assembly. Or in the case of anodized aluminum, painting may not be required, eliminating a step in the process so that the ring can simply be glued or attached to the cup, which can also be fully finished. Similarly, if the ring is coated using PVD or NCVM, this coating can be applied to the ring prior to assembly, again eliminating several steps. This also allows for the attachment of various color rings selectable by the end user to provide alignment or aesthetic benefits to the user. Whether the ring is NCVM coated or PVD coated, as mentioned above, it can be painted in a range of colors such as red, green, blue, grey, white, orange, purple, pink, fuchsia, black , clear, yellow, gold, silver or metallic.

本文公開的高爾夫球桿頭的以下特性參考高爾夫球桿頭100進行。然而,除非另有說明,參考高爾夫球桿頭100描述的特性也適用於高爾夫球桿頭200、高爾夫球桿頭300和高爾夫球桿頭400。高爾夫球桿頭100由至少一種密度在0.9g/cc至3.5g/cc之間的第一材料、至少一種密度在3.6g/cc至5.5g/cc之間的第二材料以及至少一種密度在5.6g/cc至20.0g/cc之間的第三材料中的兩種材料製成。在第一實例中,鑄造杯104由第二材料製成,而環106、冠部插入件108和底部插入件110由第一材料製成。在該第一實例中,根據一個實例,鑄造杯104由鈦合金製成,環106由鋁合金製成,而冠部插入件108和底部插入件110由纖維增強聚合材料製成。在該第一實例中,根據另一實例,鑄造杯104由鈦合金製成,環106由塑料製成,而冠部插入件108和底部插入件110由纖維增強聚合材料製成。根據第二實例,鑄造杯104由第二材料製成,環106由第二材料製成,而冠部插入件108和底部插入件110由第一材料製成。在該第二實例中,根據一個實例,鑄造杯104和環106由鈦合金製成,而冠部插入件108和底部插入件110由纖維增強聚合材料製成。 The following features of the golf club heads disclosed herein are made with reference to golf club head 100 . However, the characteristics described with reference to golf club head 100 also apply to golf club head 200 , golf club head 300 and golf club head 400 unless otherwise stated. Golf club head 100 is composed of at least one first material having a density between 0.9 g/cc and 3.5 g/cc, at least one second material having a density between 3.6 g/cc and 5.5 g/cc, and at least one material having a density between 3.6 g/cc and 5.5 g/cc. Made of two of the third materials between 5.6g/cc and 20.0g/cc. In the first example, the cast cup 104 is made of the second material, while the ring 106, crown insert 108 and bottom insert 110 are made of the first material. In this first example, the cast cup 104 is made of a titanium alloy, the ring 106 is made of an aluminum alloy, and the crown insert 108 and the bottom insert 110 are made of fiber reinforced polymeric material, according to one example. In this first example, according to another example, the cast cup 104 is made of titanium alloy, the ring 106 is made of plastic, and the crown insert 108 and the bottom insert 110 are made of fiber reinforced polymeric material. According to a second example, the cast cup 104 is made of the second material, the ring 106 is made of the second material, and the crown insert 108 and the bottom insert 110 are made of the first material. In this second example, the cast cup 104 and ring 106 are made of titanium alloy, while the crown insert 108 and bottom insert 110 are made of fiber reinforced polymeric material, according to one example.

在一些實例中,至少一種第一材料是纖維增強聚合材料,其包括嵌入聚合物基體(例如環氧樹脂或樹脂)中的連續纖維,在某些實例中,聚合物基體是熱固性聚合物。連續纖維被認為是連續的,因為每根纖維在由纖維增強聚合材料形成的部分的長度、寬度或對角線上都是連續的。連續纖維可以是長度至少為3mm、10mm或甚至50mm的長纖維。在其他實施例中,可以使用長度在0.5mm至2.0mm之間的較短纖維。纖維增強材料的加入增加了抗拉強度,然而,它也可能降低斷裂伸長率,因此可以進行仔細的平衡以保持足夠的伸長率。因此,一個實施例包括35-55%的長纖維增強,而在更進一步的實施例中具有40-50%的長纖維增強。連續纖維以及一般的纖維增強聚合材料可以與現為2016年10月18日授權的美國專利號9,468,816的在2016年6月30日公開的美國專利申請公開號2016/0184662的第295段中描述的相同或相似,該專利申請的全部內容藉由引用併入本文。在幾個實例中,冠部插入件108和底部插入件110由纖維增強聚合材料製成。因此,在一些實例中,纖維增強聚合材料的連續纖維中的每一個都沒有從高爾夫球桿頭100的冠部部分119延伸到底部部分117。可替代地或另外地,在某些實例中,纖維增強聚合材料的連續纖維中的每一個不從高爾夫球桿頭100的冠部部分119延伸到前向部分112。在一個實例中,冠部插入件108由密度在0.5g/cc至4.0g/cc之間的材料製成。在一個實例中,底部插入件110由密度在0.5g/cc至4.0g/cc之間的材料製成。 In some examples, the at least one first material is a fiber reinforced polymeric material that includes continuous fibers embedded in a polymer matrix (eg, epoxy or resin), which in some examples is a thermoset polymer. Continuous fibers are considered continuous because each fiber is continuous along the length, width, or diagonal of the portion formed from the fiber-reinforced polymeric material. Continuous fibers may be long fibers of at least 3mm, 10mm or even 50mm in length. In other embodiments, shorter fibers between 0.5 mm and 2.0 mm in length may be used. The addition of fiber reinforcement increases tensile strength, however, it may also reduce elongation at break, so a careful balance can be made to maintain adequate elongation. Thus, one embodiment includes 35-55% long fiber reinforcement, and in still further embodiments 40-50% long fiber reinforcement. Continuous fibers, as well as fiber-reinforced polymeric materials in general, can be combined with those described in paragraph 295 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0184662 published on June 30, 2016, now US Patent No. 9,468,816, issued October 18, 2016 The same or similar, the entire contents of this patent application are incorporated herein by reference. In several instances, crown insert 108 and bottom insert 110 are made of fiber reinforced polymeric materials. Thus, in some instances, each of the continuous fibers of the fiber-reinforced polymeric material does not extend from the crown portion 119 to the sole portion 117 of the golf club head 100 . Alternatively or additionally, in certain examples, each of the continuous fibers of the fiber-reinforced polymeric material does not extend from the crown portion 119 to the forward portion 112 of the golf club head 100 . In one example, the crown insert 108 is made of a material having a density between 0.5 g/cc and 4.0 g/cc. In one example, the bottom insert 110 is made of a material having a density between 0.5 g/cc and 4.0 g/cc.

在某些實例中,第一材料是如在2020年8月28日申請的美國專利申請號17/006,561中所述的纖維增強聚合材料。可用於製造球桿頭部件的複合材料包括纖維部分和樹脂部分。通常,樹脂部分用作「基體」,其中纖維以限定的方式嵌入其中。在用於球桿頭的複合材料中,纖維部分被配置為用樹脂組分浸漬的多個纖維層或片層。每層中的纖維都具有 各自的取向,通常一層到下一層都不同,並且受到精確控制。擊球面的通常層數是相當多的,例如四十或更多層。然而,對於底部或冠部,層數可以顯著減少到例如三層或更多層、四層或更多層、五層或更多層、六層或更多層,其實例將在下面提供。在複合材料的製造過程中,各層(每層都包含浸漬在未固化或部分固化樹脂中的分別定向的纖維;每個這樣的層被稱為「預浸料」層)以「疊層」方式疊加放置。在形成預浸料疊層後,樹脂被固化到剛性狀態。如果感興趣,可以藉由將抗拉強度除以材料的密度來計算特定強度。這也稱為強度重量比或強度/重量比。 In certain examples, the first material is a fiber-reinforced polymeric material as described in US Patent Application No. 17/006,561, filed August 28, 2020. Composite materials that can be used to make club head components include fiber portions and resin portions. Typically, the resinous part serves as a "matrix" in which the fibers are embedded in a defined manner. In composite materials for club heads, the fiber portion is configured as a plurality of fiber layers or sheets impregnated with a resin component. The fibers in each layer have The respective orientations, often varying from one layer to the next, are precisely controlled. The usual number of layers for a ball striking face is considerable, such as forty or more. However, for the sole or crown, the number of layers can be significantly reduced to, for example, three or more layers, four or more layers, five or more layers, six or more layers, examples of which are provided below. During the manufacture of composite materials, the layers (each comprising individually oriented fibers impregnated in uncured or partially cured resin; each such layer is referred to as a "prepreg" layer) are formed in a "laminate" fashion Overlay placement. After forming the prepreg layup, the resin is cured to a rigid state. If interested, the specific strength can be calculated by dividing the tensile strength by the density of the material. This is also known as the strength-to-weight ratio or the strength/weight ratio.

在涉及某些球桿頭構造的測試中,已發現由具有相對低的纖維面積重量(FAW)的預浸料片層形成的複合材料部分在幾個方面具有優異的屬性,諸如抗擊打性、耐久性和球桿的整體性能。FAW是給定量的預浸料的纖維部分的重量,單位為g/m2。FAW值低於100g/m2,更理想的是低於70g/m2,可能特別有效。如上所述,一種特別適合用於製造預浸料片層的纖維材料是碳纖維。可以使用一種以上的纖維材料。然而,在其他實施例中,可以使用具有低於70g/m2並且高於100g/m2的FAW值的預浸料片層。通常,成本是FAW值低於70g/m2的預浸料片層的主要限制因素。 In tests involving certain club head constructions, composite parts formed from prepreg plies with relatively low fiber area weight (FAW) have been found to have superior properties in several areas, such as blow resistance, Durability and overall performance of the club. FAW is the weight of the fiber portion of a given amount of prepreg in g/m 2 . FAW values below 100 g/m 2 , more ideally below 70 g/m 2 , may be particularly effective. As mentioned above, one particularly suitable fibrous material for making prepreg plies is carbon fiber. More than one fiber material can be used. However, in other embodiments, prepreg plies with FAW values below 70 g/m 2 and above 100 g/m 2 may be used. In general, cost is the main limiting factor for prepreg plies with FAW values below 70 g /m2.

在特定實施例中,多個低FAW預浸料片層可以被堆疊並且在堆疊片層的厚度上仍然具有相對均勻的纖維分佈。相比之下,在可比較的樹脂含量(R/C,以百分比為單位)水平下,具有較高FAW的預浸料的堆疊片層往往比低FAW材料的堆疊片層具有更顯著的富樹脂區域,尤其是在相鄰片層的界面處。富含樹脂的區域往往會降低纖維增強材料的功效,特別是因為高爾夫球擊打產生的力通常與纖維增強材料的纖維取向成橫向。用於形成面板的預浸料片層理想地包括用合適的樹脂諸如環氧樹脂浸漬的碳纖維。 In certain embodiments, multiple low FAW prepreg plies can be stacked and still have a relatively uniform fiber distribution across the thickness of the stacked plies. In contrast, at comparable resin content (R/C, in percent) levels, stacked plies of prepregs with higher FAW tended to be significantly richer than stacked plies of lower FAW materials. Resin regions, especially at the interface of adjacent plies. Resin-rich regions tend to reduce the efficacy of the fiber reinforcement, especially since the forces from golf ball strikes are often transverse to the fiber orientation of the fiber reinforcement. The prepreg plies used to form the panels desirably comprise carbon fibers impregnated with a suitable resin such as epoxy.

圖26是擊球板943的正視圖,其可替代本文公開的任一擊球板。擊球板943由複合材料製成,並且在一些實例中可以稱為複合擊球板。擊球板943的非金屬或複合材料包括纖維增強聚合物,該聚合物包括嵌入樹脂中的纖維。纖維增強聚合物中樹脂的百分比組成在38%至44%之間。關於複合材料擊球板943的構造和製造工藝的更多細節在美國專利號7,871,340和美國公開專利申請號2011/0275451、2012/0083361和2012/0199282中描述,上述專利申請藉由引用併入本文。複合材料擊球板943附接到位於高爾夫球桿頭的前部部分的開口處的插入件支撐結構,諸如本文所公開的。 Figure 26 is a front view of a blade 943, which can be substituted for any of the blades disclosed herein. The blade 943 is made of a composite material, and may be referred to as a composite blade in some instances. The non-metallic or composite material of the blade 943 includes a fiber reinforced polymer that includes fibers embedded in a resin. The percentage composition of resin in the fiber reinforced polymer is between 38% and 44%. More details regarding the construction and manufacturing process of the composite blade 943 are described in US Patent No. 7,871,340 and US Published Patent Application Nos. 2011/0275451, 2012/0083361 and 2012/0199282, which are incorporated herein by reference . The composite blade 943 is attached to an insert support structure located at the opening of the front portion of the golf club head, such as disclosed herein.

在一些實例中,擊球板943可由複合板機加工而成。在一個實例中,複合板可以是大致矩形的,其長度在約90mm至約130mm之間或在約100mm至約120mm之間,較佳地約110mm±1.0mm,並且寬度在約50mm至約90mm之間或在約6mm至約80mm之間,較佳地約70mm±1.0mm的板大小和尺寸。擊球板943然後由板機加工以產生所需的面部輪廓。例如,面部輪廓長度912可以在約80mm至約120mm之間或在約90mm至約110mm之間,較佳地約102mm。面部輪廓寬度911可以在約40mm至約65mm之間或在約45mm至約60mm之間,較佳地約53mm。由擊球板943限定並以擊球面的幾何中心為中心的擊球面上的較佳擊打區953的高度913可以在約25mm至約50mm之間、在約30mm至約40mm之間或者在約17mm至約45mm之間,諸如較佳地約34mm。較佳擊打區953的長度914可以在約40mm至約70mm之間、在約28mm至約65mm之間或在約45mm至約65mm之間、較佳地約55.5mm或56mm。在某些實例中,由擊球板943限定的擊球面的較佳擊打區953具有在500mm2至1,800mm2之間的面積。可替代地,擊球板943可被模制以提供所需的面部尺寸和輪廓。 In some examples, the blade 943 may be machined from a composite plate. In one example, the composite panel may be generally rectangular with a length of between about 90 mm and about 130 mm or between about 100 mm and about 120 mm, preferably about 110 mm ± 1.0 mm, and a width of about 50 mm to about 90 mm between or between about 6 mm to about 80 mm, preferably about 70 mm ± 1.0 mm of board size and dimension. The blade 943 is then machined to create the desired facial contour. For example, the facial contour length 912 may be between about 80 mm and about 120 mm or between about 90 mm and about 110 mm, preferably about 102 mm. The facial contour width 911 may be between about 40mm and about 65mm or between about 45mm and about 60mm, preferably about 53mm. The height 913 of a preferred hitting zone 953 on the hitting face defined by the hitting blade 943 and centered on the geometric center of the hitting face may be between about 25 mm and about 50 mm, between about 30 mm and about 40 mm, or Between about 17mm and about 45mm, such as preferably about 34mm. The length 914 of the preferred strike zone 953 may be between about 40 mm and about 70 mm, between about 28 mm and about 65 mm, or between about 45 mm and about 65 mm, preferably about 55.5 mm or 56 mm. In some examples, the preferred hitting zone 953 of the ball striking face defined by the ball striking blade 943 has an area between 500 mm 2 and 1,800 mm 2 . Alternatively, the blade 943 may be molded to provide the desired face size and contour.

附加特徵可以被機加工或模制到擊球板943的面 部中以產生期望的面部輪廓。例如,如圖27所示,可以將凹口920機加工或模制到擊球板943的跟部部分的背面中。在一些實例中,擊球板943背面的凹口920允許高爾夫球桿頭在桿頸中利用飛行控制技術(FCT)。凹口920可被配置為在擊球板943內接納桿頸的至少一部分。可替代地或另外地,凹口920可以被配置為將球桿頭主體的至少一部分接納在擊球板943內。藉由將桿頸的至少一部分和/或球桿主體的至少一部分容納在擊球板943內,凹口可以允許減少中心面y軸位置(CFY),從而允許擊球板943的較佳的擊打區953位置更靠近通過桿頸的中心點位置的平面。擊球板943可被配置為提供不大於約18mm且不小於約9mm、較佳地在約11.0mm至約16.0mm之間、更佳地不大於約15.5mm且不小於約11.5mm的CFY。擊球板943可被配置為提供不超過約21mm且不小於約12mm、較佳地不超過約19.5mm且不小於約13mm且更佳地不超過約18mm且不小於約14.5mm的面部前進。在一些實施例中,CFY和面部前進之間的差異為至少3mm且不超過12mm。 Additional features may be machined or molded to the face of the blade 943 to create the desired facial contour. For example, as shown in FIG. 27 , the notch 920 may be machined or molded into the backside of the heel portion of the blade 943 . In some examples, the notch 920 on the back of the blade 943 allows the golf club head to utilize flight control technology (FCT) in the hosel. The notch 920 may be configured to receive at least a portion of the hosel within the blade 943 . Alternatively or additionally, the notch 920 may be configured to receive at least a portion of the club head body within the blade 943 . By accommodating at least a portion of the hosel and/or at least a portion of the club body within the blade 943, the notch may allow for a reduction in the center plane y-axis position (CFY), thereby allowing for better hitting of the blade 943. The hit zone 953 is located closer to the plane passing through the location of the center point of the hosel. The blade 943 may be configured to provide a CFY of no greater than about 18 mm and no less than about 9 mm, preferably between about 11.0 mm and about 16.0 mm, more preferably no greater than about 15.5 mm and no less than about 11.5 mm. The blade 943 may be configured to provide no more than about 21 mm and no less than about 12 mm, preferably no more than about 19.5 mm and no less than about 13 mm, and more preferably no more than about 18 mm and no less than about 14.5 mm of face advancement. In some embodiments, the difference between CFY and facial advancement is at least 3 mm and no more than 12 mm.

在另一個實例中,背面凸塊4230A、4230B、4230C、4230D可以被機加工或模制到擊球板943的背面中。背面凸塊4230A、4230B、4230C、4230D可以被配置為提供結合間隙。結合間隙是球桿頭主體和擊球板943之間的在製造期間填充有黏合劑的空白空間。當在製造期間將擊球板943結合到球桿頭主體時,背面凸塊4230A、4230B、4230C、4230D突出以將面部與球桿頭主體分開。在一些實例中,太大或太小的結合間隙可導致球桿頭、擊球板943或兩者的耐用性問題。此外,太大的結合間隙會允許在製造期間使用過多的黏合劑,從而給球桿頭增加不需要的額外質量。背面凸塊4230A、4230B、4230C、4230D可突出約0.1mm至0.5mm之間,較佳地約0.25mm。在一些實施例中,背面凸塊被配置為提供最小結合間隙,諸如約0.25mm的最小結合間隙至約0.45mm的最 大結合間隙。 In another example, the backside bumps 4230A, 4230B, 4230C, 4230D may be machined or molded into the backside of the blade 943 . Backside bumps 4230A, 4230B, 4230C, 4230D may be configured to provide bonding gaps. The bond gap is the empty space between the club head body and the blade 943 that is filled with adhesive during manufacture. When the blade 943 is bonded to the club head body during manufacture, the backside tabs 4230A, 4230B, 4230C, 4230D protrude to separate the face from the club head body. In some instances, a bond gap that is too large or too small can cause durability issues with the club head, blade 943, or both. In addition, too large a bond gap can allow too much adhesive to be used during manufacture, adding unwanted extra mass to the club head. The backside bumps 4230A, 4230B, 4230C, and 4230D may protrude between about 0.1 mm to 0.5 mm, preferably about 0.25 mm. In some embodiments, the backside bumps are configured to provide a minimum bond gap, such as a minimum bond gap of about 0.25 mm to a maximum bond gap of about 0.45 mm Large binding gap.

此外,擊球板943的一個或多個邊緣可以被機加工或模制有倒角。在一個實例中,擊球板943包括大致繞擊球板943的內周邊緣的倒角,諸如在約0.5mm至約1.1mm之間、較佳為0.8mm的倒角。 Additionally, one or more edges of the blade 943 may be machined or molded with chamfers. In one example, the blade 943 includes a chamfer generally around the inner peripheral edge of the blade 943, such as a chamfer of between about 0.5 mm and about 1.1 mm, preferably 0.8 mm.

圖27是擊球板943的底部透視圖。擊球板943具有跟部部分941和趾部部分942。凹口920被機加工或模制到跟部部分941中。在該實例中,擊球板943具有可變厚度,諸如在較佳擊打區953內具有峰值厚度947。峰值厚度947可以在約2mm至約7.5mm之間、在約4.3mm至5.15mm之間、在約4.0mm至約5.15或5.5mm之間、或在約3.8mm至約4.8mm之間,較佳地為4.1mm±0.1mm、4.25mm±0.1mm或4.5mm±0.1mm。峰值厚度947可以位於由擊球板943限定的擊球面的幾何中心處。在一些實例中,擊球板943的最小厚度在3.0mm至4.0mm之間。 FIG. 27 is a bottom perspective view of the blade 943 . The blade 943 has a heel portion 941 and a toe portion 942 . Notches 920 are machined or molded into heel portion 941 . In this example, the blade 943 has a variable thickness, such as a peak thickness 947 within the preferred strike zone 953 . The peak thickness 947 may be between about 2 mm and about 7.5 mm, between about 4.3 mm and 5.15 mm, between about 4.0 mm and about 5.15 or 5.5 mm, or between about 3.8 mm and about 4.8 mm, more Preferably, it is 4.1mm±0.1mm, 4.25mm±0.1mm or 4.5mm±0.1mm. Peak thickness 947 may be located at the geometric center of the striking face defined by blade 943 . In some examples, the minimum thickness of the blade 943 is between 3.0 mm and 4.0 mm.

此外,在某些實例中,較佳的擊打區953相對於擊球面的幾何中心偏心或偏移,並且可以更厚地朝向擊球面的幾何中心。在一些實例中,較佳擊打區953內的擊球板943的厚度是可變的(例如,在約3.5mm至約5.0mm之間)並且較佳擊打區953之外的擊球板943的厚度是恒定的(例如,在3.5mm至4.2mm之間)並且小於較佳擊打區953內。在一些實例中,擊球板943具有在3.5mm至6.0mm之間的厚度。 Additionally, in some instances, the preferred strike zone 953 is eccentric or offset relative to the geometric center of the ball striking face, and may be thicker toward the geometric center of the ball striking face. In some examples, the thickness of the blade 943 within the preferred striking zone 953 is variable (eg, between about 3.5 mm to about 5.0 mm) and the thickness of the blade outside the preferred striking zone 953 The thickness of 943 is constant (eg, between 3.5 mm and 4.2 mm) and is less than within the preferred strike zone 953 . In some examples, the blade 943 has a thickness of between 3.5mm and 6.0mm.

擊球板943在較佳擊打區953之外具有趾邊緣區域和跟邊緣區域,使得較佳擊打區在趾邊緣區域和跟邊緣區域之間。趾邊緣區域比跟邊緣區域更靠近趾部部分。跟邊緣區域比趾邊緣區域更靠近跟部部分。趾邊緣區域厚度小於最大厚度。擊球板943的厚度從較佳擊打區953內的最大厚度過渡到趾邊緣區域內的在3.85mm至4.5mm之間的趾邊緣區域厚度。 The blade 943 has a toe edge area and a heel edge area outside the preferred strike zone 953 such that the preferred strike zone is between the toe edge area and the heel edge area. The toe edge region is closer to the toe portion than the heel edge region. The heel edge region is closer to the heel portion than the toe edge region. The thickness of the toe edge region is less than the maximum thickness. The thickness of the blade 943 transitions from a maximum thickness in the preferred strike zone 953 to a toe edge region thickness in the toe edge region of between 3.85 mm and 4.5 mm.

在一些實施例中,擊球板943由多層複合材料製成。實例性複合材料及其製造方法在美國專利申請序列號13/452,370(作為美國專利申請公開號2012/0199282公開)中描述,該專利申請藉由引用併入。在一些實施例中,複合面部的內表面和外表面可包括稀鬆布層,諸如以用構成稀鬆布織物的玻璃纖維加強擊球板943。也可以包括多個准各向同性面板(Q),每個Q面板使用彼此偏移的單向複合面板的多個片層。在實例性的四層片層Q面板中,單向複合面板以90°、-45°、0°和45°定向,這提供了在每個方向上的結構穩定性。還可以包括單向條帶的集群(C),每個C使用多個單向複合條帶。在實例性的四條帶C中,四個27mm的條帶以0°、125°、90°和55°定向。可以提供C以增加局部區域中擊球板943的厚度,諸如在較佳擊打區的中心面中的厚度。一些Q和C可以具有額外的或更少的片層(例如,三個片層而不是四個片層),諸如微調厚度、質量、局部厚度,並提供擊球板943的其他特性,諸如增加或減少擊球板943的COR。 In some embodiments, the blade 943 is made of a multi-layer composite material. Exemplary composite materials and methods of making the same are described in US Patent Application Serial No. 13/452,370 (published as US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0199282), which is incorporated by reference. In some embodiments, the inner and outer surfaces of the composite face may include layers of scrim, such as to reinforce the blade 943 with fiberglass that make up the scrim fabric. Multiple quasi-isotropic panels (Q) may also be included, each Q panel using multiple plies of unidirectional composite panels offset from each other. In the exemplary four-ply ply Q panel, the unidirectional composite panel is oriented at 90°, -45°, 0°, and 45°, which provides structural stability in each direction. It is also possible to include clusters (C) of unidirectional strips, each C using multiple unidirectional composite strips. In the example four strips C, the four 27mm strips are oriented at 0°, 125°, 90° and 55°. C may be provided to increase the thickness of the blade 943 in localized areas, such as the thickness in the center plane of the preferred hitting zone. Some Qs and Cs may have additional or fewer plies (eg, three plies instead of four), such as fine-tuning thickness, mass, local thickness, and provide other characteristics of the blade 943, such as increased Or reduce the COR of the batter 943.

在一些實施例中,本文公開的高爾夫球桿頭的一些實例的擊球面,諸如擊球板243,由多層複合材料製成。實例性複合材料及其製造方法在美國專利申請序列號13/452,370(作為美國專利申請公開號2012/0199282公開)中描述,該專利申請藉由引用併入。在一些實施例中,複合面部的內表面和外表面可包括稀鬆布層,諸如以用構成稀鬆布識物的玻璃纖維加強擊球面。也可以包括多個准各向同性面板(Q),每個Q面板使用彼此偏移的單向複合面板的多個片層。在實例性的四層片層Q面板中,單向複合面板以90°、-45°、0°和45°定向,這提供了在每個方向上的結構穩定性。還可以包括單向條帶的集群(C),每個C使用多個單向複合條帶。在實例性的四條帶C中,四個27mm的條帶以0°、125°、90°和55°定向。可以提供C以增加局部區域中擊球面或其他複合特徵 的厚度,諸如在較佳擊打區的中心面中的厚度。一些Q和C可以具有額外的或更少的片層(例如,三個片層而不是四個片層),諸如微調厚度、質量、局部厚度,並提供擊球面的其他特性,諸如增加或減少擊球面的COR。 In some embodiments, the ball striking face of some examples of golf club heads disclosed herein, such as the blade 243, is made of a multi-layer composite material. Exemplary composite materials and methods of making the same are described in US Patent Application Serial No. 13/452,370 (published as US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0199282), which is incorporated by reference. In some embodiments, the inner and outer surfaces of the composite face may include layers of scrim, such as to reinforce the ball striking face with fiberglass that constitute the scrim. Multiple quasi-isotropic panels (Q) may also be included, each Q panel using multiple plies of unidirectional composite panels offset from each other. In the exemplary four-ply ply Q panel, the unidirectional composite panel is oriented at 90°, -45°, 0°, and 45°, which provides structural stability in each direction. It is also possible to include clusters (C) of unidirectional strips, each C using multiple unidirectional composite strips. In the example four strips C, the four 27mm strips are oriented at 0°, 125°, 90° and 55°. C can be provided to increase hitting face or other compound features in localized areas thickness, such as the thickness in the center plane of the preferred strike zone. Some Qs and Cs may have additional or fewer plies (eg, three plies instead of four), such as fine-tuning thickness, mass, local thickness, and provide other characteristics of the face, such as increased or Reduce the COR of the hitting face.

另外的複合材料及其製造方法在美國專利號8,163,119和10,046,212中描述,上述專利藉由引用併入。例如,擊球板的通常層數是大量的,例如五十或更多。然而,本領域已經進行了改進,使得層數可以減少到30層至50層之間。 Additional composite materials and methods of making them are described in US Pat. Nos. 8,163,119 and 10,046,212, which are incorporated by reference. For example, the typical number of layers for a bat is a large number, such as fifty or more. However, improvements have been made in the art so that the number of layers can be reduced to between 30 and 50 layers.

下面的表3提供了本文公開的高爾夫球桿頭的一個或多個複合部件的可能疊層的實例。這些疊層顯示可能的單向片層,除非注明為編織片層。所示構造適用於准各向同性疊層。對於具有約36%至約40%樹脂含量的70gsm的標準FAW,單層片層具有範圍從約0.065mm至約0.080mm的厚度。每個單獨片層的厚度可以藉由調整FAW或樹脂含量來改變,因此整個疊層的厚度可以藉由調整這些參數來改變。 Table 3 below provides examples of possible lay-ups of one or more composite components of the golf club heads disclosed herein. These laminates show possible unidirectional plies unless noted as braided plies. The configuration shown is for a quasi-isotropic stack. For a standard FAW of 70 gsm with a resin content of about 36% to about 40%, the single layer sheet has a thickness ranging from about 0.065 mm to about 0.080 mm. The thickness of each individual ply can be changed by adjusting the FAW or resin content, so the thickness of the overall stack can be changed by adjusting these parameters.

Figure 110142729-A0202-12-0065-4
Figure 110142729-A0202-12-0065-4

Figure 110142729-A0202-12-0066-5
Figure 110142729-A0202-12-0066-5

面積重量(AW)是藉由將密度乘以厚度來計算的。對於上面顯示的由複合材料製成的片層,密度約為1.5g/cm3,而鈦的密度約為4.5g/cm3Area weight (AW) is calculated by multiplying the density by the thickness. For the sheet made of the composite material shown above, the density is about 1.5 g/cm 3 , while the density of titanium is about 4.5 g/cm 3 .

通常,複合面板或複合面部插入件可具有在約3.8mm至5.15mm之間變化的峰值厚度。通常,複合面板由多個複合片層或層形成。複合擊球面的通常層數是大量的,例如,四十或更多,較佳地在30至75個片層之間,更佳地,在50至70個片層之間,甚至更佳地在55至65片層之間。 Typically, the composite panel or composite face insert may have a peak thickness that varies between about 3.8 mm to 5.15 mm. Typically, composite panels are formed from multiple composite sheets or layers. The typical number of layers for a composite ball face is a large number, for example, forty or more, preferably between 30 and 75 plies, more preferably between 50 and 70 plies, even better The ground is between 55 and 65 slices.

在一個實例中,第一複合面部插入件可以具有4.1mm的峰值厚度和3.65mm的邊緣厚度,包括12個Q和2個C,導致質量為24.7克。在另一個實例中,第二複合面部插入件可以具有4.25mm的峰值厚度和3.8mm的邊緣厚度,包括12個Q和2個C,導致質量為25.6克。額外的厚度和質量是藉由在一個或多個Q或C中包括額外的片層來提供的,諸如藉由使用兩個4片層Q而不是兩個3片層Q。在又一實例中,第三複合面部插入件可以具有4.5mm的峰值厚度和3.9mm的邊緣厚度,包括12個Q和3個C,導致質量為26.2克。Q和C的另外的和不同的組合可以被提供用於質量在約20g至約30g之間,或在約15g至約35g之間的複合面部插入件110。在一些實例中,其中擊球板,諸如擊球板943,具有在22克至28克之間的 總質量。 In one example, the first composite facial insert may have a peak thickness of 4.1 mm and an edge thickness of 3.65 mm, including 12 Qs and 2 Cs, resulting in a mass of 24.7 grams. In another example, the second composite facial insert may have a peak thickness of 4.25mm and an edge thickness of 3.8mm, including 12 Qs and 2 Cs, resulting in a mass of 25.6 grams. Additional thickness and quality are provided by including additional plies in one or more of the Qs or Cs, such as by using two 4 ply Qs instead of two 3 ply Qs. In yet another example, the third composite facial insert may have a peak thickness of 4.5 mm and an edge thickness of 3.9 mm, including 12 Qs and 3 Cs, resulting in a mass of 26.2 grams. Additional and different combinations of Q and C may be provided for composite facial inserts 110 having masses between about 20g and about 30g, or between about 15g and about 35g. In some instances, wherein a bat, such as bat 943, has a weight between 22 grams and 28 grams total mass.

圖28A是擊球板943的跟部部分41的截面視圖。跟部部分941可以包括凹口920。在擊球板943的內側邊緣上具有倒角的實施例中,在凹口920上沒有提供倒角950。凹口920的凹口邊緣厚度944可以小於面部插入件110的邊緣厚度945(參見例如圖28B)。例如,凹口邊緣厚度944可以在1.5mm至2.1mm之間,較佳地為1.8mm。 28A is a cross-sectional view of the heel portion 41 of the blade 943. FIG. The heel portion 941 may include the notch 920 . In embodiments with a chamfer on the inside edge of the blade 943 , no chamfer 950 is provided on the notch 920 . The notch edge thickness 944 of the notch 920 may be less than the edge thickness 945 of the face insert 110 (see, eg, FIG. 28B ). For example, the notch edge thickness 944 may be between 1.5mm and 2.1mm, preferably 1.8mm.

圖28B是擊球板943的趾部部分942的截面視圖。趾部部分942包括在擊球板943的內側邊緣上的倒角951。在一些實施例中,邊緣厚度945可以在約3.35mm至約4.2mm之間,較佳地為3.65mm±0.1mm、3.8mm±0.1mm或3.9mm±0.1mm。 28B is a cross-sectional view of the toe portion 942 of the blade 943. FIG. The toe portion 942 includes a chamfer 951 on the inside edge of the blade 943 . In some embodiments, the edge thickness 945 may be between about 3.35 mm and about 4.2 mm, preferably 3.65 mm ± 0.1 mm, 3.8 mm ± 0.1 mm, or 3.9 mm ± 0.1 mm.

圖29是擊球板943的聚合物層900的截面視圖。聚合物層900可以設置在擊球板943的外表面上以提供擊球板943的更好性能,諸如在潮濕條件下。實例性聚合物層在美國專利申請序列號13/330,486(美國專利號為8,979,669)中描述,該專利申請藉由引用併入。聚合物層900可以包括聚氨酯和/或其他聚合物材料。聚合物層可具有約0.2mm至0.7mm或約0.3mm至約0.5mm,較佳地0.40mm±0.05mm的聚合物最大厚度960。聚合物層可以具有在約0.05mm至0.15mm之間,較佳地0.09mm±0.02mm之間的聚合物最小厚度970。聚合物層可以構造為交替的最大厚度960和最小厚度970以在擊球板943上產生刻痕線。此外,在一些實施例中,齒和/或另一種紋理可設置在聚合物層900的較厚區域上的刻痕線之間。 29 is a cross-sectional view of the polymer layer 900 of the blade 943. FIG. The polymer layer 900 may be disposed on the outer surface of the blade 943 to provide better performance of the blade 943, such as in wet conditions. Exemplary polymer layers are described in US Patent Application Serial No. 13/330,486 (US Patent No. 8,979,669), which is incorporated by reference. The polymer layer 900 may comprise polyurethane and/or other polymer materials. The polymer layer may have a maximum thickness 960 of the polymer of about 0.2 mm to 0.7 mm or about 0.3 mm to about 0.5 mm, preferably 0.40 mm ± 0.05 mm. The polymer layer may have a minimum thickness 970 of the polymer between about 0.05 mm to 0.15 mm, preferably between 0.09 mm ± 0.02 mm. The polymer layers may be configured with alternating maximum thickness 960 and minimum thickness 970 to create score lines on the blade 943 . Additionally, in some embodiments, teeth and/or another texture may be provided between score lines on thicker regions of the polymer layer 900 .

在一些實例中,冠部插入件,諸如冠部插入件108,和底部插入件,諸如底部插入件110,由碳纖維增強聚合材料製成。在一個實例中,冠部插入件由單向帶、編織布和複合片層的各層製成。 In some examples, crown inserts, such as crown insert 108, and bottom inserts, such as bottom insert 110, are made of carbon fiber reinforced polymeric material. In one example, the crown insert is made from layers of unidirectional tape, woven cloth, and composite plies.

參考圖4,高爾夫球桿頭100具有面背尺寸 (FBD),該面背尺寸(FBD)被定義為穿過擊球面145的中心面183並平行於擊球面145的假想平面169與在垂直於假想平面169的面背方向165上的高爾夫球桿頭100上的最後點之間的距離。如本文所定義的,中心面183位於面背尺寸(FBD)的0%處並且最後面的點位於面背尺寸(FBD)的100%處。在該定義下,高爾夫球桿頭100可被分成沿面背方向165從面背尺寸(FBD)的0%延伸到面背尺寸(FBD)的25%的面區段、在面背方向165上從面背尺寸(FBD)的25%延伸到75%的中間區段以及在面背方向165上從面背尺寸(FBD)的75%延伸到100%的背區段。根據一些實例,中間區段的重量的至少95%由密度在0.9g/cc至4.0g/cc之間的材料製成。在某些實例中,中間區段的重量的至少95%由密度在0.9g/cc至2.0g/cc之間的材料製成。在一些實例中,中間區段的重量的至少95%和背區段的重量的至少95%由密度在0.9g/cc至2.0g/cc之間的材料製成,不包括任何附加的配重和任何用於附加配重的殼體。根據各種實例,不超過重量的20%的中間區段和不超過重量的20%的背區段由密度在4.0g/cc至20.0g/cc之間的材料製成。 Referring to FIG. 4, golf club head 100 has a face-to-back dimension (FBD), the face-to-back dimension (FBD) is defined as an imaginary plane 169 passing through the center plane 183 of the ball striking face 145 and parallel to the ball striking face 145 and a golf ball in the face-to-back direction 165 perpendicular to the imaginary plane 169 The distance between the last points on the club head 100 . As defined herein, the center plane 183 is at 0% of the back face dimension (FBD) and the rearmost point is at 100% of the back face dimension (FBD). Under this definition, the golf club head 100 can be divided into face segments extending in the face direction 165 from 0% of the face back dimension (FBD) to 25% of the face back dimension (FBD), A middle section extending from 25% to 75% of the face back dimension (FBD) and a back section extending in the face back direction 165 from 75% to 100% of the face back dimension (FBD). According to some examples, at least 95% of the weight of the middle section is made of material having a density between 0.9 g/cc and 4.0 g/cc. In certain examples, at least 95% of the weight of the middle section is made of material having a density between 0.9 g/cc and 2.0 g/cc. In some examples, at least 95% of the weight of the middle section and at least 95% of the weight of the back section are made of a material having a density between 0.9 g/cc and 2.0 g/cc, excluding any additional weights and any housing for additional counterweights. According to various examples, no more than 20% by weight of the middle section and no more than 20% by weight of the back section are made of a material having a density between 4.0 g/cc and 20.0 g/cc.

在一些實例中,高爾夫球桿頭100包括以下材料中的一種或多種:碳鋼、不銹鋼(例如17-4 PH不銹鋼)、合金鋼、鐵錳鋁合金、鎳基鐵合金、鑄鐵、超合金鋼、鋁合金(包括但不限於3000系合金、5000系合金、6000系合金諸如6061-T6和7000系合金如7075)、鎂合金、銅合金、鈦合金(包括但不限於6-4鈦、3-2.5、6-4、SP 700、15-3-3-3、10-2-3、Ti 9-1-1、ZA 1300或其他α/近α、α-β和β/近β鈦合金)或其混合物。 In some examples, golf club head 100 includes one or more of the following materials: carbon steel, stainless steel (eg, 17-4 PH stainless steel), alloy steel, iron-manganese-aluminum alloy, nickel-based iron alloy, cast iron, superalloy steel, Aluminum alloys (including but not limited to 3000 series alloys, 5000 series alloys, 6000 series alloys such as 6061-T6 and 7000 series alloys such as 7075), magnesium alloys, copper alloys, titanium alloys (including but not limited to 6-4 titanium, 3- 2.5, 6-4, SP 700, 15-3-3-3, 10-2-3, Ti 9-1-1, ZA 1300 or other alpha/near alpha, alpha-beta and beta/near beta titanium alloys) or a mixture thereof.

在一個實例中,當形成本文公開的高爾夫球桿頭的一部分時,諸如當形成擊球板的一部分時,鈦合金是9-1-1鈦合金。包含鋁(例如,8.5%-9.5% Al)、釩(例如,0.9%-1.3% V)和鉬(例如,0.8%-1.1% Mo)的鈦合金,可選地帶有其他少量合金元素和雜質,本文統稱為「9-1-1 Ti」,可以具有不太顯著的α殼,這使得與由傳統6-4 Ti和其他鈦合金製成的面部相比,不需要或至少不怎麼需要HF酸蝕刻。此外,9-1-1 Ti可具有820MPa屈服強度、958MPa拉伸強度和10.2%伸長率的最低機械特性。這些最低特性明顯優於典型的鑄造鈦合金,諸如6-4 Ti,後者的最低機械特性為812MPa屈服強度、936MPa拉伸強度和~6%的伸長率。在某些實例中,鈦合金是8-1-1 Ti。 In one example, when forming part of a golf club head disclosed herein, such as when forming part of a blade, the titanium alloy is a 9-1-1 titanium alloy. Contains aluminum (eg, 8.5%-9.5% Al), vanadium (eg, 0.9%-1.3% V) and a titanium alloy of molybdenum (eg, 0.8%-1.1% Mo), optionally with other minor alloying elements and impurities, collectively referred to herein as "9-1-1 Ti", may have a less pronounced alpha shell, This makes HF acid etching less or at least less necessary than for faces made from traditional 6-4 Ti and other titanium alloys. In addition, 9-1-1 Ti may have minimum mechanical properties of 820 MPa yield strength, 958 MPa tensile strength and 10.2% elongation. These minimum properties are significantly better than typical cast titanium alloys such as 6-4 Ti, which have minimum mechanical properties of 812 MPa yield strength, 936 MPa tensile strength and ~6% elongation. In some instances, the titanium alloy is 8-1-1 Ti.

在另一個實例中,當形成本文公開的高爾夫球桿頭的一部分時,諸如當形成擊球板的一部分時,鈦合金是包含按重量計6.5%至10%的鋁、按重量計0.5%至3.25%的鉬、按重量計1.0%至3.0%的鉻、按重量計0.25%至1.75%的釩和/或按重量計0.25%至1%的鐵、餘量包含鈦(一個實例有時稱為「1300」或「ZA1300」鈦合金)的α-β鈦合金。α-β鈦合金或ZA1300鈦合金在一些實例中具有至少1,000MPa和在其他實例中至少1,100MPa的第一極限拉伸強度。除了擊球面145之外,形成主體102的材料的極限拉伸強度可以比第一極限拉伸強度小至少10%。在另一代表性實例中,合金可包含按重量計6.75%至9.75%的Al、按重量計0.75%至3.25%或2.75%的Mo、按重量計1.0%至3.0%的Cr、按重量計0.25%至1.75%的V和/或按重量計0.25%至1%的Fe,餘量包含Ti。在又一代表性實例中,合金可包含按重量計7%至9%的Al、按重量計1.75%至3.25%的Mo、按重量計1.25%至2.75%的Cr、按重量計0.5%至1.5%的V和/或按重量計0.25%至0.75%的Fe,餘量包含Ti。在進一步的代表性實例中,合金可包含按重量計7.5%至8.5%的Al、按重量計2.0%至3.0%的Mo、按重量計1.5%至2.5%的Cr、按重量計0.75%至1.25%的V和/或按重量計0.375%至0.625%的Fe,餘量包含Ti。在另一代表性實例中,合金可包含按重 量計8%的Al、按重量計2.5%的Mo、按重量計2%的Cr、按重量計1%的V和/或按重量計0.5%的Fe,餘量包含Ti(這種鈦合金的分子式為Ti-8Al-2.5Mo-2Cr-1V-0.5Fe)。如本文所用,提及「Ti-8Al-2.5Mo-2Cr-1V-0.5Fe」是指包括以上給出的任何比例的參考元素的鈦合金。某些實例還可包含痕量的K、Mn和/或Zr,和/或各種雜質。 In another example, when forming part of a golf club head disclosed herein, such as when forming part of a blade, the titanium alloy is a titanium alloy comprising 6.5% to 10% by weight aluminum, 0.5% to 10% by weight aluminum 3.25% molybdenum, 1.0% to 3.0% by weight chromium, 0.25% to 1.75% by weight vanadium and/or 0.25% to 1% by weight iron, the balance including titanium (an example is sometimes called "1300" or "ZA1300" titanium alloy) α-β titanium alloy. The alpha-beta titanium alloy or ZA1300 titanium alloy has a first ultimate tensile strength of at least 1,000 MPa in some examples and at least 1,100 MPa in other examples. Except for the ball striking face 145, the ultimate tensile strength of the material forming the body 102 may be at least 10% less than the first ultimate tensile strength. In another representative example, the alloy may comprise 6.75% to 9.75% by weight Al, 0.75% to 3.25% by weight or 2.75% Mo, 1.0% to 3.0% by weight Cr, 0.25% to 1.75% V and/or 0.25% to 1% Fe by weight, the balance comprising Ti. In yet another representative example, the alloy may comprise 7% to 9% by weight Al, 1.75% to 3.25% by weight Mo, 1.25% to 2.75% by weight Cr, 0.5% to 9% by weight 1.5% V and/or 0.25% to 0.75% Fe by weight, the balance comprising Ti. In a further representative example, the alloy may comprise 7.5% to 8.5% by weight Al, 2.0% to 3.0% by weight Mo, 1.5% to 2.5% by weight Cr, 0.75% to 2.5% by weight 1.25% V and/or 0.375% to 0.625% Fe by weight, the balance comprising Ti. In another representative example, the alloy may contain 8% by weight Al, 2.5% by weight Mo, 2% by weight Cr, 1% by weight V and/or 0.5% by weight Fe, the balance comprising Ti (this titanium alloy The molecular formula is Ti-8Al-2.5Mo-2Cr-1V-0.5Fe). As used herein, reference to "Ti-8Al-2.5Mo-2Cr-1V-0.5Fe" refers to a titanium alloy comprising any ratio of the reference elements given above. Certain examples may also contain trace amounts of K, Mn, and/or Zr, and/or various impurities.

Ti-8Al-2.5Mo-2Cr-1V-0.5Fe可具有1150MPa屈服強度、1180MPa拉伸強度和8%伸長率的最低機械特性。這些最低特性可明顯優於其他鑄造鈦合金,包括6-4 Ti和9-1-1 Ti,後者可具有上述最低機械特性。在一些實例中,Ti-8Al-2.5Mo-2Cr-1V-0.5Fe可具有約1180MPa至約1460MPa的拉伸強度、約1150MPa至約1415MPa的屈服強度、約8%至約12%的伸長率、約110GPa的彈性模量、約4.45g/cm3的密度和約43的洛氏C標度(43 HRC)的硬度。在特定實例中,Ti-8Al-2.5Mo-2Cr-1V-0.5Fe合金可具有約1320MPa的抗拉強度、約1284MPa的屈服強度和約10%的伸長率。Ti-8Al-2.5Mo-2Cr-1V-0.5Fe合金,特別是在用於鑄造高爾夫球桿頭主體時,由於與其他材料相比具有更高的極限抗拉強度,因此在相同厚度下可促進更小的撓曲。在一些實施方式中,在相同的厚度下提供較小的撓曲有利於具有更高揮桿速度的高爾夫球手,因為隨著時間的推移,高爾夫球桿頭的面部將隨著時間的推移保持其原始形狀。 Ti-8Al-2.5Mo-2Cr-1V-0.5Fe may have minimum mechanical properties of 1150MPa yield strength, 1180MPa tensile strength and 8% elongation. These minimum properties can be significantly better than other cast titanium alloys, including 6-4 Ti and 9-1-1 Ti, which can have the minimum mechanical properties described above. In some examples, Ti-8Al-2.5Mo-2Cr-1V-0.5Fe may have a tensile strength of about 1180 MPa to about 1460 MPa, a yield strength of about 1150 MPa to about 1415 MPa, an elongation of about 8% to about 12%, A modulus of elasticity of about 110 GPa, a density of about 4.45 g/cm 3 and a hardness of about 43 on the Rockwell C scale (43 HRC). In a specific example, the Ti-8Al-2.5Mo-2Cr-1V-0.5Fe alloy may have a tensile strength of about 1320 MPa, a yield strength of about 1284 MPa, and an elongation of about 10%. Ti-8Al-2.5Mo-2Cr-1V-0.5Fe alloy, especially when used for casting golf club head bodies, can promote the same thickness due to its higher ultimate tensile strength compared to other materials Less deflection. In some embodiments, providing less flex at the same thickness is beneficial for golfers with higher swing speeds because the face of the golf club head will maintain over time over time its original shape.

在某些實例中,高爾夫球桿頭100由密度小於約2g/cm3,諸如在約1g/cm3至約2g/cm3之間的非金屬材料製成。非金屬材料可以包括聚合物,諸如纖維增強聚合材料。聚合物可以是熱固性或熱塑性的,並且可以是無定形、結晶和/或半結晶結構。聚合物還可以由工程塑料,諸如結晶或半結晶工程塑料或無定形工程塑料形成。潛在的工程塑料候選者包括聚苯硫醚(PPS)、聚乙二醇(PEI)、聚碳酸酯(PC)、 聚丙烯(PP)、丙烯腈-丁二烯苯乙烯塑料(ABS)、聚甲醛塑料(POM)、尼龍6、尼龍6-6、尼龍12、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯(PMMA)、聚苯醚(PPO)、聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯(PBT)、聚碸(PSU)、聚醚碸(PES)、聚醚醚酮(PEEK)或它們的混合物。可以在工程塑料中加入有機纖維,如玻璃纖維、碳纖維或金屬纖維,以增強結構強度。增強纖維可以是連續的長纖維或短纖維。PSU的優點之一在於它相對較硬,阻尼相對較低,與其他可能過度阻尼的聚合物相比,這會產生更好的聲音或更金屬聲音的高爾夫球桿。此外,PSU需要較少的後處理,因為它不需要拋光或油漆來獲得最終完成的高爾夫球桿頭。 In certain examples, the golf club head 100 is made of a non-metallic material having a density of less than about 2 g/cm 3 , such as between about 1 g/cm 3 and about 2 g/cm 3 . Non-metallic materials may include polymers, such as fiber reinforced polymeric materials. Polymers can be thermoset or thermoplastic, and can be amorphous, crystalline and/or semi-crystalline in structure. Polymers can also be formed from engineering plastics, such as crystalline or semi-crystalline engineering plastics or amorphous engineering plastics. Potential engineering plastic candidates include polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), polyethylene glycol (PEI), polycarbonate (PC), polypropylene (PP), acrylonitrile-butadiene styrene plastic (ABS), poly Formaldehyde plastic (POM), nylon 6, nylon 6-6, nylon 12, polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA), polyphenylene ether (PPO), polyethylene terephthalate (PBT), poly ( PSU), polyether selenium (PES), polyether ether ketone (PEEK) or their mixtures. Organic fibers, such as glass fibers, carbon fibers or metal fibers, can be added to engineering plastics to enhance structural strength. The reinforcing fibers can be continuous long fibers or short fibers. One of the advantages of a PSU is that it is relatively stiff and has relatively low damping, which results in better-sounding or more metallic-sounding golf clubs compared to other polymers that may be over-damped. Additionally, the PSU requires less post-processing as it does not require polishing or painting to obtain the final finished golf club head.

可由其製成底部插入件110、冠部插入件108、鑄造杯103、環106和/或擊球面(諸如擊球板243)中的任何一者或多者的一種實例性材料是熱塑性塑料連續碳纖維複合層壓材料,其在PPS(聚苯硫醚)基體或基料中具有排列的長碳纖維。纖維增強聚合物的商業實例是由Lanxess®製造的TEPEX®DYNALITE 207,由其製成底部插入件110、冠部插入件108和/或擊球面。TEPEX®DYNALITE 207是一種高強度、輕質材料,排列成薄板狀,在PPS熱塑性基體或聚合物中具有多層連續碳纖維增強材料以嵌入纖維。該材料可具有54%的纖維體積,但可以具有其他纖維體積(諸如42%至57%的體積)。根據一個實例,該材料的重量為200g/m2。製成底部插入件110、冠部插入件108和/或擊球面的纖維增強聚合物的另一個商業實例是TEPEX®DYNALITE 208。這種材料的碳纖維體積範圍也為42%至57%,其中一個實例為包含45%的體積,並且重量為200g/m2。DYNALITE 208與DYNALITE 207的不同之處在於它具有TPU(熱塑性聚氨酯)基體或基料,而不是聚苯硫醚(PPS)基體。 An exemplary material from which any one or more of the sole insert 110, crown insert 108, cast cup 103, ring 106, and/or ball striking face (such as blade 243) can be made is thermoplastic Continuous carbon fiber composite laminates with aligned long carbon fibers in a PPS (polyphenylene sulfide) matrix or base. A commercial example of a fiber reinforced polymer is TEPEX® DYNALITE 207, manufactured by Lanxess®, from which the sole insert 110, crown insert 108 and/or ball striking face are made. TEPEX® DYNALITE 207 is a high strength, lightweight material arranged in sheets with multiple layers of continuous carbon fiber reinforcement in a PPS thermoplastic matrix or polymer to embed fibers. The material may have a fiber volume of 54%, but may have other fiber volumes (such as 42% to 57% by volume). According to one example, the weight of the material is 200 g/m 2 . Another commercial example of a fiber reinforced polymer from which the sole insert 110, crown insert 108 and/or ball striking face is made is TEPEX® DYNALITE 208. The carbon fiber volume of this material also ranges from 42% to 57%, with one example comprising 45% by volume and a weight of 200 g/m 2 . DYNALITE 208 differs from DYNALITE 207 in that it has a TPU (thermoplastic polyurethane) matrix or binder instead of a polyphenylene sulfide (PPS) matrix.

舉例來說,TEPEX®DYNALITE 207板材(或其 他纖維增強聚合物材料,諸如DYNALITE 208)的每片板材的纖維在相同方向上定向,而板材相對於彼此在不同方向上定向,並且將板材放置在兩件式(公/母)匹配的模具中,加熱超過熔化溫度,並在模具閉合時成形。該工藝可以稱為熱成型並且特別適合於形成底部插入件110、冠部插入件108和/或擊球面。在底部插入件110、冠部插入件108和/或擊球面藉由熱成型工藝形成(在一些實施方式中單獨地)之後,每個都被冷卻並從匹配的模具中移除。在一些實施方式中,底部插入件110、冠部插入件108和/或擊球面具有均勻的厚度,這有利於熱成型工藝的使用和製造的容易性。然而,在其他實施方式中,底部插入件110、冠部插入件108和/或擊球面可以具有可變的厚度以加強插入件的選擇局部區域,例如藉由在選擇區域中添加附加片層以提高耐用性、聲學特性或相應插入件的其他特性。 For example, TEPEX® DYNALITE 207 sheet (or its Other fiber reinforced polymer materials, such as DYNALITE 208, the fibers of each sheet are oriented in the same direction, while the sheets are oriented in different directions relative to each other, and the sheets are placed in a two-piece (male/female) matched mold , heated above the melting temperature, and formed when the mold is closed. This process may be referred to as thermoforming and is particularly suitable for forming the sole insert 110, the crown insert 108 and/or the ball striking face. After the sole insert 110, crown insert 108 and/or ball striking face are formed by a thermoforming process (in some embodiments individually), each is cooled and removed from the matching mold. In some embodiments, the sole insert 110, crown insert 108, and/or ball striking face have a uniform thickness, which facilitates ease of use and manufacture of the thermoforming process. However, in other embodiments, the sole insert 110, crown insert 108, and/or ball striking face may have variable thicknesses to reinforce select localized areas of the insert, such as by adding additional plies in select areas To improve durability, acoustic properties or other properties of the corresponding insert.

在一些實例中,底部插入件110、冠部插入件108、鑄造杯103、環106和/或擊球面(諸如擊球板243)中的任何一個或多個可以藉由不同於熱成型的工藝,諸如注塑成型或熱固成型製成。在熱固性工藝中,底部插入件110、冠部插入件108、鑄造杯103、環106和/或擊球面(例如擊球板243)中的任何一個或多個可以由機織或單向複合纖維織物(諸如碳纖維複合織物)的預浸有加熱時會活化的樹脂和固化劑配方的「預浸料」片層製成。將預浸料片層置於適用於熱固性工藝的模具諸如氣囊模具或壓縮模具中,並與以不同方向定向的碳或其他纖維堆疊/定向。片層被加熱以激活化學反應並形成冠部插入件126和/或底部插入件。每個插入件都被冷卻並從其各自的模具中取出。 In some examples, any one or more of sole insert 110, crown insert 108, cast cup 103, ring 106, and/or a ball striking face (such as blade 243) may be formed by other than thermoforming processes such as injection molding or thermosetting. In a thermoset process, any one or more of the sole insert 110, crown insert 108, cast cup 103, ring 106, and/or ball striking face (eg, blade 243) may be made of woven or unidirectional composite fibers Fabrics, such as carbon fiber composite fabrics, are made from "prepreg" sheets that are pre-impregnated with a resin and curing agent formulation that activates when heated. The prepreg plies are placed in a mold suitable for thermosetting processes such as balloon molds or compression molds and stacked/oriented with carbon or other fibers oriented in different directions. The sheets are heated to activate the chemical reaction and form the crown insert 126 and/or the bottom insert. Each insert is cooled and removed from its respective mold.

用於底部插入件110、冠部插入件108、鑄造杯103、環106和/或擊球面(諸如擊球板243)中的任何一者或多者的碳纖維增強材料由熱固性製造工藝製成,該碳纖維增強 材料可以是稱為「34-700」纖維的碳纖維,可從加利福尼亞州薩克拉門托的Grafil公司獲得,其拉伸模量為234Gpa(34Msi)並且拉伸強度為4500Mpa(650Ksi)。也可從Grafil公司獲得的另一種合適的纖維是稱為「TR50S」纖維的碳纖維,其拉伸模量為240Gpa(35Msi)並且拉伸強度為4900Mpa(710Ksi)。用於形成熱固性冠部和底部插入件的預浸料片層的實例性環氧樹脂包括Newport 301和350,並且可從加利福尼亞州歐文市的Newport Adhesives & Composites公司獲得。在一個實例中,預浸料片具有34-700纖維的准各向同性纖維增強材料,該材料的面積重量在約20g/m^2至約200g/m^2之間、較佳地約70g/m^2並浸漬有環氧樹脂(例如,Newport 301),導致樹脂含量(R/C)約為40%。為方便參考,可以藉由標識其纖維面積重量、纖維類型(例如,70 FAW34-700)以縮寫形式指定預浸料片的塑料成分。縮寫形式可以進一步標識樹脂體系和樹脂含量,例如,70 FAW 34-700/301,R/C 40%。 Carbon fiber reinforcement for any one or more of sole insert 110, crown insert 108, cast cup 103, ring 106, and/or ball striking face (such as blade 243) is made from a thermoset manufacturing process , the carbon fiber reinforced The material may be carbon fiber known as "34-700" fiber, available from Grafil Corporation of Sacramento, CA, with a tensile modulus of 234 Gpa (34 Msi) and a tensile strength of 4500 Mpa (650 Ksi). Another suitable fiber, also available from Grafil Corporation, is a carbon fiber known as "TR50S" fiber, which has a tensile modulus of 240 Gpa (35 Msi) and a tensile strength of 4900 Mpa (710 Ksi). Exemplary epoxy resins used to form the prepreg plies of the thermoset crown and bottom inserts include Newport 301 and 350 and are available from Newport Adhesives & Composites, Inc. of Irvine, CA. In one example, the prepreg has a 34-700 fiber quasi-isotropic fiber reinforcement with an areal weight between about 20 g/m^2 to about 200 g/m^2, preferably about 70 g /m^2 and impregnated with epoxy resin (eg, Newport 301), resulting in a resin content (R/C) of about 40%. For ease of reference, the plastic composition of a prepreg may be specified in abbreviated form by identifying its fiber areal weight, fiber type (eg, 70 FAW34-700). Abbreviations may further identify resin system and resin content, eg, 70 FAW 34-700/301, R/C 40%.

在一些實例中,用於製造高爾夫球桿頭100的聚合物可包括但不限於合成和天然橡膠,熱固性聚合物諸如熱固性聚氨酯或熱固性聚脲,以及包括熱塑性彈性體諸如熱塑性聚氨酯、熱塑性聚脲的熱塑性聚合物,茂金屬催化聚合物,單峰乙烯/羧酸共聚物,單峰乙烯/羧酸/羧酸酯三元共聚物,雙峰乙烯/羧酸共聚物,雙峰乙烯/羧酸/羧酸酯三元共聚物,聚醯胺(PA),聚酮(PK),共聚醯胺,聚酯,共聚酯,聚碳酸酯,聚苯硫醚(PPS),環烯烴共聚物(COC),聚烯烴,鹵化聚烯烴[例如氯化聚乙烯(CPE)],鹵化聚亞烷基化合物,聚烯烴,聚苯醚,聚苯硫醚,鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙酯聚合物,聚醯亞胺,聚氯乙烯,聚醯胺離聚物,聚氨酯離聚物,聚乙烯醇,聚芳酯,聚丙烯酸酯,聚苯醚,抗沖改性聚苯醚,聚苯乙烯,高抗沖聚苯乙烯,丙烯腈-丁二烯-苯乙烯共聚物,苯乙烯-丙烯腈(SAN),丙烯腈-苯乙烯-丙烯腈,苯乙烯-馬來 酸酐(S/MA)聚合物,苯乙烯嵌段共聚物包括苯乙烯-丁二烯-苯乙烯(SBS),苯乙烯-乙烯-丁烯-苯乙烯(SEBS)和苯乙烯-乙烯-丙烯-苯乙烯(SEPS),苯乙烯三元共聚物,官能化苯乙烯嵌段共聚物包括羥基化,官能化苯乙烯共聚物,以及三元共聚物,纖維素聚合物,液晶聚合物(LCP),乙烯-丙烯-二烯三元共聚物(EPDM),乙烯-醋酸乙烯共聚物(EVA),乙烯-丙烯共聚物,丙烯彈性體(諸如授予Kim等人的美國專利號6,525,157,其全部內容藉由引用併入本文),乙烯乙酸乙烯酯,聚脲和聚矽氧烷以及它們的任何和所有組合。 In some examples, polymers used to make golf club head 100 may include, but are not limited to, synthetic and natural rubbers, thermoset polymers such as thermoset polyurethane or thermoset polyurea, and thermoplastic elastomers such as thermoplastic polyurethane, thermoplastic polyurea Thermoplastic polymers, metallocene catalyzed polymers, unimodal ethylene/carboxylic acid copolymers, unimodal ethylene/carboxylic acid/carboxylate terpolymers, bimodal ethylene/carboxylic acid copolymers, bimodal ethylene/carboxylic acid/ Carboxylate Terpolymer, Polyamide (PA), Polyketone (PK), Copolyamide, Polyester, Copolyester, Polycarbonate, Polyphenylene Sulfide (PPS), Cyclic Olefin Copolymer (COC) ), polyolefins, halogenated polyolefins [such as chlorinated polyethylene (CPE)], halogenated polyalkylene compounds, polyolefins, polyphenylene oxides, polyphenylene sulfides, diallyl phthalate polymers, poly Imide, polyvinyl chloride, polyamide ionomer, polyurethane ionomer, polyvinyl alcohol, polyarylate, polyacrylate, polyphenylene ether, impact modified polyphenylene ether, polystyrene, high resistance Punched Polystyrene, Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene Copolymer, Styrene-Acrylonitrile (SAN), Acrylonitrile-Styrene-Acrylonitrile, Styrene-Male Anhydride (S/MA) polymers, styrene block copolymers including styrene-butadiene-styrene (SBS), styrene-ethylene-butylene-styrene (SEBS) and styrene-ethylene-propylene- Styrene (SEPS), styrene terpolymers, functionalized styrene block copolymers including hydroxylated, functionalized styrene copolymers, and terpolymers, cellulose polymers, liquid crystal polymers (LCP), Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymers (EPDM), ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers (EVA), ethylene-propylene copolymers, propylene elastomers (such as US Pat. No. 6,525,157 to Kim et al., the entire contents of which are provided by incorporated herein by reference), ethylene vinyl acetate, polyureas and polysiloxanes, and any and all combinations thereof.

其中較佳的是聚醯胺(PA),聚鄰苯二甲醯亞胺(PPA),聚酮(PK),共聚醯胺,聚酯,共聚酯,聚碳酸酯,聚苯硫醚(PPS),環烯烴共聚物(COC),聚苯醚,鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙酯聚合物,聚芳酯,聚丙烯酸酯,聚苯醚和抗沖改性聚苯醚。用於本發明的高爾夫球桿頭的特別較佳的聚合物是所謂的高性能工程熱塑性塑料家族,其以其在高溫下的韌性和穩定性而聞名。這些聚合物包括聚碸、聚醚脂和聚醯胺-醯亞胺。其中,最較佳的是聚碸。 Among them, the preferred ones are polyamide (PA), polyphthalimide (PPA), polyketone (PK), copolyamide, polyester, copolyester, polycarbonate, polyphenylene sulfide ( PPS), cyclic olefin copolymer (COC), polyphenylene oxide, diallyl phthalate polymer, polyarylate, polyacrylate, polyphenylene oxide and impact modified polyphenylene oxide. Particularly preferred polymers for use in the golf club heads of the present invention are the family of so-called high performance engineering thermoplastics, which are known for their toughness and stability at high temperatures. These polymers include polyether, polyetherester and polyamide-imide. Among them, the most preferable is polysilk.

芳族聚碸是由4,4'-二氯二苯碸與自身或一種或多種二元酚縮聚而成的一類聚合物。芳族聚碸包括有時稱為聚醚碸的熱塑性塑料,其重複單元的一般結構具有二芳基碸結構,可表示為-亞芳基-SO2-亞芳基-。這些單元可以藉由碳-碳鍵、碳-氧-碳鍵、碳-硫-碳鍵或經由短亞烷基鍵相互連接,以形成熱穩定的熱塑性聚合物。該家族中的聚合物是完全無定形的,具有高玻璃化轉變溫度,即使在高溫下也能提供高強度和剛度特性,使其可用於要求嚴苛的工程應用。聚合物還具有良好的延展性和韌性,並且由於其完全無定形的性質在其自然狀態下是透明的。其他關鍵屬性包括抗熱水/蒸汽水解以及出色的酸和堿耐受性。聚碸是完全熱塑性的,從而允許藉由大多數標準方法製造,諸如注塑、擠出和熱成型。它 們還具有廣泛的高溫工程用途。 Aromatic polyphenylene is a class of polymers formed by the polycondensation of 4,4'-dichlorodiphenylene with itself or one or more dihydric phenols. Aromatic polysiloxanes include thermoplastics sometimes referred to as polyetherites, the general structure of which repeating units has a diarylidene structure, which can be represented as -arylene-SO2-arylene-. These units can be interconnected by carbon-carbon bonds, carbon-oxygen-carbon bonds, carbon-sulfur-carbon bonds, or via short alkylene bonds to form thermally stable thermoplastic polymers. The polymers in this family are completely amorphous with high glass transition temperatures, providing high strength and stiffness properties even at high temperatures, making them useful in demanding engineering applications. The polymer also has good ductility and toughness, and is transparent in its natural state due to its completely amorphous nature. Other key attributes include resistance to hot water/steam hydrolysis and excellent acid and quinine resistance. Polysilicon is completely thermoplastic, allowing manufacture by most standard methods, such as injection molding, extrusion, and thermoforming. it They also have a wide range of high temperature engineering uses.

三種商業上重要的聚碸是a)聚碸(PSU);b)聚醚碸(PES也稱為PESU);和c)聚苯碸(PPSU)。 Three commercially important polysilicones are a) polysiloxane (PSU); b) polyether silt (PES also known as PESU); and c) polyphenylene silt (PPSU).

特別重要和較佳的芳族聚碸是由結構-C6H4SO2-C6H4-O-的重複單元組成的那些,其中C6H4代表間或對亞苯基結構。聚合物鏈還可包含重複單元,諸如-C6H4-、C6H4-O-、-C6H4-(低級亞烷基)-C6H4-O-、-C6H4-O-C6H4-O-、-C6H4-S-C6H4-O-和工程熱塑性塑料領域中已知的其他熱穩定的基本芳族雙官能團。還包括所謂的改性聚碸,其中單個芳環進一步被一個或多個取代基取代,該取代基包括 Particularly important and preferred aromatic polysiloxanes are those consisting of repeating units of the structure -C6H4SO2-C6H4-O-, wherein C6H4 represents the meta- or para-phenylene structure. The polymer chain may also contain repeating units such as -C6H4-, C6H4-O-, -C6H4-(lower alkylene)-C6H4-O-, -C6H4-O-C6H4-O-, -C6H4-S-C6H4 -O- and other thermally stable basic aromatic difunctional groups known in the field of engineering thermoplastics. Also included are so-called modified polysiloxanes in which a single aromatic ring is further substituted with one or more substituents including

Figure 110142729-A0202-12-0075-68
、或
Figure 110142729-A0202-12-0075-69
、或
Figure 110142729-A0202-12-0075-67
其中,R在每次出現時獨立地為氫原子、鹵素原子或烴基或其組合。鹵素原子包括氟、氯、溴和碘原子。烴基包括例如C1-C20烷基、C2-C20烯基、C3-C20環烷基、C3-C20環烯基和C6-C20芳烴基。這些烴基可以部分被一個或多個鹵素原子取代,或者可以被極性基團或一個或多個鹵素原子以外的基團部分取代。作為C1-C20烷基的具體實例,可以提及甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、戊基、己基、辛基、癸基和十二烷基。作為C2-C20烯基的具體實例,可以提及丙烯基、異丙基、丁烯基、異丁烯基、戊烯基和己烯基。作為C3-C20環烷基的具體實例,可以提及環戊基和環己基。作為C3-C20環烯基的具體實例,可以提及環戊烯基和環己烯基。作為芳族烴 基的具體實例,可提及苯基和萘基或其組合。
Figure 110142729-A0202-12-0075-68
,or
Figure 110142729-A0202-12-0075-69
,or
Figure 110142729-A0202-12-0075-67
wherein R at each occurrence is independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a hydrocarbyl group, or a combination thereof. Halogen atoms include fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine atoms. Hydrocarbyl groups include, for example, C1-C20 alkyl groups, C2-C20 alkenyl groups, C3-C20 cycloalkyl groups, C3-C20 cycloalkenyl groups, and C6-C20 aromatic hydrocarbon groups. These hydrocarbon groups may be partially substituted with one or more halogen atoms, or may be partially substituted with polar groups or groups other than one or more halogen atoms. As specific examples of the C1-C20 alkyl group, mention may be made of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, pentyl, hexyl, octyl, decyl and dodecyl. As specific examples of the C2-C20 alkenyl group, propenyl, isopropyl, butenyl, isobutenyl, pentenyl and hexenyl can be mentioned. As specific examples of the C3-C20 cycloalkyl group, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl can be mentioned. As specific examples of the C3-C20 cycloalkenyl group, a cyclopentenyl group and a cyclohexenyl group can be mentioned. As specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group, a phenyl group and a naphthyl group or a combination thereof can be mentioned.

個別較佳的聚合物包括(a)藉由雙酚A和4,4'-二氯二苯碸在堿存在下縮聚製成的聚碸,並具有主要重複結構 Individually preferred polymers include (a) polycondensates made by polycondensation of bisphenol A and 4,4'-dichlorodiphenylene in the presence of quinium, and have a predominantly repeating structure

Figure 110142729-A0202-12-0076-11
和縮寫PSF並以商品名Udel®、Ultrason®S、Eviva®、RTPPSU出售,(b)藉由4,4'-二羥基二苯和4,4'-二氯二苯碸在堿存在下縮聚制得的聚碸堿基,並具有主重複結構
Figure 110142729-A0202-12-0076-11
and the abbreviation PSF and sold under the trade names Udel®, Ultrason® S, Eviva®, RTPPSU, (b) by polycondensation of 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl and 4,4'-dichlorodiphenyl in the presence of quinium The obtained polybasic base has a main repeating structure

Figure 110142729-A0202-12-0076-10
和縮寫PPSF並以商品名RADEL®樹脂出售;(c)由4,4'-二氯二苯碸在堿存在下製成的縮聚物,並具有主要重複結構
Figure 110142729-A0202-12-0076-10
and the abbreviation PPSF and sold under the trade name RADEL® resins; (c) polycondensates of 4,4'-dichlorodiphenylene in the presence of quinium and having a predominantly repeating structure

Figure 110142729-A0202-12-0076-9
和縮寫PPSF,有時稱為「聚醚碸」,並以商品名Ultrason®E、LNPTM、Veradel®PESU、Sumikaexce和VICTREX®樹脂出售,以及它們的任何和所有組合。
Figure 110142729-A0202-12-0076-9
and the abbreviation PPSF, sometimes referred to as "polyether fume" and sold under the trade names Ultrason® E, LNP , Veradel® PESU, Sumikaexce and VICTREX® resins, and any and all combinations thereof.

在一些實例中,可以由其製成底部插入件110、冠部插入件108、鑄造杯103、環106和/或擊球面(諸如擊球板243)中的任何一者或多者的一種實例性材料是一種由複合材料製成的複合材料,諸如碳纖維增強聚合材料,該複合材料包括多個片層或多層纖維材料(例如,石墨,或包括渦層的碳纖維,或石墨碳纖維,或同時具有石墨和存在渦層部件的混合結構)。在美國專利申請號10/442,348(現為美國專利號7,267,620)、10/831,496(現為美國專利號7,140,974)、11/642,310、11/825,138、11/998,436、11/895,195、11/823,638、 12/004,386、12,004,387、11/960,609、11/960,610和12/156,947中描述了這些複合材料中的一些實例及其製造程序,上述專利申請藉由引用併入本文。複合材料可以根據至少在美國專利申請號11/825,138中描述的方法製造,其全部內容藉由引用併入本文。 In some instances, one or more of sole insert 110 , crown insert 108 , cast cup 103 , ring 106 , and/or any one or more of a ball striking face (such as blade 243 ) may be made therefrom An exemplary material is a composite material made of a composite material, such as a carbon fiber reinforced polymeric material, that includes a plurality of sheets or layers of fibrous material (eg, graphite, or carbon fibers including vortex layers, or graphitic carbon fibers, or both. Hybrid structure with graphite and vortex layer components). In US Patent Application Nos. 10/442,348 (now US Patent No. 7,267,620), 10/831,496 (now US Patent No. 7,140,974), 11/642,310, 11/825,138, 11/998,436, 11/895,195, 11/823,638, Some examples of these composite materials and procedures for their manufacture are described in 12/004,386, 12,004,387, 11/960,609, 11/960,610, and 12/156,947, which are incorporated herein by reference. Composite materials can be made according to at least the methods described in US Patent Application No. 11/825,138, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

可替代地,可以使用之前提到的聚合物的短纖維或長纖維增強配方。實例性配方包括尼龍6/6聚醯胺配方,其為30%碳纖維填充且可從RTP公司以商品名RTP 285商購獲得。根據ASTM D 638測量,這種材料的拉伸強度為35000psi(241MPa);根據ASTM D 638測量的拉伸伸長率為2.0-3.0%;根據ASTM D 638測量的拉伸模量為3.30x106psi(22754MPa);根據ASTM D 790測量的撓曲強度為50000psi(345MPa);以及根據ASTM D 790測量的撓曲模量為2.60x106psi(17927MPa)。 Alternatively, short or long fiber reinforced formulations of the previously mentioned polymers can be used. Exemplary formulations include nylon 6/6 polyamide formulations that are 30% carbon fiber filled and are commercially available from RTP Company under the tradename RTP 285. This material has a tensile strength of 35,000 psi (241 MPa) according to ASTM D 638; a tensile elongation of 2.0-3.0% according to ASTM D 638; and a tensile modulus of 3.30 x 106 psi (22,754 MPa) according to ASTM D 638 ); flexural strength measured according to ASTM D 790 was 50000 psi (345 MPa); and flexural modulus measured according to ASTM D 790 was 2.60 x 106 psi (17927 MPa).

其他材料還包括聚鄰苯二甲醯胺(PPA)配方,它是40%碳纖維填充的,可從RTP公司以商品名RTP 4087 UP商購獲得。根據ISO 527測量,這種材料的拉伸強度為360MPa;根據ISO 527測量的拉伸伸長率為1.4%;根據ISO 527測量的拉伸模量為41500MPa;根據ISO 178測量的撓曲強度為580MPa;以及根據ISO 178測量的撓曲模量為34500MPa。 Other materials include a polyphthalamide (PPA) formulation, which is 40% carbon fiber filled, commercially available from RTP Company under the tradename RTP 4087 UP. This material has a tensile strength of 360 MPa according to ISO 527; a tensile elongation of 1.4% according to ISO 527; a tensile modulus of 41500 MPa according to ISO 527; and a flexural strength of 580 MPa according to ISO 178 ; and the flexural modulus measured according to ISO 178 is 34500 MPa.

其它材料包括聚苯硫醚(PPS)配方,它是30%碳纖維填充的且可從RTP公司以商品名RTP 1385 UP商購獲得。根據ISO 527測量,這種材料的拉伸強度為255MPa;根據ISO 527測量的拉伸伸長率為1.3%;根據ISO 527測量的拉伸模量為28500MPa;根據ISO 178測量的撓曲強度為385MPa;以及根據ISO 178測量的撓曲模量為23,000MPa。 Other materials include a polyphenylene sulfide (PPS) formulation, which is 30% carbon fiber filled and commercially available from RTP Company under the tradename RTP 1385 UP. This material has a tensile strength of 255 MPa according to ISO 527; a tensile elongation of 1.3% according to ISO 527; a tensile modulus of 28500 MPa according to ISO 527; and a flexural strength of 385 MPa according to ISO 178 ; and a flexural modulus measured according to ISO 178 of 23,000 MPa.

特別較佳的材料包括聚碸(PSU)配方,它是20%碳纖維填充的,可從RTP公司以商品名RTP 983商購獲得。根據ISO 527測量,這種材料的拉伸強度為124MPa;根據ISO 527測量的拉伸伸長率為2%;根據ISO 527測量的拉伸模量為11032MPa;根據ISO 178測量的撓曲強度為186MPa;以及根據ISO 178測量的撓曲模量為9653MPa。 A particularly preferred material includes a polysilicon (PSU) formulation, which is 20% carbon fiber filled, commercially available from RTP Company under the tradename RTP 983. The tensile strength of this material is 124 MPa measured according to ISO 527; according to ISO The tensile elongation measured according to ISO 527 was 2%; the tensile modulus measured according to ISO 527 was 11032 MPa; the flexural strength measured according to ISO 178 was 186 MPa; and the flexural modulus measured according to ISO 178 was 9653 MPa.

此外,較佳的材料可包括聚碸(PSU)配方,它是30%碳纖維填充的且可從RTP公司以商品名RTP 985商購獲得。根據ISO 527測量,這種材料的拉伸強度為138MPa;根據ISO 527測量的拉伸伸長率為1.2%;根據ISO 527測量的拉伸模量為20685MPa;根據ISO 178測量的撓曲強度為193MPa;以及根據ISO 178測量的撓曲模量為12411MPa。 In addition, a preferred material may include a polysilicon (PSU) formulation, which is 30% carbon fiber filled and is commercially available from RTP Company under the tradename RTP 985. This material has a tensile strength of 138 MPa according to ISO 527; a tensile elongation of 1.2% according to ISO 527; a tensile modulus of 20685 MPa according to ISO 527; and a flexural strength of 193 MPa according to ISO 178 ; and the flexural modulus measured according to ISO 178 is 12411 MPa.

進一步較佳的材料包括聚碸(PSU)配方,它是40%碳纖維填充的,可從RTP公司以商品名RTP 987商購獲得。根據ISO 527測量,這種材料的拉伸強度為155MPa;根據ISO 527測量的拉伸伸長率為1%;根據ISO 527測量的拉伸模量為24132MPa;根據ISO 178測量的撓曲強度為241MPa;以及根據ISO 178測量的撓曲模量為19306MPa。 A further preferred material includes a polysilicon (PSU) formulation, which is 40% carbon fiber filled, commercially available from RTP Company under the tradename RTP 987. This material has a tensile strength of 155 MPa according to ISO 527; a tensile elongation of 1% according to ISO 527; a tensile modulus of 24132 MPa according to ISO 527; and a flexural strength of 241 MPa according to ISO 178 ; and the flexural modulus measured according to ISO 178 is 19306 MPa.

底部插入件110、冠部插入件108、鑄造杯103、環106和/或擊球面(諸如擊球板243)中的任何一者或多者可以具有複雜的三維形狀和曲率,該形狀和曲率通常對應於高爾夫球桿頭100的期望形狀和曲率。應當理解,其他類型的球桿頭,諸如球道木桿型球桿頭、混合型球桿頭和鐵桿型球桿頭,可以使用本文描述的原理、方法和材料中的一種或多種來製造。 Any one or more of sole insert 110, crown insert 108, cast cup 103, ring 106, and/or a ball striking surface (such as blade 243) may have complex three-dimensional shapes and curvatures that and The curvature generally corresponds to the desired shape and curvature of the golf club head 100 . It should be understood that other types of club heads, such as fairway wood-type club heads, hybrid club heads, and iron-type club heads, may be fabricated using one or more of the principles, methods, and materials described herein.

參考圖33、圖34和圖42,根據一些實例,製造本揭示的高爾夫球桿頭(諸如高爾夫球桿頭100)的方法550包括(框552)雷射燒蝕高爾夫球桿頭的第一部件502的第一部件表面520,使得第一部件燒蝕表面522形成在第一部件502中。方法550還包括(框554)雷射燒蝕高爾夫球桿頭100的第二部件504的第二部件表面524,使得第二部件燒蝕表面526形成在第二部件504中。方法550另外包括(框556)將第一部件 燒蝕表面522和第二部件燒蝕表面526結合在一起。通常,方法550有助於產生具有促進結合表面之間牢固和可靠結合的特徵的高爾夫球桿頭的結合表面(即,搭接表面)。更具體地,藉由用雷射燒蝕高爾夫球桿頭的結合表面而形成的特徵促進了結合表面的圖案均勻性和表面能的增加,這有助於加強結合表面之間的結合並提高高爾夫球桿頭的整體可靠性和性能。此外,用雷射燒蝕結合表面可以實現多個零件和批量零件的表面特性的可重複性。如本文所定義的,第一部件燒蝕表面522和/或第二部件燒蝕表面526中的每一個可以是單個連續表面或多個間隔開的(例如,間斷的)表面。 33, 34, and 42, according to some examples, a method 550 of manufacturing a golf club head of the present disclosure, such as golf club head 100, includes (block 552) laser ablating a first component of the golf club head The first part surface 520 of 502 is formed such that the first part ablated surface 522 is formed in the first part 502 . The method 550 also includes (block 554 ) laser ablating the second part surface 524 of the second part 504 of the golf club head 100 such that the second part ablated surface 526 is formed in the second part 504 . The method 550 additionally includes (block 556) placing the first component The ablated surface 522 and the second component ablated surface 526 are bonded together. In general, method 550 facilitates producing a golf club head bonding surface (ie, lap surface) having features that promote a firm and reliable bond between the bonding surfaces. More specifically, the features formed by laser ablation of the bonding surfaces of the golf club head promote an increase in the pattern uniformity and surface energy of the bonding surfaces, which helps to strengthen the bond between the bonding surfaces and improve golf. The overall reliability and performance of the club head. In addition, laser ablation of the bonding surface enables reproducibility of the surface properties of multiple parts and batches of parts. As defined herein, each of first component ablation surface 522 and/or second component ablation surface 526 may be a single continuous surface or a plurality of spaced apart (eg, discontinuous) surfaces.

用於將高爾夫球桿頭的表面結合在一起的常規方法,包括經由非雷射燒蝕方法進行表面製備,可能無法提供足夠的圖案均勻性和表面能以產生牢固和可靠的結合。例如,化學燒蝕和介質噴射燒蝕工藝無法實現本揭示的雷射燒蝕可實現的結合表面的圖案均勻性和表面能。經由化學燒蝕工藝或介質噴射燒蝕工藝燒蝕的結合表面上的峰和谷的圖案不規則且不一致,這導致跨結合表面之間的結合的結合強度較低且不均勻。 Conventional methods for bonding the surfaces of golf club heads together, including surface preparation via non-laser ablation methods, may not provide sufficient pattern uniformity and surface energy to produce a strong and reliable bond. For example, chemical ablation and media jet ablation processes cannot achieve the pattern uniformity and surface energy of the bonding surface that can be achieved by laser ablation of the present disclosure. The pattern of peaks and valleys on the bonding surfaces ablated via chemical ablation processes or media jet ablation processes is irregular and inconsistent, which results in low and non-uniform bond strength across the bond between the bonding surfaces.

如圖33所示,第一部件雷射506被配置為生成第一部件雷射束508並將第一部件雷射束508引導到第一部件502的第一部件表面520處。第一部件雷射束508撞擊第一部件表面520,這使第一部件表面520的一部分昇華到所需深度。更具體地,第一部件雷射束508的能量足以將第一部件表面520的部分從固態直接轉變為氣態。在一些實例中,所需深度在5微米至100微米之間、在20微米和50微米之間、或約30微米。從第一部件表面520昇華的氣體可以被抽走,諸如藉由真空泵(未示出)。 As shown in FIG. 33 , the first part laser 506 is configured to generate and direct the first part laser beam 508 at the first part surface 520 of the first part 502 . The first part laser beam 508 strikes the first part surface 520, which sublimates a portion of the first part surface 520 to a desired depth. More specifically, the energy of the first component laser beam 508 is sufficient to directly convert a portion of the first component surface 520 from a solid state to a gaseous state. In some examples, the desired depth is between 5 and 100 microns, between 20 and 50 microns, or about 30 microns. The gas sublimated from the first part surface 520 may be drawn away, such as by a vacuum pump (not shown).

第一部件表面520被昇華(例如,去除)的部分的深度取決於第一部件表面520的材料和第一部件雷射束508 的特性。第一部件雷射束508的特性包括第一部件雷射束508對第一部件表面520的撞擊強度(例如,每單位面積的光功率)、脈衝頻率和持續時間。在第一部件表面520的一部分被去除之後,第一部件燒蝕表面522被暴露。因此,一般而言,第一部件雷射束508去除第一部件502的頂表面,從而暴露出第一部件502的新鮮表面。第一部件燒蝕表面522(例如,新鮮表面或暴露表面)相對沒有存在於第一部件表面520上的污染物(例如,氧化物、水分等)。 The depth of the portion of the first part surface 520 that is sublimed (eg, removed) depends on the material of the first part surface 520 and the first part laser beam 508 characteristics. The characteristics of the first component laser beam 508 include the impact intensity (eg, optical power per unit area), pulse frequency, and duration of the first component laser beam 508 on the first component surface 520 . After a portion of the first component surface 520 is removed, the first component ablation surface 522 is exposed. Thus, in general, the first part laser beam 508 removes the top surface of the first part 502, thereby exposing the fresh surface of the first part 502. The first component ablated surface 522 (eg, fresh surface or exposed surface) is relatively free of contaminants (eg, oxides, moisture, etc.) present on the first component surface 520 .

類似地,如圖34所示,第二部件雷射510被配置為生成第二部件雷射束510並將第二部件雷射束512引導到第二部件504的第二部件表面524處。第二部件雷射束512撞擊第二部件表面524,這使第二部件表面524的一部分昇華到所需深度。更具體地,第二部件雷射束512的能量足以將第二部件表面524的部分從固態直接轉變為氣態。從第二部件表面524昇華的氣體可以被抽走,諸如藉由真空泵(未示出)。第二部件表面524被昇華的部分的深度取決於第二部件表面524的材料和第二部件雷射束512的特性。與第一部件雷射束508一樣,第二部件雷射束512的特性包括第二部件雷射束512對第二部件表面524的撞擊強度(例如,每單位面積的光功率)、脈衝頻率和持續時間。通常,第一部件雷射束508和第二部件雷射束512是高度聚焦的雷射輻射束。在第二部件表面524的一部分被去除之後,第二部件燒蝕表面526被暴露。因此,一般而言,第二部件雷射束512去除第二部件504的頂表面,從而暴露出第二部件504的新鮮表面。第二部件燒蝕表面526相對沒有第二部件表面524上存在的污染物。 Similarly, as shown in FIG. 34 , second part laser 510 is configured to generate second part laser beam 510 and direct second part laser beam 512 at second part surface 524 of second part 504 . The second part laser beam 512 impinges on the second part surface 524, which sublimates a portion of the second part surface 524 to the desired depth. More specifically, the energy of the second component laser beam 512 is sufficient to directly convert a portion of the second component surface 524 from a solid state to a gaseous state. The gas sublimated from the second part surface 524 may be drawn away, such as by a vacuum pump (not shown). The depth of the sublimated portion of the second component surface 524 depends on the material of the second component surface 524 and the characteristics of the second component laser beam 512 . As with the first component laser beam 508, the characteristics of the second component laser beam 512 include the impact intensity (eg, optical power per unit area) of the second component laser beam 512 on the second component surface 524, pulse frequency, and duration. Typically, the first component laser beam 508 and the second component laser beam 512 are highly focused beams of laser radiation. After a portion of the second component surface 524 is removed, the second component ablation surface 526 is exposed. Thus, in general, the second part laser beam 512 removes the top surface of the second part 504 exposing the fresh surface of the second part 504 . The second component ablation surface 526 is relatively free of contaminants present on the second component surface 524 .

在方法550的某些實例中,第一部件雷射束508以第一部件速率沿著第一部件表面520移動以在第一部件502中形成第一部件燒蝕表面522。類似地,在一些實例中,第二部件雷射束510以第二部件速率沿著第二部件表面524移動以在 第二部件504中形成第二部件燒蝕表面526。以此方式,具有相對較小覆蓋區的雷射束可用於形成具有相對較大表面積的燒蝕表面。此外,在各種實例中,可以使用光學器件將雷射束分成單獨的子束,以沿著燒蝕表面移動並形成燒蝕表面的分離的部分。而且,根據一些實例,從多個雷射生成的多個雷射束可用於在單個部件中形成燒蝕表面。雷射束沿對應部件移動的速率取決於部件的材料類型。例如,當給定部件的材料比另一部件的材料昇華得更快時,給定的雷射束可能需要以比另一部件更快的速率沿著給定部件移動。相反,當給定部件的材料比另一部件的材料昇華得更慢時,給定的雷射束可能需要以比另一部件更慢的速率沿著給定部件移動。 In some instances of method 550 , first part laser beam 508 is moved along first part surface 520 at a first part velocity to form first part ablation surface 522 in first part 502 . Similarly, in some instances, the second part laser beam 510 moves along the second part surface 524 at the second part velocity to A second part ablation surface 526 is formed in the second part 504 . In this way, a laser beam with a relatively small footprint can be used to form an ablated surface with a relatively large surface area. Furthermore, in various examples, optics may be used to split the laser beam into individual beamlets to travel along the ablation surface and form separate portions of the ablation surface. Also, according to some examples, multiple laser beams generated from multiple lasers may be used to form ablated surfaces in a single component. The rate at which the laser beam moves along the corresponding part depends on the material type of the part. For example, a given laser beam may need to travel along a given part at a faster rate than the other part when the material of a given part sublimates faster than the material of another part. Conversely, a given laser beam may need to travel along a given part at a slower rate than another part when its material sublimates more slowly than another part's material.

昇華速率並因此雷射束沿部件的移動速率取決於生成雷射束的雷射類型和所生成的雷射束的特性。不同類型的雷射生成不同類型的雷射束。例如,二氧化碳雷射生成的雷射束不同於光纖雷射生成的雷射束。同樣,Nd-YAG(摻釹釔鋁石榴石)雷射生成的雷射束分別不同於二氧化碳雷射和光纖雷射生成的雷射束。此外,在一些實例中,可以選擇性地控制雷射以調整所生成的雷射的特性。例如,可以選擇性地控制雷射以調整所生成的雷射的強度或脈衝頻率中的一者或兩者。通常,雷射束的強度越高或雷射束的脈衝頻率越高,昇華率越高。 The rate of sublimation, and thus the rate of movement of the laser beam along the part, depends on the type of laser that generates the laser beam and the characteristics of the generated laser beam. Different types of lasers generate different types of laser beams. For example, a carbon dioxide laser produces a different laser beam than a fiber optic laser. Likewise, the laser beams generated by Nd-YAG (Neodymium-Doped Yttrium Aluminum Garnet) lasers are different from those generated by CO2 lasers and fiber lasers, respectively. Furthermore, in some instances, the laser can be selectively controlled to adjust the characteristics of the generated laser. For example, the laser can be selectively controlled to adjust one or both of the intensity or pulse frequency of the generated laser. Generally, the higher the intensity of the laser beam or the higher the pulse frequency of the laser beam, the higher the sublimation rate.

第一部件502經雷射燒蝕後,形成第一部件燒蝕表面522,並且第二部件504經雷射燒蝕,形成第二部件燒蝕表面526,第一部件燒蝕表面522和第二部件燒蝕表面526結合在一起。參考圖35,第一部件燒蝕表面522和第二部件燒蝕表面526在彼此面對時沿結合線528結合在一起以形成結合接頭。結合線528被定義為第一部件燒蝕表面522和第二部件燒蝕表面526之間的結構,包括但不限於材料。因此,在某些實例中,第一部件燒蝕表面522和第二部件燒蝕表面526沿結合 線528直接結合在一起。換句話說,在這樣的實例中,除了結合線528的材料之外,沒有其他中間層插入在第一部件燒蝕表面522和第二部件燒蝕表面526之間。在一些實例中,當第一部件燒蝕表面522和第二部件燒蝕表面526黏性結合時,結合線528包括黏合劑530。黏合劑530可以是本領域已知的各種黏合劑中的任一種,諸如膠水、環氧樹脂、樹脂等。此外,黏合劑530沿結合線528具有最大厚度和最小厚度,或者可替代地具有平均厚度。 After the first part 502 is laser ablated, the first part ablation surface 522 is formed, and the second part 504 is laser ablated to form the second part ablation surface 526, the first part ablation surface 522 and the second part ablation surface 526. The component ablated surfaces 526 are bonded together. Referring to Figure 35, the first part ablation surface 522 and the second part ablation surface 526 are joined together along a bond line 528 when facing each other to form a bond joint. Bond line 528 is defined as a structure between first part ablation surface 522 and second part ablation surface 526, including but not limited to materials. Thus, in some instances, the first component ablation surface 522 and the second component ablation surface 526 are joined along the Lines 528 join directly together. In other words, in such an instance, other than the material of bond wire 528 , no other intervening layer is interposed between first component ablation surface 522 and second component ablation surface 526 . In some examples, bond line 528 includes adhesive 530 when first part ablation surface 522 and second part ablation surface 526 are adhesively bonded. Adhesive 530 may be any of a variety of adhesives known in the art, such as glue, epoxy, resin, and the like. Additionally, the adhesive 530 has a maximum thickness and a minimum thickness along the bond line 528, or alternatively an average thickness.

在一些實例中,第一部件雷射506的類型、第一雷射束508的移動速率(即,第一部件速率)和/或第一部件雷射束508的特性取決於第一部件502的材料類型。類似地,在一些實例中,第二部件雷射510的類型、第二部件雷射束512的移動速率(即,第二部件速率)和/或第二部件雷射束512的特性取決於第二部件504的材料類型。 In some instances, the type of first component laser 506 , the rate of movement of the first laser beam 508 (ie, the first component velocity), and/or the characteristics of the first component laser beam 508 depend on the material type. Similarly, in some instances, the type of second component laser 510, the rate of movement of the second component laser beam 512 (ie, the second component velocity), and/or the characteristics of the second component laser beam 512 depend on the first component The type of material for the second part 504 .

根據某些實例,第一部件502由第一材料製成並且第二部件由第二材料製成,其中第一材料不同於第二材料。在一個實例中,第一部件502由第一類型的金屬材料製成並且第二部件504由第二類型的金屬材料製成。在另一實例中,第一部件502由第一類型的非金屬材料製成並且第二部件504由第二類型的非金屬材料製成。在又一實例中,第一部件502由非金屬材料製成並且第二部件504由金屬材料製成。在上述實例中,第一部件雷射506的類型、第一部件雷射束508的移動速率或第一部件雷射束508的特性中的至少一者分別不同於第二部件雷射510的類型、第二部件雷射束512的移動速率或第二部件雷射束512的特性。根據一些實例,第一部件雷射506的類型不同於第二部件雷射510的類型(例如,使得第一部件雷射506不同於第二部件雷射510並且與第二部件雷射510分離)。在一些實例中,第一部件速率不同於第二部件速率。在一個實例中,第一部件雷射束508的強度不同於第二部件雷射 束512的強度。附加地或可替代地,根據某些實例,第一部件雷射束508的脈衝頻率不同於第二部件雷射束512的脈衝頻率。 According to some examples, the first part 502 is made of a first material and the second part is made of a second material, wherein the first material is different from the second material. In one example, the first part 502 is made of a first type of metallic material and the second part 504 is made of a second type of metallic material. In another example, the first part 502 is made of a first type of non-metallic material and the second part 504 is made of a second type of non-metallic material. In yet another example, the first part 502 is made of a non-metallic material and the second part 504 is made of a metallic material. In the above examples, at least one of the type of the first part laser 506 , the rate of movement of the first part laser beam 508 , or the characteristics of the first part laser beam 508 is different from the type of the second part laser 510 , respectively , the rate of movement of the second component laser beam 512 or the characteristics of the second component laser beam 512 . According to some examples, the type of the first component laser 506 is different from the type of the second component laser 510 (eg, making the first component laser 506 different from and separate from the second component laser 510 ) . In some instances, the first part rate is different from the second part rate. In one example, the intensity of the first component laser beam 508 is different from the second component laser Intensity of beam 512. Additionally or alternatively, according to some examples, the pulse frequency of the first component laser beam 508 is different from the pulse frequency of the second component laser beam 512 .

根據一些實例,第一材料是纖維增強聚合材料,而第二材料是金屬材料。在一個實例中,纖維增強聚合材料是玻璃纖維增強聚合材料或碳纖維增強聚合材料中的至少一種,諸如上述那些材料中的一種,而金屬材料是鈦合金,諸如鑄造鈦材料。在這些實例中,以下中的至少一者:第一部件雷射506是二氧化碳雷射,而第二部件雷射510是光纖雷射;第一部件速率比第二部件速率慢;第一部件雷射束508的強度小於第二部件雷射束512的強度;或者第一部件雷射束508的脈衝頻率小於第二部件雷射束512的脈衝頻率。在一些實例中,當第一部件速率比第二部件速率慢時,第一部件速率在600mm/s至800mm/s之間(例如,700mm/s),而第二部件速率在600mm/s至800mm/s之間(例如,700mm/s)。在某些實例中,當第一部件雷射束508的強度小於第二部件雷射束512的強度時,第一部件雷射束508的強度在40瓦至60瓦之間,而第二部件雷射束512的強度在40瓦至60瓦之間。在一些實例中,當第一部件雷射束508的脈衝頻率小於第二部件雷射束512的脈衝頻率時,第一部件雷射束508的脈衝頻率在40kHz至60kHz之間,而第二部件雷射束512的脈衝頻率在40kHz至60kHz之間。 According to some examples, the first material is a fiber reinforced polymeric material and the second material is a metallic material. In one example, the fiber reinforced polymeric material is at least one of a glass fiber reinforced polymeric material or a carbon fiber reinforced polymeric material, such as one of those described above, and the metallic material is a titanium alloy, such as a cast titanium material. In these examples, at least one of: the first component laser 506 is a carbon dioxide laser and the second component laser 510 is a fiber optic laser; the first component rate is slower than the second component rate; the first component laser The intensity of beam 508 is less than the intensity of second component laser beam 512 ; or the pulse frequency of first component laser beam 508 is less than the pulse frequency of second component laser beam 512 . In some examples, when the first part velocity is slower than the second part velocity, the first part velocity is between 600 mm/s and 800 mm/s (eg, 700 mm/s), and the second part velocity is between 600 mm/s and 800 mm/s. Between 800mm/s (eg, 700mm/s). In some instances, when the intensity of the first component laser beam 508 is less than the intensity of the second component laser beam 512, the intensity of the first component laser beam 508 is between 40 watts and 60 watts, while the second component laser beam 508 has an intensity between 40 watts and 60 watts. The intensity of the laser beam 512 is between 40 watts and 60 watts. In some examples, when the pulse frequency of the first component laser beam 508 is less than the pulse frequency of the second component laser beam 512, the pulse frequency of the first component laser beam 508 is between 40 kHz and 60 kHz, while the second component laser beam 508 has a pulse frequency between 40 kHz and 60 kHz. The pulse frequency of the laser beam 512 is between 40 kHz and 60 kHz.

當第一部件502的第一材料或第二部件504的第二材料是纖維增強聚合材料(包括嵌入樹脂或環氧樹脂基體中的多個增強纖維)時,對應的第一部件表面520或第二部件表面524完全由纖維增強聚合材料的樹脂或環氧樹脂基體限定。因此,第一部件雷射束508或第二部件雷射束512僅撞擊並燒蝕樹脂或環氧樹脂基體,而不燒蝕嵌入其中的增強纖維。此外,在一些實例中,第一部件502或第二部件504由夾在玻 璃纖維增強聚合材料的相對外部片層之間的碳纖維增強聚合材料的多個片層製成。在此類實例中,對應的雷射束僅撞擊並燒蝕玻璃纖維增強聚合材料的樹脂或環氧樹脂基體。 When the first material of the first part 502 or the second material of the second part 504 is a fiber reinforced polymeric material (including a plurality of reinforcing fibers embedded in a resin or epoxy matrix), the corresponding first part surface 520 or the first The two-part surface 524 is entirely defined by a resin or epoxy matrix of fiber reinforced polymeric material. Thus, either the first component laser beam 508 or the second component laser beam 512 only strikes and ablates the resin or epoxy matrix without ablating the reinforcing fibers embedded therein. Additionally, in some instances, the first member 502 or the second member 504 is sandwiched between glass Made of multiple plies of carbon fiber reinforced polymeric material between opposing outer plies of glass fiber reinforced polymeric material. In such instances, the corresponding laser beam strikes and ablates only the resin or epoxy matrix of the glass fiber reinforced polymeric material.

如前所述,由於能夠精確控制雷射的能量、脈衝頻率和方向性,表面的雷射燒蝕可產生具有高均勻性峰和谷的新鮮(例如,相對未受污染的)表面,以及高表面能。通常,雷射束的每個脈衝昇華並去除被燒蝕表面的局部部分。表面的去除部分限定了谷(例如,凹坑或凹陷),其形狀與雷射束的橫截面形狀相應,並且深度與雷射束的強度和頻率相應。因為雷射束相對於被燒蝕的表面移動,所以雷射束的每個脈衝接觸表面的不同部分,這導致與被去除部分相應的不同且間隔開的谷。因為被去除部分之間的表面部分沒有被去除,所以表面的未被去除部分限定了谷的對角線之間的峰。以此方式,隨著雷射束相對於表面移動,在表面中形成峰和谷圖案。 As previously mentioned, laser ablation of surfaces can produce fresh (eg, relatively uncontaminated) surfaces with high uniformity peaks and valleys, as well as high surface energy. Typically, each pulse of the laser beam sublimates and removes a localized portion of the ablated surface. The removed portions of the surface define valleys (eg, pits or depressions) whose shape corresponds to the cross-sectional shape of the laser beam and whose depth corresponds to the intensity and frequency of the laser beam. As the laser beam moves relative to the surface being ablated, each pulse of the laser beam contacts a different portion of the surface, which results in distinct and spaced valleys corresponding to the portion removed. Because the portions of the surface between the removed portions are not removed, the unremoved portions of the surface define the peaks between the diagonals of the valleys. In this way, a pattern of peaks and valleys is formed in the surface as the laser beam moves relative to the surface.

參考圖33,第一部件表面520的昇華產生具有峰和谷的第一部件燒蝕圖案的第一部件燒蝕表面522。類似地,參考圖34,第二部件表面524的昇華產生具有峰和谷的第二部件燒蝕圖案的第二部件燒蝕表面526。在圖36、圖37、圖45至圖46中示出了可以代表第一部件燒蝕圖案和第二部件燒蝕圖案的谷峰的燒蝕圖案的實例。 Referring to Figure 33, sublimation of the first part surface 520 produces a first part ablation surface 522 having a first part ablation pattern of peaks and valleys. Similarly, referring to FIG. 34, sublimation of the second feature surface 524 produces a second feature ablation surface 526 having a second feature ablation pattern of peaks and valleys. Examples of ablation patterns that may represent valleys and peaks of the first feature ablation pattern and the second feature ablation pattern are shown in FIGS. 36, 37, 45-46.

燒蝕圖案540包括由多個谷544間隔開的多個峰542。通常,雷射束被移動和脈衝化,使得谷相對於彼此定位以形成所需的圖案。谷的圖案可以是對稱的或非對稱的。此外,谷之間的間距可以是均勻的或非均勻的。在一個實例中,諸如圖36、圖45至圖46所示,燒蝕圖案540是對稱的並且燒蝕圖案540的谷之間的間距是均勻的。如圖36所示,在對稱圖案的一個實例中,燒蝕圖案540的谷被均勻間隔並且緊密地間隔在一起,這意味著每個谷與峰和谷圖案的至少一個相鄰谷和 至少一個相鄰峰相鄰。在圖36的圖示實例中,峰和谷的燒蝕圖案540的一些谷與四個相鄰的谷和四個相鄰的峰相鄰。同樣,在圖36的圖示實例中,峰和谷的燒蝕圖案540的一些峰與四個相鄰的峰和四個相鄰的谷相鄰。 Ablation pattern 540 includes a plurality of peaks 542 separated by a plurality of valleys 544 . Typically, the laser beam is moved and pulsed so that the valleys are positioned relative to each other to form the desired pattern. The pattern of valleys can be symmetrical or asymmetrical. Furthermore, the spacing between valleys can be uniform or non-uniform. In one example, such as shown in FIGS. 36, 45-46, the ablation pattern 540 is symmetrical and the spacing between the valleys of the ablation pattern 540 is uniform. As shown in Figure 36, in one example of a symmetrical pattern, the valleys of the ablation pattern 540 are evenly spaced and closely spaced together, meaning that each valley is associated with at least one adjacent valley of the peak and valley pattern and At least one adjacent peak is adjacent. In the illustrated example of FIG. 36, some valleys of the peak and valley ablation pattern 540 are adjacent to four adjacent valleys and four adjacent peaks. Also, in the illustrated example of FIG. 36, some of the peaks of the ablation pattern 540 of peaks and valleys are adjacent to four adjacent peaks and four adjacent valleys.

在一些實例中,跨過峰542中的一個並且沿著部件的長度L(或寬度),谷544中的每一個與谷544中的相鄰一個隔開谷到谷距離Dvv。谷到谷距離Dvv被定義為從谷544中的一個的中心點到谷544中相鄰一個的中心點的距離。此外,谷544中的每一個都具有從假設邊界546測量的谷深度dv,假設邊界546在被雷射燒蝕之前通常與表面共面。參考圖45和圖46,谷544中的每一個具有主要尺寸D1(例如,最大尺寸)和次要尺寸D2(例如,最小尺寸)。主要尺寸D1等於或小於次要尺寸D2。例如,參考圖45,當谷544中的每一個基本上是圓形時,主要尺寸D1等於次要尺寸D2。然而,在其他實例中,如圖46所示,谷544中的每一個具有非圓形形狀(例如,橢圓形),使得主要尺寸D1大於次要尺寸D2。在一些實例中,諸如當被雷射束燒蝕的表面是平坦的時,所得燒蝕圖案包括圓形的谷544。然而,根據某些實例,諸如當被雷射束燒蝕的表面彎曲或成形時,表面的曲率使得所得燒蝕圖案的谷544具有橢圓形狀。 In some examples, across one of the peaks 542 and along the length L (or width) of the feature, each of the valleys 544 is separated from an adjacent one of the valleys 544 by a valley-to-valley distance Dvv. The valley-to-valley distance Dvv is defined as the distance from the center point of one of the valleys 544 to the center point of an adjacent one of the valleys 544 . Additionally, each of the valleys 544 has a valley depth dv measured from a hypothetical boundary 546 that is generally coplanar with the surface prior to being laser ablated. Referring to Figures 45 and 46, each of the valleys 544 has a major dimension Dl (eg, the largest dimension) and a minor dimension D2 (eg, the smallest dimension). The primary dimension D1 is equal to or smaller than the secondary dimension D2. For example, referring to FIG. 45, when each of the valleys 544 is substantially circular, the major dimension D1 is equal to the minor dimension D2. However, in other examples, as shown in FIG. 46, each of the valleys 544 has a non-circular shape (eg, an oval shape) such that the major dimension D1 is greater than the minor dimension D2. In some examples, such as when the surface ablated by the laser beam is flat, the resulting ablation pattern includes circular valleys 544 . However, according to some examples, such as when the surface being ablated by the laser beam is curved or shaped, the curvature of the surface causes the valleys 544 of the resulting ablation pattern to have an elliptical shape.

在一些實例中,谷544中的至少一個的主要尺寸D1在40微米至80微米之間,並且次要尺寸D2等於主要尺寸D1或可以變化多達10%或20%或變化10-20微米。另外或可替代地,兩個谷544之間的谷到谷距離Dvv可以在兩個谷544中的任何一個的主要尺寸D1的80%-200%(較佳地至少120%)的範圍內。如本文所定義的,關於谷544,當第二谷是第一谷的最近鄰時,第一谷與第二谷相鄰。此外,在一些實例中,諸如那些谷之間具有均勻間距的實例,可以認為給定谷與多個谷相鄰。谷544的中心點被定義為谷544的最大深度的位置,其 通常是從谷544的外周向內的主要尺寸的一半。谷544的外周(例如,周長)被定義為過渡區域,其中谷544的谷深度dv相對於未燒蝕表面的變化不超過5微米,較佳地相對於未燒蝕表面的變化在0至2微米之間。 In some examples, the major dimension D1 of at least one of the valleys 544 is between 40 microns and 80 microns, and the minor dimension D2 is equal to the major dimension D1 or may vary by as much as 10% or 20% or by 10-20 microns. Additionally or alternatively, the valley-to-valley distance Dvv between the two valleys 544 may be in the range of 80%-200% (preferably at least 120%) of the major dimension D1 of either of the two valleys 544 . As defined herein, with respect to valley 544, a first valley is adjacent to a second valley when the second valley is a nearest neighbor of the first valley. Furthermore, in some instances, such as those with uniform spacing between valleys, a given valley may be considered adjacent to multiple valleys. The center point of the valley 544 is defined as the location of the maximum depth of the valley 544, which Typically half the major dimension from the outer circumference of the valley 544 inward. The perimeter (eg, perimeter) of the valley 544 is defined as a transition region, wherein the valley depth dv of the valley 544 does not vary by more than 5 microns relative to the unablated surface, preferably between 0 and 5 microns relative to the unablated surface. between 2 microns.

根據一個實例,本文使用的峰和谷的燒蝕圖案的均勻性可以根據燒蝕圖案的谷大小的變化來定義。如前所述,一些燒蝕工藝(諸如,介質噴射燒蝕工藝)留下的基本上不可控的燒蝕圖案包括大小、形狀和間距大不相同的谷。精確控制雷射的能量、脈衝頻率和方向性的能力產生了圖案的所有谷都具有均勻大小的燒蝕圖案。由雷射束形成的燒蝕圖案的谷的大小的均勻性可以藉由燒蝕圖案的一個谷相對於燒蝕圖案的谷的任一其他(例如,所有其他的)谷的大小百分比差異來表示。與谷的大小有關的百分比差異等於圖案中一個谷的大小與圖案中任何其他谷的大小的比率(以百分比表示)。燒蝕圖案的谷大小的百分比差異越小,燒蝕圖案的均勻性越高。在一些實例中,給定圖案的一個谷的大小與給定圖案的任何其他谷的大小的百分比差異不超過20%。換句話說,一個谷的大小在任何其他一個谷或所有其他谷的大小的20%以內。在其他實例中,給定圖案的一個谷的大小與給定圖案的任何其他一個谷的大小的百分比差異不超過10%。 According to one example, as used herein, the uniformity of the ablation pattern of peaks and valleys can be defined in terms of variations in the size of the valleys of the ablation pattern. As previously mentioned, some ablation processes, such as media jet ablation processes, leave substantially uncontrollable ablation patterns comprising valleys that vary widely in size, shape, and spacing. The ability to precisely control the energy, pulse frequency, and directionality of the laser produces ablation patterns with uniformly sized all valleys of the pattern. The uniformity of the size of the valleys of the ablation pattern formed by the laser beam can be represented by the percent difference in size of one valley of the ablation pattern relative to any other (eg, all other) valleys of the ablation pattern . The percent difference in relation to the size of the valleys is equal to the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the size of one valley in the pattern to the size of any other valley in the pattern. The smaller the percent difference in valley size of the ablation pattern, the higher the uniformity of the ablation pattern. In some instances, the size of one valley of a given pattern differs in percentage from the size of any other valley of the given pattern by no more than 20%. In other words, the size of one valley is within 20% of the size of any other valley or all other valleys. In other instances, the size of one valley of a given pattern differs by no more than 10% in percentage from the size of any other valley of the given pattern.

谷的大小可以表示為橫截面積、主要尺寸D1、次要尺寸D2、深度dv或谷的大小的其他特徵。在某些實例中,一個谷的主要尺寸D1或次要尺寸D2在任何其他一個谷或所有其他谷的對應主要尺寸D1或次要尺寸D2的20%以內。根據一個實例,一個谷的主要尺寸D1在任何其他一個谷或所有其他谷的主要尺寸D1的20%之內,並且一個谷的次要尺寸D2在任何其他一個谷或所有其他谷的次要尺寸D2的20%之內。在某些實例中,一個谷的主要尺寸D1或次要尺寸D2在任何其他一個谷或所有其他谷的對應主要尺寸D1或次要尺寸D2的 10%以內。根據一個實例,一個谷的主要尺寸D1在任何其他一個谷或所有其他谷的主要尺寸D1的10%之內,並且一個谷的次要尺寸D2在任何其他一個谷或所有其他谷的次要尺寸D2的10%之內。儘管上述實例參考了谷的主要尺寸D1和次要尺寸D2,但谷的大小的其他特徵,諸如橫截面積和深度,可以與主要尺寸D1和次要尺寸D2互換。 The size of the valley can be expressed as a cross-sectional area, a major dimension D1, a minor dimension D2, a depth dv, or other characteristics of the size of the valley. In some instances, the major dimension Dl or minor dimension D2 of one valley is within 20% of the corresponding major dimension Dl or minor dimension D2 of any other valley or all other valleys. According to one example, the major dimension D1 of one valley is within 20% of the major dimension D1 of any other valley or all other valleys, and the minor dimension D2 of one valley is within the minor dimension of any other valley or all other valleys within 20% of D2. In some instances, the major dimension D1 or minor dimension D2 of one valley is less than the corresponding major dimension D1 or minor dimension D2 of any other valley or all other valleys within 10%. According to one example, the major dimension D1 of one valley is within 10% of the major dimension D1 of any other valley or all other valleys, and the minor dimension D2 of one valley is within the minor dimension of any other valley or all other valleys within 10% of D2. Although the above examples refer to the major dimension D1 and the minor dimension D2 of the valley, other characteristics of the size of the valley, such as cross-sectional area and depth, may be interchanged with the major dimension D1 and the minor dimension D2.

附加地或可替代地,在一些實例中,如本文所使用的峰和谷的燒蝕圖案的均勻性可以根據燒蝕圖案的相鄰谷之間的距離的變化來定義。精確控制雷射的能量、脈衝頻率和方向性的能力產生了圖案的所有谷被彼此均勻間隔開的燒蝕圖案。由雷射束形成的燒蝕圖案的谷之間距離的均勻性可以用燒蝕圖案的兩個相鄰谷之間的距離相對於燒蝕圖案的任何其他兩個相鄰谷(例如,所有相鄰的谷)之間的距離的百分比差異來表示。與谷之間的距離有關的百分比差異等於圖案中兩個相鄰谷之間的距離與圖案中任何其他兩個相鄰谷之間的距離的比率(以百分比表示)。燒蝕圖案的谷之間距離的百分比差異越小,燒蝕圖案的均勻性越高。在一些實例中,給定圖案的兩個相鄰谷之間的距離與給定圖案的任何其他兩個相鄰谷之間的差的百分比差異不超過20%。換句話說,兩個相鄰谷之間的距離在任何其他兩個相鄰谷之間距離的20%以內。在其他實例中,給定圖案的兩個相鄰谷之間的距離與給定圖案的任何其他兩個相鄰谷之間的差的百分比差異不超過10%。 Additionally or alternatively, in some examples, the uniformity of an ablation pattern of peaks and valleys as used herein may be defined in terms of changes in distance between adjacent valleys of the ablation pattern. The ability to precisely control the energy, pulse frequency, and directionality of the laser produces ablation patterns in which all valleys of the pattern are evenly spaced from each other. The uniformity of the distance between the valleys of the ablation pattern formed by the laser beam can be measured by the distance between two adjacent valleys of the ablation pattern relative to any other two adjacent valleys of the ablation pattern (eg, all phases expressed as the percentage difference in the distance between adjacent valleys). The percent difference in relation to the distance between valleys is equal to the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the distance between two adjacent valleys in the pattern to the distance between any other two adjacent valleys in the pattern. The smaller the percentage difference in the distance between valleys of the ablation pattern, the higher the uniformity of the ablation pattern. In some examples, the percentage difference between the distance between two adjacent valleys of a given pattern and the difference between any other two adjacent valleys of the given pattern is no more than 20%. In other words, the distance between two adjacent valleys is within 20% of the distance between any other two adjacent valleys. In other examples, the percentage difference between the distance between two adjacent valleys of a given pattern and the difference between any other two adjacent valleys of the given pattern is no more than 10%.

對應於本文公開的部件的燒蝕表面上燒蝕圖案的峰和谷的均勻性,與使用其他類型的燒蝕工藝處理的表面相比,雷射燒蝕高爾夫球桿頭的部件的表面也促進更高的表面能。如上所述,要結合的表面的更高表面能能夠使表面之間的結合更牢固和更可靠。表面的表面能與表面的水接觸角成反比。換句話說,表面的水接觸角越小,該表面的表面能 就越高。水接觸角被定義為(通過水)表面上的一滴水與表面形成的角度。水接觸角越低,表面的潤濕性越高,這促進了黏合劑的黏合性和黏合劑與表面的結合能力。因此,水接觸角越低,結合越好,並且結合強度越高。在一些實例中,水接觸角可以藉由使用測角儀或其他測量裝置來測量。根據下表4,示出了在形成結合接頭之前,高爾夫球桿頭的若干實例的各種雷射燒蝕表面的水接觸角。 Corresponding to the uniformity of the peaks and valleys of the ablation pattern on the ablated surfaces of the components disclosed herein, laser ablation of the surfaces of the components of the golf club head also promotes the promotion of higher surface energy. As mentioned above, the higher surface energy of the surfaces to be bonded enables a stronger and more reliable bond between the surfaces. The surface energy of a surface is inversely proportional to the water contact angle of the surface. In other words, the smaller the water contact angle of a surface, the higher the surface energy of that surface. the higher. The water contact angle is defined as the angle (through water) that a drop of water on a surface makes with the surface. The lower the water contact angle, the higher the wettability of the surface, which promotes the adhesion of the adhesive and the ability of the adhesive to bind to the surface. Therefore, the lower the water contact angle, the better the bond and the higher the bond strength. In some examples, the water contact angle can be measured by using a goniometer or other measuring device. According to Table 4 below, the water contact angles of various laser ablated surfaces are shown for several examples of golf club heads prior to forming the bond joint.

Figure 110142729-A0202-12-0088-12
Figure 110142729-A0202-12-0088-12

在表4中,冠部桿頸表面是主體102的前凸緣燒蝕表面179A的一部分,它比底部部分117更靠近冠部部分119,並且比趾部部分114更靠近桿頸120;冠趾表面是主體102的前突緣燒蝕表面179A的一部分,它比底部部分117更靠近冠部部分119,並且比桿頸120更靠近趾部部分114;底部桿頸表面是主體102的前凸緣燒蝕表面179A的一部分,它比冠部部分119更靠近底部部分117,並且比趾部部分114更靠近桿頸120;並且底趾表面是主體102的前凸緣燒蝕表面179A的一部分,它比冠部部分119更靠近底部部分117,並且比桿頸120更靠近 趾部部分114。因此,參考表4,在一些實例中,高爾夫球桿頭100的第二部件燒蝕表面526或任何雷射燒蝕表面具有2°至25°之間或5°至18°之間的水接觸角。根據某些實例,高爾夫球桿頭100的燒蝕表面的水接觸角小於50°、小於45°、小於40°、小於35°、小於30°、小於25°或小於20°。在一些實例中,高爾夫球桿頭100的燒蝕表面的水接觸角大於零度並且小於30°或大於零度並且小於25°。在某些實例中,高爾夫球桿頭100的燒蝕表面的水接觸角在1°至18°之間。 In Table 4, the crown hosel surface is the portion of the front flange ablation surface 179A of the body 102 that is closer to the crown portion 119 than the bottom portion 117 and closer to the hosel 120 than the toe portion 114; crown toe The surface is a portion of the front flange ablation surface 179A of the body 102 which is closer to the crown portion 119 than the bottom portion 117 and closer to the toe portion 114 than the hosel 120; the bottom hosel surface is the front flange of the main body 102 a portion of ablated surface 179A that is closer to bottom portion 117 than crown portion 119 and closer to hosel 120 than toe portion 114; and the bottom toe surface is a portion of front flange ablated surface 179A of body 102 that is closer to bottom portion 117 than crown portion 119 and closer than hosel 120 Toe portion 114 . Thus, with reference to Table 4, in some examples, the second component ablated surface 526 or any laser ablated surface of the golf club head 100 has a water contact between 2° and 25° or between 5° and 18° horn. According to certain examples, the water contact angle of the ablated surface of golf club head 100 is less than 50°, less than 45°, less than 40°, less than 35°, less than 30°, less than 25°, or less than 20°. In some examples, the water contact angle of the ablated surface of golf club head 100 is greater than zero and less than 30° or greater than zero and less than 25°. In certain examples, the water contact angle of the ablated surface of golf club head 100 is between 1° and 18°.

參考圖38、圖40和圖41,在一些實例中,第一部件502是高爾夫球桿頭100的擊球板143,而第二部件504是高爾夫球桿頭100的主體102。在某些實例中,擊球板143可以由纖維增強聚合材料製成並且主體102可以由不同材料,諸如鑄造鈦材料、非鑄造鈦材料、鋁材料、鋼材料、鎢材料、塑料材料等製成。在某些實例中,擊球板143由纖維增強聚合材料的多個堆疊片層製成。在一個實例中,擊球板143由35-70個堆疊片層的纖維增強聚合材料(每個片層具有在給定角度的連續纖維)製成並且具有3.5mm至6.0mm之間包括端值的厚度。片層的纖維的角度可以從片層到片層變化。可替代地,擊球板143可由金屬材料諸如鈦合金製成,而主體102可由相同的金屬材料或不同的金屬材料諸如不同的鈦合金製成。而且,如上所述,主體102可以由多個單獨形成並隨後附接的部件製成,其中每個部件由不同材料製成。 Referring to FIGS. 38 , 40 and 41 , in some examples, the first component 502 is the blade 143 of the golf club head 100 and the second component 504 is the body 102 of the golf club head 100 . In some examples, the blade 143 may be made of fiber reinforced polymeric material and the body 102 may be made of different materials, such as cast titanium material, non-cast titanium material, aluminum material, steel material, tungsten material, plastic material, etc. . In some examples, the blade 143 is made from multiple stacked plies of fiber-reinforced polymeric material. In one example, the blade 143 is made from 35-70 stacked plies of fiber reinforced polymeric material (each ply having continuous fibers at a given angle) and has values between 3.5mm and 6.0mm inclusive thickness of. The angle of the fibers of the ply can vary from ply to ply. Alternatively, the blade 143 may be made of a metallic material, such as a titanium alloy, and the body 102 may be made of the same metallic material or a different metallic material, such as a different titanium alloy. Also, as discussed above, the body 102 may be made from a plurality of separately formed and subsequently attached components, where each component is made of a different material.

當第一部件502是高爾夫球桿頭100的擊球板143時,第一部件表面520包括與擊球板143的擊球面145相對的擊球板143的內表面166或後表面。因此,如圖38所示,第一雷射506生成第一部件雷射束508並引導第一部件雷射束508以至少部分地在內表面166上在指定的第一部件結合面積548內並沿著指定的第一部件結合面積548撞擊內表面166,以形成擊球板內部燒蝕表面179C。因此,擊球板143的整個內表面 166的僅一部分(例如,外周部分)被雷射燒蝕,而內表面166的其餘部分未被燒蝕。第一部件燒蝕表面522至少部分地包括擊球板內部燒蝕表面179C。在一些實例中,第一部件表面520還包括擊球板145的外周邊緣表面167並且第一雷射506生成第一部件雷射束508並且引導第一部件雷射束508撞擊(例如,整個)外周邊緣表面167,從而形成擊球板邊緣燒蝕表面179D。因此,第一部件燒蝕表面522可以進一步包括擊球板邊緣燒蝕表面179D並且指定的第一部件結合面積548可以進一步包括外周邊緣表面167。在某些實例中,擊球板內部燒蝕表面179C和擊球板邊緣燒蝕表面179D具有相同的燒蝕圖案。在一些實例中,與雷射燒蝕內表面166時相比,由於外周邊緣表面167相對於內表面166的角度,當雷射燒蝕外周邊緣表面167時,調整擊球板143相對於第一部件雷射506的取向。 When the first component 502 is the blade 143 of the golf club head 100 , the first component surface 520 includes the inner surface 166 or rear surface of the blade 143 opposite the striking face 145 of the blade 143 . Thus, as shown in FIG. 38 , the first laser 506 generates the first component laser beam 508 and directs the first component laser beam 508 to at least partially on the inner surface 166 within the designated first component bonding area 548 and The inner surface 166 is struck along the designated first part bond area 548 to form the blade interior ablation surface 179C. Therefore, the entire inner surface of the blade 143 Only a portion of 166 (eg, the peripheral portion) is laser ablated, while the remainder of inner surface 166 is not ablated. The first component ablation surface 522 includes, at least in part, the blade interior ablation surface 179C. In some examples, the first component surface 520 also includes the peripheral edge surface 167 of the blade 145 and the first laser 506 generates the first component laser beam 508 and directs the first component laser beam 508 to impinge (eg, throughout) Peripheral edge surface 167, thereby forming blade edge ablation surface 179D. Accordingly, the first component ablation surface 522 may further include the blade edge ablation surface 179D and the designated first component bonding area 548 may further include the peripheral edge surface 167 . In some examples, the blade interior ablation surface 179C and the blade edge ablation surface 179D have the same ablation pattern. In some examples, due to the angle of the peripheral edge surface 167 relative to the inner surface 166, when the peripheral edge surface 167 is laser ablated, the blade 143 is adjusted relative to the first Orientation of component laser 506 .

當第二部件504是主體102時,第二部件表面524包括主體102的板開口凹陷凸緣147。因此,如圖39所示,第二雷射510生成第二部件雷射束512並且引導第二部件雷射束512以在指定的第二部件結合面積內並沿著指定的第二部件結合面積撞擊板開口凹陷凸緣147,以形成前凸緣燒蝕表面179A。第二部件燒蝕表面526至少部分地包括前凸緣燒蝕表面179A。在一些實例中,第二部件表面524還包括繞板開口凹陷凸緣147延伸的側壁146,並且第二雷射510生成第二部件雷射束512並引導第二部件雷射束512撞擊(例如,全部)側壁146,使得形成前側壁燒蝕表面179B。因此,第二部件燒蝕表面526可以進一步包括前側壁燒蝕表面179B並且指定的第二部件結合面積可以進一步包括側壁146。在某些實例中,前凸緣燒蝕表面179A和前側壁燒蝕表面179B具有相同的燒蝕圖案。在一些實例中,與雷射燒蝕板開口凹陷凸緣147時相比,當雷射燒蝕側壁146時,由於側壁146相對於板開口凹陷凸緣147的角度,調整主體102相對於第二部件雷射510的取向。 When the second component 504 is the body 102 , the second component surface 524 includes the plate opening recessed flange 147 of the body 102 . Thus, as shown in FIG. 39, the second laser 510 generates a second component laser beam 512 and directs the second component laser beam 512 to be within and along the specified second component bond area The strike plate opening recesses flange 147 to form front flange ablation surface 179A. The second component ablation surface 526 at least partially includes the front flange ablation surface 179A. In some examples, the second component surface 524 also includes sidewalls 146 extending around the board opening recessed flange 147, and the second laser 510 generates the second component laser beam 512 and directs the second component laser beam 512 to impinge (eg, , all) sidewalls 146 such that front sidewall ablation surfaces 179B are formed. Accordingly, the second component ablation surface 526 may further include the front sidewall ablation surface 179B and the designated second component bonding area may further include the sidewall 146 . In some examples, the front flange ablation surface 179A and the front sidewall ablation surface 179B have the same ablation pattern. In some instances, when laser ablating the sidewalls 146, the body 102 is adjusted relative to the second sidewall 146 due to the angle of the sidewalls 146 relative to the plate opening recessed flange 147 as compared to when the plate opening recessed flange 147 is laser ablated. Orientation of component laser 510 .

鑒於前述,根據一些實例,諸如圖18的高爾夫球桿頭300,第二部件燒蝕表面526由不同材料製成的兩個子部件(例如,上部杯狀件304A和下部杯狀件304B)的燒蝕表面限定。因此,當第二部件燒蝕表面526被雷射燒蝕時,限定第二部件燒蝕表面526的不同材料可以在單個連續步驟中被雷射燒蝕。不同材料中的第一材料可以限定第二部件燒蝕表面526的第一表面積,並且不同材料中的第二材料可以限定第二部件燒蝕表面的第二表面積。在一些實例中,第一表面積和第二表面積可以不同。根據某些實例,第一表面積大於第二表面積,並且限定第一表面積的第一材料具有比限定第二表面積的第二材料更低的密度。上部杯狀件304A和下部杯形件304B均包括前凸緣和側壁(類似於板開口凹陷凸緣147和側壁146),其可以被雷射燒蝕以限定第二部件燒蝕表面526。 In view of the foregoing, according to some examples, such as the golf club head 300 of FIG. 18 , the second component ablation surface 526 is made from two subcomponents (eg, upper cup 304A and lower cup 304B) of different materials. Ablation surface definition. Thus, when the second component ablation surface 526 is laser ablated, the different materials that define the second component ablation surface 526 can be laser ablated in a single sequential step. A first material of the different materials may define a first surface area of the second component ablation surface 526, and a second material of the different materials may define a second surface area of the second component ablation surface. In some examples, the first surface area and the second surface area may be different. According to certain examples, the first surface area is greater than the second surface area, and the first material defining the first surface area has a lower density than the second material defining the second surface area. Both upper cup 304A and lower cup 304B include front flanges and side walls (similar to plate opening recess flange 147 and side walls 146 ) that can be laser ablated to define second part ablation surfaces 526 .

參考圖10-13,在一些實例中,第一部件502是冠部插入件108或底部插入件110中的一個,並且第二部件504是主體102。在某些實例中,冠部插入件108和/或底部插入件110可以由纖維增強聚合材料製成並且主體102可以由不同材料,諸如鑄造鈦材料、非鑄造鈦材料、鋁材料、鋼材料、鎢材料、塑料材料等製成。可替代地,冠部插入件108和/或底部插入件100可由金屬材料諸如鈦合金製成,而主體102可由相同的金屬材料或不同的金屬材料諸如不同的鈦合金製成。 Referring to FIGS. 10-13 , in some examples, the first component 502 is one of the crown insert 108 or the bottom insert 110 , and the second component 504 is the body 102 . In certain instances, crown insert 108 and/or bottom insert 110 may be made of fiber reinforced polymeric materials and body 102 may be made of different materials, such as cast titanium materials, non-cast titanium materials, aluminum materials, steel materials, Tungsten material, plastic material, etc. Alternatively, the crown insert 108 and/or the bottom insert 100 may be made of a metallic material, such as a titanium alloy, and the body 102 may be made of the same metallic material or a different metallic material, such as a different titanium alloy.

當第一部件502是冠部插入件108時,第一部件表面520包括冠部插入件108的內表面108A。因此,第一雷射506生成第一部件雷射束508並且引導第一部件雷射束508以至少部分地在冠部插入件108的內表面108A上在指定的第一部件結合面積548內並沿著指定的第一部件結合面積548撞擊冠部插入件108的內表面108A,以形成冠部插入件燒蝕表面108B。第一部件燒蝕表面522至少部分地包括冠部插入件燒蝕表面108B。因此,僅冠部插入件108的整個內表面的一部分(例如, 外周部分)被雷射燒蝕,而冠部插入件108的內表面的其餘部分未被燒蝕。在一些實例中,冠部插入件108的內表面108A上的結合面積將在2,000mm2至2,500mm2的範圍內,諸如至少2,248mm2。此外,在某些實例中,冠部插入件108的內表面108A的總表面積在7,000mm2至12,000mm2之間或在9,000mm2至11,000mm2之間(例如,最小表面積在7,000mm2至9,000mm2之間),諸如在9,379mm2至10,366mm2之間(例如,約9,873mm2)。在一些實例中,內表面108A的總表面積中被冠部插入件108的內表面108A上的結合面積佔據的百分比不大於25%、30%、35%或40%並且不小於10%、15%、20%或25%。根據某些實例,內表面108A的總表面積中被冠部插入件108的內表面108A上的結合面積佔據的百分比在20%至25%之間,諸如22%,在20%至27%之間或在22%至25%之間。 When the first component 502 is the crown insert 108 , the first component surface 520 includes the inner surface 108A of the crown insert 108 . Accordingly, the first laser 506 generates the first part laser beam 508 and directs the first part laser beam 508 to at least partially on the inner surface 108A of the crown insert 108 within the designated first part bonding area 548 and The inner surface 108A of the crown insert 108 is struck along the designated first part bonding area 548 to form the crown insert ablation surface 108B. The first component ablation surface 522 at least partially includes the crown insert ablation surface 108B. Thus, only a portion of the entire inner surface of the crown insert 108 (eg, the peripheral portion) is laser ablated, while the remainder of the inner surface of the crown insert 108 is not ablated. In some examples, the bond area on the inner surface 108A of the crown insert 108 will be in the range of 2,000 mm 2 to 2,500 mm 2 , such as at least 2,248 mm 2 . Furthermore, in certain examples, the total surface area of the inner surface 108A of the crown insert 108 is between 7,000 mm 2 and 12,000 mm 2 or between 9,000 mm 2 and 11,000 mm 2 (eg, a minimum surface area of 7,000 mm 2 between 9,000 mm 2 ), such as between 9,379 mm 2 and 10,366 mm 2 (eg, about 9,873 mm 2 ). In some examples, the percentage of the total surface area of the inner surface 108A occupied by the bonding area on the inner surface 108A of the crown insert 108 is no greater than 25%, 30%, 35%, or 40% and no less than 10%, 15% , 20% or 25%. According to some examples, the percentage of the total surface area of the inner surface 108A occupied by the bond area on the inner surface 108A of the crown insert 108 is between 20% and 25%, such as 22%, between 20% and 27% or between 22% and 25%.

在一些實例中,底部插入件110的內表面110A上的結合面積將在1,800mm2至2,200mm2的範圍內,諸如至少2,076mm2。此外,在某些實例中,底部插入件110的內表面110A的總表面積在7,000mm2至12,000mm2之間或在9,000mm2至11,000mm2之間(例如,最小表面積在7,000mm2至9,000mm2之間),諸如在8,182mm2至9,043mm2之間(例如,約8,613mm2)。在一些實例中,內表面110A的總表面積中被底部插入件110的內表面110A上的結合面積佔據的百分比不大於25%、30%、35%或40%並且不小於10%、15%、20%或25%。根據某些實例,內表面110A的總表面積中被底部插入件110的內表面110A上的結合面積佔據的百分比在20%至27%之間、在22%至25%之間、或在21%至26%之間,諸如24%。 In some examples, the bond area on the inner surface 110A of the bottom insert 110 will be in the range of 1,800 mm 2 to 2,200 mm 2 , such as at least 2,076 mm 2 . Furthermore, in certain examples, the total surface area of the inner surface 110A of the bottom insert 110 is between 7,000 mm 2 and 12,000 mm 2 or between 9,000 mm 2 and 11,000 mm 2 (eg, the minimum surface area is between 7,000 mm 2 and 11,000 mm 2 ). 9,000 mm 2 ), such as between 8,182 mm 2 and 9,043 mm 2 (eg, about 8,613 mm 2 ). In some examples, the percentage of the total surface area of the inner surface 110A occupied by the bonding area on the inner surface 110A of the bottom insert 110 is no greater than 25%, 30%, 35%, or 40% and no less than 10%, 15%, 20% or 25%. According to certain examples, the percentage of the total surface area of the inner surface 110A occupied by the bonding area on the inner surface 110A of the bottom insert 110 is between 20% and 27%, between 22% and 25%, or between 21% to 26%, such as 24%.

在一些實例中,擊球板143的內表面上的結合面積將在1,770mm2至2,170mm2的範圍內,例如至少1,976mm2。此外,在某些實例中,擊球板143的內表面的總表面積小於7,000mm2,諸如在1,500mm2至7,000mm2之間、在3,200mm2 至4,700mm2之間、或在3,572mm2至3,949mm2之間(例如,約3,761mm2)。在一些實例中,擊球板143的內表面的總表面積中被擊球板143的內表面上的結合面積佔據的百分比不超過55%、60%、65%或70%且不少於30%、35%、40%或45%。根據某些實例,擊球板143的內表面的總表面積中被擊球板143的內表面上的結合面積佔據的百分比在47%至58%之間,諸如52%。 In some examples, the bond area on the inner surface of the blade 143 will be in the range of 1,770 mm 2 to 2,170 mm 2 , eg, at least 1,976 mm 2 . Furthermore, in certain examples, the total surface area of the inner surface of the blade 143 is less than 7,000 mm 2 , such as between 1,500 mm 2 and 7,000 mm 2 , between 3,200 mm 2 and 4,700 mm 2 , or between 3,572 mm 2 Between 2 and 3,949 mm 2 (eg, about 3,761 mm 2 ). In some examples, the percentage of the total surface area of the inner surface of the blade 143 occupied by the bonding area on the inner surface of the blade 143 is no more than 55%, 60%, 65%, or 70% and no less than 30% , 35%, 40% or 45%. According to some examples, the percentage of the total surface area of the inner surface of the blade 143 occupied by the bonding area on the inner surface of the blade 143 is between 47% and 58%, such as 52%.

在一些實例中,第一部件表面520還包括冠部插入件108的外周邊緣表面並且第一雷射506生成第一部件雷射束508並且引導第一部件雷射束508撞擊冠部插入件108的(例如,整體的)外周邊緣表面,從而形成冠部插入件邊緣燒蝕表面108C。因此,第一部件燒蝕表面522可以進一步包括冠部插入件邊緣燒蝕表面108C並且指定的第一部件結合面積548可以進一步包括冠部插入件108的外圍邊緣表面。在某些實例中,冠部插入件燒蝕表面108B和冠部插入件邊緣燒蝕表面108C可具有相同的燒蝕圖案。在一些實例中,與雷射燒蝕內表面108A時相比,由於外周邊緣表面相對於內表面108A的角度,當雷射燒蝕冠部插入件108的外周邊緣表面時,調整冠部插入件108相對於第一部件雷射506的取向。 In some examples, first part surface 520 also includes a peripheral edge surface of crown insert 108 and first laser 506 generates first part laser beam 508 and directs first part laser beam 508 to impinge on crown insert 108 The (eg, integral) peripheral edge surface, thereby forming the crown insert edge ablation surface 108C. Accordingly, the first component ablation surface 522 may further include the crown insert edge ablation surface 108C and the designated first component bonding area 548 may further include the peripheral edge surface of the crown insert 108 . In some examples, the coronal insert ablation surface 108B and the coronal insert edge ablation surface 108C may have the same ablation pattern. In some examples, the crown insert is adjusted when the outer peripheral edge surface of the crown insert 108 is laser ablated due to the angle of the peripheral edge surface relative to the inner surface 108A, compared to when the inner surface 108A is laser ablated. 108 is relative to the orientation of the first component laser 506 .

當第一部件502是冠部插入件108時,第二部件表面524包括頂板開口凹陷凸緣168。因此,第二雷射510生成第二部件雷射束512並且引導第二部件雷射束512至少部分地在頂板開口凹陷凸緣168上在指定的第二部件結合面積內並沿著指定的第二部件結合面積撞擊頂板開口凹陷凸緣168,以形成頂部凸緣燒蝕表面141A。第二部件燒蝕表面526至少部分地包括頂部凸緣燒蝕表面141A。在一些實例中,第二部件表面520還包括頂部凹陷凸緣側壁,其周向地環繞並限定頂板開口凹陷凸緣168的深度,並且第二雷射510生成第二部件雷射束512並引導第二部件雷射束512撞擊(例如,整個)頂部凹 陷凸緣側壁,從而形成頂部側壁燒蝕表面141B。因此,第二部件燒蝕表面526可以進一步包括頂部側壁燒蝕表面141B,並且指定的第二部件結合面積可以進一步包括頂部凹陷凸緣側壁。在某些實例中,頂部凸緣燒蝕表面141A和頂部側壁燒蝕表面141B可以具有相同的燒蝕圖案。在一些實例中,與雷射燒蝕頂板開口凹陷凸緣168時相比,當雷射燒蝕頂部凹陷凸緣側壁時,由於頂部凹陷凸緣側壁相對於頂板開口凹陷凸緣168的角度,調整主體102相對於第二部件雷射506的取向。 When the first part 502 is the crown insert 108 , the second part surface 524 includes the top plate opening recessed flange 168 . Thus, the second laser 510 generates the second component laser beam 512 and directs the second component laser beam 512 at least partially over the top plate opening recessed flange 168 within the specified second component bonding area and along the specified second component bonding area. The two-part bonding area hits the top plate opening recessed flange 168 to form the top flange ablation surface 141A. The second component ablation surface 526 at least partially includes the top flange ablation surface 141A. In some examples, the second part surface 520 also includes a top recessed flange sidewall that circumferentially surrounds and defines the depth of the top plate opening recessed flange 168 and the second laser 510 generates and directs the second part laser beam 512 The second component laser beam 512 strikes (eg, the entirety of) the top recess The flange sidewalls are recessed, thereby forming top sidewall ablation surfaces 141B. Accordingly, the second component ablation surface 526 may further include the top sidewall ablation surface 141B, and the designated second component bonding area may further include the top recessed flange sidewall. In some examples, top flange ablation surface 141A and top sidewall ablation surface 141B may have the same ablation pattern. In some examples, when laser ablating the top recess flange sidewalls, due to the angle of the top recess flange sidewalls relative to the top panel opening recess flange 168, adjustment Orientation of body 102 relative to second component laser 506 .

鑒於前述,根據一些實例,第二部件燒蝕表面526由不同材料製成的兩個子部件(例如,鑄造杯104和環106)的燒蝕表面限定。因此,當第二部件燒蝕表面526被雷射燒蝕時,限定第二部件燒蝕表面526的不同材料可以在單個連續步驟中被雷射燒蝕。 In view of the foregoing, according to some examples, the second component ablation surface 526 is defined by the ablation surfaces of two subcomponents (eg, the casting cup 104 and the ring 106 ) made of different materials. Thus, when the second component ablation surface 526 is laser ablated, the different materials that define the second component ablation surface 526 can be laser ablated in a single sequential step.

當第一部件502是底部插入件110時,第一部件表面520包括底部插入件110的內表面110A。因此,第一雷射506生成第一部件雷射束508並且引導第一部件雷射束508以至少部分地在冠部插入件110的內表面110A上在指定的第一部件結合面積548內並沿著指定的第一部件結合面積548撞擊底部插入件110的內表面110A,以形成底部插入件燒蝕表面110B。第一部件燒蝕表面522至少部分地包括底部插入件燒蝕表面110B。因此,僅底部插入件110的整個內表面的一部分(例如,外周部分)被雷射燒蝕,而底部插入件110的內表面的其餘部分未被燒蝕。在一些實例中,第一部件表面520還包括底部插入件110的外周邊緣表面並且第一雷射506生成第一部件雷射束508並且引導第一部件雷射束508撞擊底部插入件110的(例如,整體的)外周邊緣表面,從而形成底部插入件邊緣燒蝕表面110C。因此,第一部件燒蝕表面522可以進一步包括底部插入件邊緣燒蝕表面110C並且指定的第一部件結合面積548可以進一步包括底部插入件110的外周邊緣表面。在某些實例 中,底部插入件燒蝕表面110B和底部插入件邊緣燒蝕表面110C可具有相同的燒蝕圖案。在一些實例中,與雷射燒蝕內表面110A時相比,由於外周邊緣表面相對於內表面110A的角度,當雷射燒蝕底部插入件110的外周邊緣表面時,調整底部插入件110相對於第一部件雷射506的取向。 When the first component 502 is the bottom insert 110 , the first component surface 520 includes the inner surface 110A of the bottom insert 110 . Accordingly, the first laser 506 generates the first part laser beam 508 and directs the first part laser beam 508 to be within the designated first part bonding area 548 at least partially on the inner surface 110A of the crown insert 110 . The inner surface 110A of the bottom insert 110 is struck along the designated first part bonding area 548 to form the bottom insert ablation surface 110B. The first component ablation surface 522 includes, at least in part, the bottom insert ablation surface 110B. Therefore, only a portion of the entire inner surface of the bottom insert 110 (eg, the peripheral portion) is laser ablated, while the rest of the inner surface of the bottom insert 110 is not ablated. In some examples, first part surface 520 also includes a peripheral edge surface of bottom insert 110 and first laser 506 generates first part laser beam 508 and directs first part laser beam 508 to impinge ( For example, an integral) peripheral edge surface, thereby forming the bottom insert edge ablation surface 110C. Accordingly, the first component ablation surface 522 may further include the bottom insert edge ablation surface 110C and the designated first component bonding area 548 may further include the peripheral edge surface of the bottom insert 110 . in some instances , the bottom interposer ablation surface 110B and the bottom interposer edge ablation surface 110C may have the same ablation pattern. In some instances, when the outer peripheral edge surface of the bottom insert 110 is laser ablated, the bottom insert 110 relative in the orientation of the first component laser 506 .

此外,當第一部件502是底部插入件110時,第二部件表面524包括底部開口凹陷凸緣170。因此,第二雷射510生成第二部件雷射束512並且引導第二部件雷射束512至少部分地在底部開口凹陷凸緣170上在指定的第二部件結合面積內並沿著指定的第二部件結合面積撞擊底部開口凹陷凸緣170,以形成底部凸緣燒蝕表面142A。第二部件燒蝕表面526至少部分地包括底部凸緣燒蝕表面142A。在一些實例中,第二部件表面524還包括底部凹陷凸緣側壁,其周向地環繞並限定底部開口凹陷凸緣170的深度,並且第二雷射510生成第二部件雷射束512並引導第二部件雷射束512撞擊(例如,整個)底部凹陷凸緣側壁,從而形成底部側壁燒蝕表面142B。因此,第二部件燒蝕表面526可以進一步包括底部側壁燒蝕表面142B,並且指定的第二部件結合面積可以進一步包括底部凹陷凸緣側壁。在某些實例中,底部凸緣燒蝕表面142A和底部側壁燒蝕表面142B可以具有相同的燒蝕圖案。在一些實例中,與雷射燒蝕底部開口凹陷凸緣170時相比,當雷射燒蝕底部凹陷凸緣側壁時,由於底部凹陷凸緣側壁相對於底部開口凹陷凸緣170的角度,調整主體102相對於第二部件雷射510的取向。 Furthermore, when the first component 502 is the bottom insert 110 , the second component surface 524 includes a bottom open recessed flange 170 . Accordingly, the second laser 510 generates the second component laser beam 512 and directs the second component laser beam 512 at least partially over the bottom opening recessed flange 170 within the specified second component bonding area and along the specified second component bonding area. The two-part bonding area strikes the bottom open recessed flange 170 to form the bottom flange ablation surface 142A. The second component ablation surface 526 at least partially includes the bottom flange ablation surface 142A. In some examples, the second part surface 524 also includes bottom recessed flange sidewalls that circumferentially surround and define the depth of the bottom open recessed flange 170 and the second laser 510 generates and directs the second part laser beam 512 The second component laser beam 512 strikes (eg, the entirety of) the bottom recessed flange sidewall, thereby forming the bottom sidewall ablation surface 142B. Accordingly, the second component ablation surface 526 may further include the bottom sidewall ablation surface 142B, and the designated second component bonding area may further include the bottom recessed flange sidewall. In some examples, bottom flange ablation surface 142A and bottom sidewall ablation surface 142B may have the same ablation pattern. In some instances, when laser ablating the bottom recessed flange sidewalls, due to the angle of the bottom recessed flange sidewalls relative to the bottom opening recessed flange 170, adjustment Orientation of body 102 relative to second component laser 510 .

如上所述,在一些實例中,被雷射燒蝕的部件的取向可以相對於燒蝕該部件的雷射進行調整。在一個實例中,如圖39中的虛線方向箭頭所示,部件保持靜止並且雷射的取向或雷射束的方向性相對於部件改變。可以藉由移動雷射來改變雷射的取向,諸如經由數控機器人,或者調整雷射所生 成的雷射束的方向性,諸如藉由使用電子可控光學元件。 As noted above, in some examples, the orientation of the component being laser-ablated can be adjusted relative to the laser ablating the component. In one example, as shown by the dashed directional arrows in Figure 39, the component remains stationary and the orientation of the laser, or the directionality of the laser beam, changes relative to the component. The orientation of the laser can be changed by moving the laser, such as via a CNC robot, or by adjusting the laser The directivity of the resulting laser beam, such as by using electronically controllable optics.

根據另一個實例,如實線方向箭頭所示,在圖39中,雷射保持靜止(或雷射束的方向性保持不變),並調整部件的取向或相對於雷射束移動該部件。可以藉由將部件固定到可調節平臺來調整部件的取向,該平臺可以平移或旋轉以相對於雷射束平移或旋轉該部件。 According to another example, as indicated by the solid directional arrows, in Figure 39, the laser is held stationary (or the directivity of the laser beam remains unchanged) and the orientation of the component is adjusted or the component is moved relative to the laser beam. The orientation of the component can be adjusted by securing the component to an adjustable platform that can translate or rotate to translate or rotate the component relative to the laser beam.

儘管在一些實例中,本文公開的方法可以手動執行,但在其他實例中,這些方法是自動化執行的。如本文所用,自動化意味著至少部分地由自動設備操作,諸如計算機數控(CNC)機器。在一些實例中,控制雷射的過程,包括雷射束的方向性和/或特性,和/或控制部件相對於雷射束的取向/位置,是自動化的。例如,電子控制器可以控制雷射和部件調整元件(例如,電機、氣缸、齒輪、導軌等),以保持和調整部件的取向/位置。 While in some instances the methods disclosed herein may be performed manually, in other instances the methods are performed automatically. As used herein, automated means operated at least in part by automated equipment, such as computer numerical control (CNC) machines. In some instances, the process of controlling the laser, including the directionality and/or characteristics of the laser beam, and/or the orientation/position of control components relative to the laser beam, is automated. For example, an electronic controller can control the laser and part adjustment elements (eg, motors, cylinders, gears, rails, etc.) to maintain and adjust the orientation/position of the part.

因為高爾夫球桿頭100具有附接到主體102的冠部插入件108和底部插入件110,所以在一些實例中,可以執行方法550以製造具有耦接到第二部件504的不止一個第一部件502的高爾夫球桿頭。換句話說,在至少一個實例中,高爾夫球桿頭100包括耦接到第二部件504的至少兩個第一部件502。此外,因為高爾夫球桿頭100還包括附接到主體102的擊球板148,因此在某些實例中,可以執行方法550來製造具有耦接到第二部件504的至少三個第一部件502的高爾夫球桿頭。 Because golf club head 100 has crown insert 108 and sole insert 110 attached to body 102 , in some instances method 550 may be performed to manufacture having more than one first part coupled to second part 504 502 golf club head. In other words, in at least one example, golf club head 100 includes at least two first components 502 coupled to second components 504 . Additionally, because the golf club head 100 also includes the blade 148 attached to the body 102 , in some instances, the method 550 may be performed to manufacture the first part 502 having at least three first parts 502 coupled to the second part 504 . golf club head.

如上所述,高爾夫球桿頭100的主體102包括附接在一起以形成多件式構造的多個件。例如,參考圖14和圖15,高爾夫球桿頭100的主體102包括鑄造杯104和環106。因此,在一些實例中,可以執行方法550來製造包括第一部件502和第二部件504的高爾夫球桿頭的主體。在某些實例中,第一部件502是環106,而第二部件504是鑄造杯104。如上所述,環 106和鑄造杯104可以由不同的材料製成。例如,環106可以由金屬材料或塑料材料製成,其密度比鑄造杯104的材料的密度相對低,鑄造杯104可以由鑄造鈦材料製成。 As mentioned above, the body 102 of the golf club head 100 includes multiple pieces that are attached together to form a multi-piece construction. For example, referring to FIGS. 14 and 15 , the body 102 of the golf club head 100 includes a cast cup 104 and a ring 106 . Thus, in some instances, method 550 may be performed to manufacture the body of a golf club head including first component 502 and second component 504 . In some instances, the first part 502 is the ring 106 and the second part 504 is the casting cup 104 . As mentioned above, the ring 106 and casting cup 104 may be made of different materials. For example, ring 106 may be made of a metallic or plastic material having a relatively lower density than the material of cast cup 104, which may be made of cast titanium material.

當第一部件502是環106而第二部件504是鑄造杯104時,第一部件表面520包括趾-杯接合表面152A和跟-杯接合表面152B。因此,第一雷射506生成第一部件雷射束508並且引導第一部件雷射束508以至少部分地在趾-杯接合表面152A和跟-杯接合表面152B上在指定的第一部件結合面積內並沿著指定的第一部件結合面積撞擊趾-杯接合表面152A和跟-杯接合表面152B,以分別形成趾-杯接合燒蝕表面148C和跟-杯接合表面148D。第一部件燒蝕表面522至少部分地包括趾-杯接合燒蝕表面148C和跟-杯接合表面148D。在某些實例中,趾-杯接合燒蝕表面148C和跟-杯接合表面148D可以具有相同的燒蝕圖案。 When the first part 502 is the ring 106 and the second part 504 is the cast cup 104, the first part surface 520 includes a toe-cup engagement surface 152A and a heel-cup engagement surface 152B. Accordingly, the first laser 506 generates the first part laser beam 508 and directs the first part laser beam 508 to at least partially bond on the designated first part on the toe-cup engagement surface 152A and heel-cup engagement surface 152B The toe-cup engagement surfaces 152A and heel-cup engagement surfaces 152B are impacted within the area and along the designated first component bonding area to form toe-cup engagement ablation surfaces 148C and heel-cup engagement surfaces 148D, respectively. The first component ablation surface 522 at least partially includes a toe-cup engagement ablation surface 148C and a heel-cup engagement surface 148D. In some examples, toe-cup engagement ablation surface 148C and heel-cup engagement surface 148D may have the same ablation pattern.

相應地,當第一部件502是環106而第二部件504是鑄造杯104時,第二部件表面524包括趾-環接合表面150A和跟-環接合表面150B。因此,第二雷射510生成第二部件雷射束512並引導第二部件雷射束512至少部分地在趾-環接合表面150A和跟-環接合表面150B上在指定的第二部件結合面積內並沿著指定的第二部件結合面積撞擊趾-環接合表面150A和跟-環接合表面150B,以分別形成趾-環接合燒蝕表面148A和跟-環接合表面148B。第一部件燒蝕表面522至少部分地包括趾-環接合燒蝕表面148A和跟-環接合表面148B。在某些實例中,趾-環接合燒蝕表面148A和跟-環接合表面148B可以具有相同的燒蝕圖案。 Accordingly, when the first component 502 is the ring 106 and the second component 504 is the cast cup 104, the second component surface 524 includes a toe-ring engaging surface 150A and a heel-ring engaging surface 150B. Thus, the second laser 510 generates the second component laser beam 512 and directs the second component laser beam 512 at least partially on the toe-ring engaging surfaces 150A and heel-ring engaging surfaces 150B over the designated second component bonding areas The toe-ring engaging surface 150A and the heel-ring engaging surface 150B are impacted within and along the designated second component bonding area to form the toe-ring engaging ablation surface 148A and the heel-ring engaging surface 148B, respectively. The first component ablation surface 522 includes, at least in part, a toe-ring engagement ablation surface 148A and a heel-ring engagement surface 148B. In some examples, toe-ring engaging ablation surface 148A and heel-ring engaging surface 148B may have the same ablation pattern.

在環106被結合到鑄造杯104之後,環106和鑄造杯104可以共同限定第二部件504,第一部件502根據方法550結合到第二部件504。換句話說,第二部件504可以具有多件式構造。事實上,參考圖18,鑄造杯可以具有多件式構造, 使得鑄造杯的一個件是第一部件502,而鑄造杯的另一件是第二部件504,使得鑄造杯的多個件(例如,由相同或不同材料製成)在方法550的方式之後具有結合在一起的燒蝕表面。 After the ring 106 is bonded to the casting cup 104 , the ring 106 and the casting cup 104 may together define a second part 504 to which the first part 502 is bonded according to method 550 . In other words, the second component 504 may have a multi-piece construction. In fact, referring to Figure 18, the casting cup may have a multi-piece construction, such that one piece of the casting cup is the first part 502 and the other piece of the casting cup is the second part 504 such that the multiple pieces of the casting cup (eg, made of the same or different materials) after the manner of the method 550 have Ablative surfaces bonded together.

如本文所用,虛線引出線用於指示先前狀態中的特徵。例如,由虛線引出線引用的表面表示在被修改為由實線引出線引用的表面之前的表面。這種方法有助於理解燒蝕前後表面之間的相關性。 As used herein, dashed leader lines are used to indicate features in previous states. For example, a surface referenced by a dashed leader line represents the surface before being modified to a surface referenced by a solid leader line. This method helps to understand the correlation between the surface before and after ablation.

在一些實例中,執行雷射燒蝕第一部件表面520的步驟或雷射燒蝕第二部件表面524的步驟以從第一部件502或第二部件504中的相應一個去除α殼。在這樣的實例中,第一部件502或第二部件504中的相應一個由鈦合金製成,該鈦合金易於在相應部件的製造(例如,鑄造)期間分別在第一部件表面520或第二部件表面524上形成α殼層(參見,例如,2020年9月22日頒佈的美國專利號10,780,327,該專利藉由引用併入本文)。第一部件表面520或第二部件表面524中的相應一個被燒蝕到足以從對應部件去除α殼層的深度。使用本文公開的雷射燒蝕方法能夠以比傳統方法(諸如化學蝕刻、計算機數控(CNC)機器或磨蝕技術)更精確、更高效和更少浪費材料的方式去除α殼。 In some examples, the step of laser ablating the first part surface 520 or the step of laser ablating the second part surface 524 is performed to remove the alpha shell from the respective one of the first part 502 or the second part 504 . In such an example, the respective one of the first part 502 or the second part 504 is made of a titanium alloy that is prone to the first part surface 520 or the second part surface 520 or the second part, respectively, during manufacture (eg, casting) of the respective part An alpha shell layer is formed on the component surface 524 (see, eg, US Pat. No. 10,780,327, issued September 22, 2020, which is incorporated herein by reference). The respective one of the first part surface 520 or the second part surface 524 is ablated to a depth sufficient to remove the alpha shell from the corresponding part. Using the laser ablation methods disclosed herein, alpha shells can be removed in a more precise, efficient and less wasteful manner than conventional methods such as chemical etching, computer numerical control (CNC) machines, or abrasive techniques.

參考圖43和圖44,在替代實例中,形成結合線528的兩個表面中僅一個被雷射燒蝕。根據一個實例,製造本揭示的高爾夫球桿頭(諸如高爾夫球桿頭100)的方法560包括(框562)雷射燒蝕高爾夫球桿頭100的第二部件504的第二部件表面524,使得第二部件燒蝕表面526形成在第二部件504中。方法560另外包括(框564)將高爾夫球桿頭100的第一部件502的第一部件表面520和第二部件504的第二部件燒蝕表面526結合在一起。換句話說,不是將第二部件燒蝕表面526結合到第一部件502的第一部件燒蝕表面,而是將第二部件504的第二部件燒蝕表面526結合到第一部件502的非燒蝕表 面(即,第一部件表面520)。 Referring to Figures 43 and 44, in an alternative example, only one of the two surfaces forming the bond line 528 is laser ablated. According to one example, the method 560 of making a golf club head of the present disclosure, such as the golf club head 100 , includes (block 562 ) laser ablating the second part surface 524 of the second part 504 of the golf club head 100 such that A second part ablated surface 526 is formed in the second part 504 . The method 560 additionally includes (block 564 ) joining together the first part surface 520 of the first part 502 and the second part ablation surface 526 of the second part 504 of the golf club head 100 . In other words, instead of bonding the second part ablation surface 526 to the first part ablation surface of the first part 502 , the second part ablation surface 526 of the second part 504 is bonded to the non-ablative surface of the first part 502 . Ablation table face (ie, first component surface 520).

在某些實例中,方法560中的第二部件504由鈦合金諸如鑄造合金製成,而方法560中的第一部件502由纖維增強聚合材料製成。例如,第一部件502可以是擊球板143,第二部件504可以是主體102,並且第二部件燒蝕表面526可以限定主體102的板開口凹陷凸緣147。然而,與圖38中所示的擊球板143不同,方法560中使用的擊球板143的內表面166未被雷射燒蝕。相反,擊球板143的內表面166未經處理或使用不同類型的表面處理諸如介質噴射或化學蝕刻進行處理。根據另一實例,第一部件502可以是冠部插入件108或底部插入件110中的一者,第二部件504可以是主體102,並且第二部件燒蝕表面526可以限定頂板開口凹陷凸緣或底部開口凹陷凸緣中的一者。 In some instances, the second component 504 of the method 560 is made of a titanium alloy, such as a cast alloy, and the first component 502 of the method 560 is made of a fiber reinforced polymeric material. For example, the first part 502 may be the bat 143 , the second part 504 may be the body 102 , and the second part ablation surface 526 may define the plate opening recessed flange 147 of the body 102 . However, unlike the blade 143 shown in FIG. 38, the inner surface 166 of the blade 143 used in method 560 is not laser ablated. In contrast, the inner surface 166 of the blade 143 is left untreated or treated using a different type of surface treatment such as media blasting or chemical etching. According to another example, the first part 502 can be one of the crown insert 108 or the bottom insert 110, the second part 504 can be the body 102, and the second part ablation surface 526 can define a top plate opening recessed flange or one of the bottom opening recessed flanges.

根據一些實例,方法560用於製造類似於高爾夫球桿頭100的高爾夫球桿頭,除了擊球板143、冠部插入件108和/或底部插入件110不具有雷射燒蝕表面之外。相反,在一些實例中,僅可由鑄造鈦合金製成的主體102包括雷射燒蝕表面。根據一個實例,主體102包括頂部凸緣燒蝕表面141A、底部凸緣燒蝕表面141B和前凸緣燒蝕表面179A,但是冠部插入件108不包括冠部插入件燒蝕表面108B,底部插入件110不包括底部插入件燒蝕表面110B,並且擊球板143不包括擊球板內部燒蝕表面179C。 According to some examples, method 560 is used to manufacture a golf club head similar to golf club head 100, except that blade 143, crown insert 108 and/or sole insert 110 do not have laser ablated surfaces. Instead, in some examples, the body 102 , which can only be made from cast titanium alloys, includes a laser ablated surface. According to one example, body 102 includes top flange ablation surface 141A, bottom flange ablation surface 141B, and front flange ablation surface 179A, but crown insert 108 does not include crown insert ablation surface 108B, bottom insert Piece 110 does not include bottom insert ablation surface 110B, and blade 143 does not include blade interior ablation surface 179C.

高爾夫球桿頭100的每個結合接頭由兩個結合表面(例如,搭接表面)限定。由於結合接頭具有兩個相等並且相對的結合表面,因此每個結合接頭的表面積(即,每個結合接頭的結合面積)被定義為兩個結合表面中的一個的表面積。換句話說,如本文所定義的,每個結合接頭的結合面積不包括結合接頭的兩個結合表面的表面積。因此,如本文所用,在本文公開的高爾夫球桿頭的兩個表面之間限定的結 合接頭的結合面積是結合接頭的兩個表面中的任何一個(但僅一個)的被兩個表面之間的黏合劑覆蓋或與其直接接觸的部分的表面積。鑒於該定義,結合面積等於限定結合接頭的黏合劑(例如黏合劑530)的兩個表面中的一個的表面積。 Each bond joint of golf club head 100 is defined by two bond surfaces (eg, overlapping surfaces). Since a binding linker has two equal and opposite binding surfaces, the surface area of each binding link (ie, the binding area of each binding link) is defined as the surface area of one of the two binding surfaces. In other words, as defined herein, the binding area of each binding link does not include the surface area of the two binding surfaces of the binding link. Thus, as used herein, the knot defined between the two surfaces of the golf club heads disclosed herein The bonding area of a joint is the surface area of the portion of either (but only one) of the two surfaces of the joint that is covered by or in direct contact with the adhesive between the two surfaces. In view of this definition, the bond area is equal to the surface area of one of the two surfaces of the adhesive (eg, adhesive 530 ) that defines the bond joint.

在一些實例中,高爾夫球桿頭100的至少一個結合接頭的兩個結合表面中的至少一個是雷射燒蝕表面。因此,由雷射燒蝕表面限定的結合接頭的結合面積可以是雷射燒蝕表面的表面積。因此,除非另有說明,否則燒蝕表面的表面積等於由雷射燒蝕表面限定的結合接頭的結合面積。此外,由未燒蝕表面(例如,圖44的第一部件表面520)和燒蝕表面限定的結合接頭的結合面積是結合到燒蝕表面的未燒蝕表面的部分或未燒蝕表面的被黏合劑530覆蓋或與其直接接觸的部分的表面積。因此,未燒蝕表面的總表面積可大於未燒蝕表面與結合接頭的燒蝕表面相結合的部分的表面積。 In some examples, at least one of the two bonding surfaces of at least one bonding joint of golf club head 100 is a laser ablated surface. Thus, the bond area of the bond joint defined by the laser ablation surface may be the surface area of the laser ablation surface. Thus, unless otherwise stated, the surface area of the ablated surface is equal to the bond area of the bond joint defined by the laser ablated surface. Furthermore, the bond area of the bond joint defined by the unablated surface (eg, the first component surface 520 of FIG. 44 ) and the ablated surface is the portion of the unablated surface or the portion of the unablated surface that is bonded to the ablated surface. The adhesive 530 covers or directly contacts the surface area of the portion. Thus, the total surface area of the unablated surface may be greater than the surface area of the portion of the unablated surface that is combined with the ablated surface of the bonded joint.

如本文所定義的,雷射燒蝕表面的表面積是被雷射束形成的峰和谷圖案覆蓋的表面部分的面積。因此,雷射燒蝕表面的表面積可以計算為包括峰和谷圖案的表面部分的長度乘以寬度,或藉由峰和谷圖案的峰和谷的組合表面積來計算。此外,因為在一些實例中,結合接頭的結合表面是有輪廓的,為了提供更方便的計算結合表面的面積的方法,如本文所定義的,表面的表面積是突出的表面積,其為表面的突出到基本上面向該表面的假設平面上的表面積。 As defined herein, the surface area of a laser ablated surface is the area of the portion of the surface that is covered by the pattern of peaks and valleys formed by the laser beam. Thus, the surface area of the laser ablated surface can be calculated as the length times the width of the surface portion comprising the peak and valley pattern, or by the combined surface area of the peaks and valleys of the peak and valley pattern. Furthermore, because in some instances the binding surface of the binding linker is contoured, in order to provide a more convenient method of calculating the area of the binding surface, as defined herein, the surface area of a surface is the surface area of the protrusions, which are the protrusions of the surface. to the surface area on a hypothetical plane substantially facing the surface.

通常,高爾夫球桿頭100的總結合面積高於傳統高爾夫球桿頭。此外,高爾夫球桿頭100的總結合面積的高百分比,諸如50%-100%,由雷射燒蝕表面限定。根據一個實例,高爾夫球桿頭100的第二部件燒蝕表面526具有在800mm2至2,880mm2之間的表面積。在該實例或其他實例中,高爾夫球桿頭100的第二部件燒蝕表面526具有至少1,560mm2、至少1,770mm2、至少2,062mm2或至少2,600mm2的表面積。如前 所述,高爾夫球桿頭100的第一部件表面520或第一部件燒蝕表面522可具有相應的表面積,因為它們將限定與第二部件燒蝕表面526相對的結合接頭的一側。參考下表5,該表示出了本文公開的高爾夫球桿頭的若干實例的一些特徵的面積和結合接頭的結合表面的結合面積(以mm2為單位),其可以與表4的實例相同或不同。 Generally, the overall bond area of the golf club head 100 is higher than that of conventional golf club heads. Additionally, a high percentage, such as 50%-100%, of the total bond area of the golf club head 100 is defined by the laser ablated surface. According to one example, the second component ablation surface 526 of the golf club head 100 has a surface area of between 800 mm 2 and 2,880 mm 2 . In this or other examples, the second component ablation surface 526 of the golf club head 100 has a surface area of at least 1,560 mm 2 , at least 1,770 mm 2 , at least 2,062 mm 2 or at least 2,600 mm 2 . As previously discussed, the first part surface 520 or the first part ablation surface 522 of the golf club head 100 may have corresponding surface areas because they will define the side of the bond joint opposite the second part ablation surface 526 . Reference is made to Table 5 below, which shows the area of some features and the bonding area (in mm ) of the bonding surface of the bonding joint for several examples of golf club heads disclosed herein, which may be the same as the examples of Table 4 or different.

Figure 110142729-A0202-12-0101-13
Figure 110142729-A0202-12-0101-13

在一些實例中,前向底部開口凹陷凸緣170A(例如,表5的杯底部凸緣燒蝕表面積)限定了約1,054mm2的結合面積,前向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168A(例如,表5的杯頂部凸緣燒蝕表面積)限定了約1,910mm2的結合面積,趾-環接合 表面150A和跟-環接合表面150B(例如,表5的環接合燒蝕表面積)或趾-杯接合表面152A和跟-杯接合表面152B(例如,表5的杯接合燒蝕表面積)約為98mm2,板開口凹陷凸緣147和側壁146(例如,前凸緣燒蝕表面積和前側壁燒蝕表面積)限定了約2,240mm2的結合面積,由鑄造杯104限定的總結合面積為5,300mm2。根據相同或替代實例,後向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168B(例如,表5的環頂部凸緣燒蝕表面積)限定約928mm2的結合面積,後向底部開口凹陷凸緣170B(例如,表5的環底部凸緣燒蝕表面積)限定約1,222mm2的結合面積,並且由環106限定的總結合面積為2,250mm2In some examples, forward bottom opening recessed flange 170A (eg, the cup bottom flange ablation surface area of Table 5) defines a bonding area of about 1,054 mm, and forward crown opening recessed flange 168A (eg, Table 5) defines a bonding area of about 1,054 mm2 . Cup top flange ablation surface area of Table 5) defines a bonding area of about 1,910 mm2 , toe-ring engagement surface 150A and heel-ring engagement surface 150B (eg, ring engagement ablation surface area of Table 5) or toe-cup engagement Surface 152A and heel-cup engagement surface 152B (eg, cup engagement ablation surface area of Table 5) are approximately 98 mm2 , plate opening recessed flange 147 and sidewall 146 (eg, front flange ablation surface area and front sidewall ablation surface area) ) defines a bonding area of about 2,240 mm 2 , for a total bonding area defined by casting cup 104 of 5,300 mm 2 . According to the same or an alternative example, rearward crown opening recessed flange 168B (eg, ring top flange ablation surface area of Table 5 ) defines a bonding area of about 928 mm, rearward opening bottom recessed flange 170B (eg, Table 5 The ring bottom flange ablated surface area) defines a bond area of approximately 1,222 mm 2 and the total bond area defined by the ring 106 is 2,250 mm 2 .

鑒於前述,在一些實例中,高爾夫球桿頭100包括結合到高爾夫球桿頭100的三個其他元件或件的單個元件或件(例如,環106),其中高爾夫球桿頭100的這四個元件或件之間的總結合面積在1,950mm2至2,500mm2之間,或更佳地在2,100mm2至2,400mm2之間。根據一些實例,高爾夫球桿頭100包括結合到高爾夫球桿頭100的三個其他元件或件的單個元件或件(例如,鑄造杯104),其中高爾夫球桿頭100的這四個元件或件之間的總結合面積在2,250mm2至3,400mm2之間,或更佳地在2,900mm2至3,200mm2之間。根據又一些實例,高爾夫球桿頭100包括結合到高爾夫球桿頭100的四個其他元件或件的單個元件或件(例如,鑄造杯104),其中高爾夫球桿頭100的這五個元件或件之間的總結合面積在4,750mm2至6,200mm2之間,或更佳地在4,900mm2至5,500mm2之間。在某些實例中,高爾夫球桿頭包括結合到高爾夫球桿頭100的五個其他元件或件的單個元件或件(例如,上部杯狀件304A),其中高爾夫球桿頭100的這六個元件或件之間的總結合面積在5,500mm2至7,000mm2之間,或更佳地在5,700mm2至6,300mm2之間。 In view of the foregoing, in some examples, golf club head 100 includes a single element or piece (eg, ring 106 ) coupled to three other elements or pieces of golf club head 100 , wherein the four of golf club head 100 The total bonding area between elements or pieces is between 1,950mm 2 and 2,500mm 2 , or more preferably between 2,100mm 2 and 2,400mm 2 . According to some examples, golf club head 100 includes a single element or piece (eg, cast cup 104 ) coupled to three other elements or pieces of golf club head 100 , wherein the four elements or pieces of golf club head 100 The total bonding area between is between 2,250mm 2 and 3,400mm 2 , or more preferably between 2,900mm 2 and 3,200mm 2 . According to yet other examples, golf club head 100 includes a single element or piece (eg, cast cup 104 ) coupled to four other elements or pieces of golf club head 100 , wherein the five elements of golf club head 100 or The total bonding area between the pieces is between 4,750mm 2 and 6,200mm 2 , or more preferably between 4,900mm 2 and 5,500mm 2 . In some instances, the golf club head includes a single element or piece (eg, upper cup 304A) coupled to five other elements or pieces of golf club head 100 , wherein the six of golf club head 100 The total bonding area between elements or pieces is between 5,500mm 2 and 7,000mm 2 , or more preferably between 5,700mm 2 and 6,300mm 2 .

相對於高爾夫球桿頭的體積,本揭示的高爾夫球 桿頭在多件高爾夫球桿頭之間具有高結合面積。換句話說,對於給定大小的高爾夫球桿頭,結合面積的量明顯高於傳統高爾夫球桿頭。根據一些實例,本文公開的高爾夫球桿頭(諸如高爾夫球桿頭100)的體積在450cc至600cc之間,並且更佳地在450cc至470cc之間。此外,在某些實例中,高爾夫球桿頭的多個結合接頭的結合體積比率或組合結合面積與高爾夫球桿頭的體積的比率為至少3.75mm2/cc且至多15.5mm2/cc(例如,至少9.1mm2/cc且至多14.0mm2/cc)。在一些實例中,本文公開的高爾夫球桿頭的至少一些實例的結合體積比率為至少7.9mm2/cc且至多13.7mm2/cc(例如,至少8.1mm2/cc且至多12.2mm2/cc)。在又一些實例中,本文公開的高爾夫球桿頭的至少一些實例的結合體積比率為至少3.75mm2/cc且至多7.5mm2/cc(例如,至少4.8mm2/cc且至多7.1mm2/cc)。 Relative to the volume of the golf club head, the golf club head of the present disclosure has a high bond area between pieces of golf club head. In other words, for a given size golf club head, the amount of bond area is significantly higher than conventional golf club heads. According to some examples, golf club heads disclosed herein, such as golf club head 100, have a volume between 450cc and 600cc, and more preferably between 450cc and 470cc. Furthermore, in certain examples, the bonded volume ratio, or the ratio of the combined bond area to the volume of the golf club head, of the plurality of bond joints of the golf club head is at least 3.75 mm 2 /cc and at most 15.5 mm 2 /cc (eg, , at least 9.1 mm 2 /cc and at most 14.0 mm 2 /cc). In some examples, at least some examples of golf club heads disclosed herein have a bonded volume ratio of at least 7.9 mm 2 /cc and at most 13.7 mm 2 /cc (eg, at least 8.1 mm 2 /cc and at most 12.2 mm 2 /cc ). In yet other examples, at least some examples of golf club heads disclosed herein have a bonded volume ratio of at least 3.75 mm 2 /cc and at most 7.5 mm 2 /cc (eg, at least 4.8 mm 2 /cc and at most 7.1 mm 2 /cc) cc).

根據一些替代實例,高爾夫球桿頭的多個結合接頭的結合體積比率或組合結合面積與高爾夫球桿頭的體積的比率為至少10mm2/cc且至多18.8mm2/cc(例如,至少10mm2/cc且至多15.5mm2/cc或至少11.6mm2/cc且至多17.7mm2/cc)。在一些實例中,本文公開的高爾夫球桿頭的至少一些實例的結合體積比率為至少10.5mm2/cc且至多15.3mm2/cc、至少11.6mm2/cc且至多18.8mm2/cc、或至少12.1mm2/cc且至多17.5mm2/cc。 According to some alternative examples, the ratio of the bonded volume or combined bond area of the plurality of bond joints of the golf club head to the volume of the golf club head is at least 10 mm 2 /cc and at most 18.8 mm 2 /cc (eg, at least 10 mm 2 /cc and at most 15.5 mm 2 /cc or at least 11.6 mm 2 /cc and at most 17.7 mm 2 /cc). In some examples, at least some examples of golf club heads disclosed herein have a bonded volume ratio of at least 10.5 mm 2 /cc and at most 15.3 mm 2 /cc, at least 11.6 mm 2 /cc and at most 18.8 mm 2 /cc, or At least 12.1 mm 2 /cc and at most 17.5 mm 2 /cc.

本文公開的高爾夫球桿頭由黏結在一起的多個件製成。因此,在一些實例中,本文公開的高爾夫球桿頭包括經由黏合劑耦接在一起的多個件,使得高爾夫球桿頭的任何部分或件都沒有焊接在一起。 The golf club heads disclosed herein are made from multiple pieces that are bonded together. Thus, in some examples, the golf club heads disclosed herein include multiple pieces coupled together via an adhesive such that no parts or pieces of the golf club head are welded together.

結合接頭的結合面積由結合接頭的寬度(WBA)和長度(LBA)定義(參見例如圖15)。寬度WBA可以沿結合接頭的長度LBA變化。通常,結合接頭的結合面積的長度LBA大 於結合接頭的結合面積的寬度WBA。結合接頭可以是連續的,使得結合接頭的結合面積的長度LBA是連續的。然而,在一些實例中,結合接頭是不連續的或間斷的,使得結合接頭的接合區域的長度LBA是結合接頭的間隔的長度的總和。儘管圖15中僅示出了兩個結合接頭的結合面積的寬度WBA和長度LBA(例如,與前向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168A和後向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168B相關聯的結合面積),但是應認識到,雖然沒有特別標注,但是高爾夫球桿頭100的每個結合接頭的結合面積具有類似於圖15中所示的那些對應的寬度WBA和長度LBA,為了便於示出而未標注並標記高爾夫球桿頭100的其他特徵。此外,關於長度LBA,如本文所定義的,結合接頭的結合面積的長度LBA是結合面積的最大長度。因此,其中結合面積可以被認為具有兩個不同的長度,諸如最大長度(例如,沿著結合面積的外周,如圖15所示)和最小長度(例如,沿著結合面積的內周),結合面積的長度LBA在本文中定義為最大或結合面積的最大長度。 The binding area of the binding link is defined by the width (W BA ) and length (L BA ) of the binding link (see eg, Figure 15). The width W BA can vary along the length L BA of the binding link. Typically, the length L BA of the binding area of the binding link is greater than the width W BA of the binding area of the binding link. The binding link may be continuous such that the length L BA of the binding area of the binding link is continuous. However, in some instances, the binding linker is discontinuous or discontinuous, such that the length LBA of the junction region of the binding linker is the sum of the lengths of the spaces of the binding linker. Although only the width W BA and length L BA of the bond area of the two bond joints are shown in FIG. 15 (eg, the bond associated with the forward crown opening recessed flange 168A and the rearward crown opening recessed flange 168B area), but it should be recognized that, although not specifically noted, the bond area of each bond joint of golf club head 100 has a corresponding width W BA and length L BA similar to those shown in FIG. 15 , for ease of illustration Other features of the golf club head 100 are not labeled and labeled. Furthermore, with respect to length L BA , as defined herein, the length L BA of the binding area of the binding linker is the maximum length of the binding area. Thus, where the bonding area can be considered to have two distinct lengths, such as a maximum length (eg, along the outer perimeter of the bonding area, as shown in Figure 15) and a minimum length (eg, along the inner perimeter of the bonding area), bonding The length LBA of the area is defined herein as the maximum or maximum length of the combined area.

根據一些實例,高爾夫球桿頭100的至少一個結合接頭的結合面積具有在174mm至405mm之間的連續長度LBA,諸如至少250mm。例如,由前向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168A和後向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168B限定的組合的結合面積具有至少268mm、至少300mm、至少316mm、至少353mm或至少370mm的連續長度LBA。作為另一實例,由前向底部開口凹陷凸緣170A和後向底部開口凹陷凸緣170B限定的組合的結合面積具有至少281mm、至少314mm、至少331mm、至少350mm或至少367mm的連續長度LBA。根據又一實例,由板開口凹陷凸緣147限定的結合面積具有至少174mm、至少194mm、至少205mm、至少250mm或至少262mm的連續長度LBA。根據一些實例,多個結合接頭的組合長度為至少723mm且至多1,094mm,諸如在852mm至953mm之間。 According to some examples, the bond area of at least one bond joint of golf club head 100 has a continuous length L BA of between 174 mm and 405 mm, such as at least 250 mm. For example, the combined combined area defined by the forward crown opening recessed flange 168A and the rearward crown opening recessed flange 168B has a continuous length LBA of at least 268 mm, at least 300 mm, at least 316 mm, at least 353 mm, or at least 370 mm. As another example, the combined combined area defined by the forward bottom opening recessed flange 170A and the rearward bottom opening recessed flange 170B has a continuous length L BA of at least 281 mm, at least 314 mm, at least 331 mm, at least 350 mm, or at least 367 mm. According to yet another example, the bonding area defined by the plate opening recessed flange 147 has a continuous length L BA of at least 174 mm, at least 194 mm, at least 205 mm, at least 250 mm, or at least 262 mm. According to some examples, the combined length of the plurality of bonding joints is at least 723 mm and at most 1,094 mm, such as between 852 mm and 953 mm.

在一些實例中,由前向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168A和後向冠部開口凹陷凸緣168B限定的結合的長度-面積比率等於長度LBA與結合接頭的結合面積的比率,該比率在0.13至0.16之間,諸如約0.15。在又一些實例中,由前向底部開口凹陷凸緣170A和後向底部開口凹陷凸緣168B限定的結合的長度-面積比率在0.13至0.16之間,諸如約0.15。 In some examples, the length-to-area ratio of the bond defined by the forward crown opening recessed flange 168A and the rearward crown opening recessed flange 168B is equal to the ratio of the length L BA to the bond area of the bond joint, which is at 0.13 between 0.16, such as about 0.15. In yet other examples, the combined length-to-area ratio defined by the forward bottom opening recessed flange 170A and the rearward bottom opening recessed flange 168B is between 0.13 and 0.16, such as about 0.15.

在又一些實例中,由前向底部開口凹陷凸緣170A和後向底部開口凹陷凸緣168B限定的結合的長度-面積比率在0.13至0.16之間,諸如約0.15。 In yet other examples, the combined length-to-area ratio defined by the forward bottom opening recessed flange 170A and the rearward bottom opening recessed flange 168B is between 0.13 and 0.16, such as about 0.15.

在又一些實例中,由板開口凹陷凸緣147限定的結合的長度-面積比在0.10至0.13之間,諸如約0.11。 In yet other examples, the length-to-area ratio of the bond defined by the plate opening recessed flange 147 is between 0.10 and 0.13, such as about 0.11.

儘管未具體示出,但本揭示的高爾夫球桿頭100可包括其他特徵以提高高爾夫球桿頭100的性能特徵。例如,在一些實施方式中,高爾夫球桿頭100包括類似於美國專利號6,773,360;7,166,040;7,452,285;7,628,707;7,186,190;7,591,738;7,963,861;7,621,823;7,448,963;7,568,985;7,578,753;7,717,804;7,717,805;7,530,904;7,540,811;7,407,447;7,632,194;7,846,041;7,419,441;7,713,142;7,744,484;7,223,180;7,410,425;以及7,410,426中更詳細描述的那些的可移動配重特徵,上述每個專利的全部內容藉由引用整體併入本文。 Although not specifically shown, the golf club head 100 of the present disclosure may include other features to enhance the performance characteristics of the golf club head 100 .例如,在一些實施方式中,高爾夫球桿頭100包括類似於美國專利號6,773,360;7,166,040;7,452,285;7,628,707;7,186,190;7,591,738;7,963,861;7,621,823;7,448,963;7,568,985;7,578,753;7,717,804;7,717,805;7,530,904;7,540,811;7,407,447 7,632,194; 7,846,041; 7,419,441; 7,713,142; 7,744,484; 7,223,180; 7,410,425;

在某些實施方式中,例如,高爾夫球桿頭100包括與美國專利號7,775,905和8,444,505;在2013年5月20日申請的美國專利申請號13/898,313;在2013年10月7日申請的美國專利申請號14/047,880;在2012年9月18日申請的美國專利申請號61/702,667;在2013年3月15日申請的美國專利申請號13/841,325;在2013年7月19日申請的美國專利申請號13/946,918;在2015年7月1日申請的美國專利申請號14/789,838;在2014年7月3日申請的美國專利申請號 62/020,972;在2014年10月17日申請的專利申請號62/065,552;以及在2015年3月31日申請的利申請號62/141,160中更詳細描述的那些相似的可滑動配重特徵,上述每個專利申請的全部內容藉由引用整體併入本文。 In certain embodiments, for example, the golf club head 100 includes a reference to US Patent Nos. 7,775,905 and 8,444,505; US Patent Application No. 13/898,313, filed May 20, 2013; Patent Application No. 14/047,880; US Patent Application No. 61/702,667, filed September 18, 2012; US Patent Application No. 13/841,325, filed March 15, 2013; US Patent Application No. 13/946,918; US Patent Application No. 14/789,838, filed Jul. 1, 2015; US Patent Application No. 14/789,838, filed Jul. 3, 2014 62/020,972; Patent Application No. 62/065,552, filed Oct. 17, 2014; and Sliding Counterweight features similar to those described in greater detail in Patent Application No. 62/141,160, filed March 31, 2015, The entire contents of each of the above patent applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

根據一些實施方式,高爾夫球桿頭100包括與美國專利申請公開號2013/0123040A1中更詳細描述的那些相似的空氣動力學形狀特徵,其全部內容藉由引用整體併入本文。 According to some embodiments, the golf club head 100 includes similar aerodynamic shape features to those described in more detail in US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0123040A1, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

在某些實施方式中,高爾夫球桿頭100包括類似於在美國專利號8,303,431中更詳細描述的那些特徵的可移除軸特徵,其內容藉由引用整體併入本文。 In certain embodiments, the golf club head 100 includes removable shaft features similar to those described in more detail in US Patent No. 8,303,431, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

根據又一些實施方式,高爾夫球桿頭100包括類似於美國專利號8,025,587;美國專利號8,235,831;美國專利號8,337,319;美國專利申請公開號2011/0312437A1;美國專利申請公開號2012/0258818A1;美國專利申請公開號2012/0122601A1;美國專利申請公開號2012/0071264A1;以及美國專利申請號13/686,677中更詳細描述的那些特徵的可調節桿頂/桿底特徵,其全部內容藉由引用整體併入本文。 According to yet other embodiments, the golf club head 100 includes a structure similar to US Patent No. 8,025,587; US Patent No. 8,235,831; US Patent No. 8,337,319; US Patent Application Publication No. 2011/0312437A1; Adjustable crown/sole features of those features described in greater detail in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0071264A1; and U.S. Patent Application No. 13/686,677, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety .

此外,在一些實施方式中,高爾夫球桿頭100包括類似於美國專利號8,337,319;美國專利申請公開號2011/0152000A1、2011/0312437、2012/0122601A1:以及美國專利申請號13/686,677中更詳細描述的那些特徵的可調節底部特徵,上述每個專利申請的全部內容藉由引用整體併入本文。 Additionally, in some embodiments, the golf club head 100 includes a structure similar to that described in more detail in US Patent No. 8,337,319; US Patent Application Publication Nos. 2011/0152000A1; 2011/0312437; 2012/0122601A1; and US Patent Application No. 13/686,677 Adjustable bottom features of those features, the entire contents of each of the above patent applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

在一些實施方式中,高爾夫球桿頭100包括類似於美國專利申請序列號11/998,435;11/642,310;11/825,138;11/823,638;12/004,386;12/004,387;11/960,609;11/960,610;以及美國專利號7,267,620中更詳細描述的那些特徵的複合面部部分特徵,其全部內容藉由引用併入本文。 In some embodiments, the golf club head 100 includes a structure similar to US Patent Application Serial Nos. 11/998,435; 11/642,310; 11/825,138; 11/823,638; 12/004,386; ; and composite facial part features of those features described in greater detail in US Patent No. 7,267,620, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

根據一個實施例,一種製造高爾夫球桿頭(諸如 高爾夫球桿頭100)的方法包括以下一個或多個步驟:(1)形成具有底部開口的主體,形成複合層壓底部插入件,在底部插入件上注模熱塑性複合球桿頭元件以形成底部插入件單元,並將底部插入件單元接合到主體;(2)形成具有冠部開口的主體,形成複合層壓冠部插入件,在冠部插入件上注模熱塑性複合球桿頭元件以形成冠部插入件單元,並將冠部插入件單元接合到主體;(3)在主體中形成能夠支撐一個或多個可滑動配重的配重軌道;(4)由熱塑性複合材料形成底部插入件和/或冠部插入件,該熱塑性複合材料具有與主體的結合相容的基體;(5)由具有選自玻璃纖維、芳族聚醯胺纖維、碳纖維及其任意組合的連續纖維並且具有由聚苯硫醚(PPS)、聚醯胺、聚丙烯、熱塑性聚氨酯、熱塑性聚脲、聚醯胺-醯胺(PAI)、聚醚醯胺(PEI)、聚醚醚酮(PEEK)及其任何組合組成的熱塑性基體的連續纖維複合材料形成底部插入件和/或冠部插入件;(6)由具有相容基體的熱塑性複合材料形成底部插入件和配重軌道兩者;(7)由熱固性材料形成底部插入件,用熱活化黏合劑塗覆底部插入件,並在塗覆步驟後由能夠在底部插入件上注模的熱塑性材料形成配重軌道;(8)由選自鈦、一種或多種鈦合金、鋁、一種或多種鋁合金、鋼、一種或多種鋼合金、聚合物、塑料及其任意組合的材料形成主體;(9)形成具有冠部開口的主體,由複合層壓材料形成冠部插入件,並將冠部插入件接合到主體,使得冠部插入件覆蓋冠部開口;(10)從由用於加強高爾夫球桿頭的一個或多個肋、用於調整高爾夫球桿頭的聲學特性的一個或多個肋、用於在高爾夫球桿頭的底部部分中接收固定配重的一個或多個配重端口、用於接收可滑動配重的一個或多個配重軌道以及它們的組合組成的組中選擇複合球桿頭元件;(11)由連續的碳纖維複合材料形成底部插入件和冠部插入件;(12)採用適合熱固性的材料藉由熱固形成底部插入件和 冠部插入件,並在底部插入件上塗上熱活化黏合劑;以及(13)由鈦、鈦合金或其組合形成具有冠部開口、底部插入件和配重軌道的主體,該主體由具有選自包含聚苯硫醚(PPS)、聚醯胺、聚丙烯、熱塑性聚氨酯、熱塑性聚脲、聚醯胺-醯胺(PAI)、聚醚醯胺(PEI)、聚醚醚酮(PEEK)及其任意組合的基體的熱塑性碳纖維材料製成;並且(14)形成具有冠部開口的框架,由熱塑性複合材料形成冠部插入件,並將冠部插入件接合到主體,使得冠部插入件覆蓋冠部開口。 According to one embodiment, a method of manufacturing a golf club head such as The method of golf club head 100) includes one or more of the following steps: (1) forming a body having a sole opening, forming a composite laminated sole insert, injection molding thermoplastic composite club head elements on the sole insert to form the sole an insert unit and joining the sole insert unit to the body; (2) forming a body with a crown opening, forming a composite laminated crown insert, injection molding a thermoplastic composite club head element on the crown insert to form a crown insert unit and joining the crown insert unit to the body; (3) forming a weight track in the body capable of supporting one or more slidable weights; (4) forming a bottom insert from a thermoplastic composite material and/or crown inserts, the thermoplastic composite material having a matrix compatible with the bonding of the main body; (5) made of continuous fibers selected from the group consisting of glass fibers, aramid fibers, carbon fibers, and any combination thereof and made of Polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), polyamide, polypropylene, thermoplastic polyurethane, thermoplastic polyurea, polyamide-amide (PAI), polyetheramide (PEI), polyetheretherketone (PEEK) and any of them A continuous fiber composite of a combined thermoplastic matrix forms the bottom insert and/or the crown insert; (6) forms both the bottom insert and the counterweight track from a thermoplastic composite with a compatible matrix; (7) consists of a thermoset material forming the bottom insert, coating the bottom insert with a heat-activated adhesive, and after the coating step forming the weight track from a thermoplastic material capable of being injection molded on the bottom insert; (8) made of a material selected from titanium, one or Materials of a plurality of titanium alloys, aluminum, one or more aluminum alloys, steel, one or more steel alloys, polymers, plastics, and any combination thereof form the body; (9) form a body having a crown opening, formed from a composite laminate a crown insert, and engaging the crown insert to the body such that the crown insert covers the crown opening; (10) from one or more ribs for reinforcing the golf club head, for adjusting the golf club One or more ribs of the acoustic properties of the head, one or more weight ports for receiving fixed weights in the sole portion of the golf club head, one or more weight tracks for receiving slidable weights Composite club head elements are selected from the group consisting of: (11) forming the sole insert and crown insert from a continuous carbon fiber composite material; (12) forming the sole insert by thermosetting using a material suitable for thermosetting and A crown insert and a heat activated adhesive applied to the bottom insert; and (13) a body having a crown opening, a bottom insert, and a counterweight track formed from titanium, a titanium alloy, or a combination thereof, the body consisting of an optional Self-contained polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), polyamide, polypropylene, thermoplastic polyurethane, thermoplastic polyurea, polyamide-amide (PAI), polyetheramide (PEI), polyetheretherketone (PEEK) and a matrix of thermoplastic carbon fiber material in any combination thereof; and (14) forming a frame having a crown opening, forming a crown insert from a thermoplastic composite material, and joining the crown insert to the body such that the crown insert covers Crown opening.

在整個說明書中,對「一個實施例」、「實施例」或類似語言的引用意味著結合該實施例描述的特定特徵、結構或特性包括在本揭示的至少一個實施例中。在整個說明書中,短語「在一個實施例中」、「在實施例中」和類似語言的出現可以但並非必須全部指代相同的實施例。類似地,術語「實施方式」的使用意味著具有結合本標的公開的一個或多個實施例描述的特定特徵、結構或特性的實施方式,然而,如果沒有明確的關聯來表示,則可以將實施方式與一個或多個實施例相關聯。 Throughout this specification, reference to "one embodiment," "an embodiment," or similar language means that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present disclosure. Throughout the specification, appearances of the phrases "in one embodiment," "in an embodiment," and similar language may, but are not necessarily, all referring to the same embodiment. Similarly, use of the term "implementation" means an implementation having a particular feature, structure or characteristic described in connection with one or more embodiments of the disclosure of this subject matter, however, if no explicit association is indicated, implementation may be A manner is associated with one or more embodiments.

在上面的描述中,可以使用某些術語,諸如「上」、「下」、「上部」、「下部」、「水平」、「垂直」、「左」、「右」、「上方」、「下方」等。這些術語在適用時用於在處理相對關係時提供一些清晰的描述。但是,這些術語並不旨在暗示絕對的關係、位置和/或取向。例如,相對於對象,只需簡單地將對象翻轉過來,「上部」表面就可以變成「下部」表面。儘管如此,它仍然為同一對象。此外,除非另外明確指出,否則術語「包括」、「包含」、「具有」及其變體表示「包括但不限於」。除非另有明確說明,否則列舉的項目清單並不意味著任何或所有項目都是互斥和/或相互包含的。除非另外明確指出,否則術語「一」、「一個」和「該」也指「一個或多個」。此外,術語「多個」可以被定義為「至少兩個」。在一些實施例中, 術語「約」可定義為在給定值的+/-5%以內。 In the above description, certain terms may be used, such as "upper", "lower", "upper", "lower", "horizontal", "vertical", "left", "right", "above", " below" etc. These terms are used where applicable to provide some clarity when dealing with relative relationships. However, these terms are not intended to imply an absolute relationship, position and/or orientation. For example, an "upper" surface can become a "lower" surface by simply flipping the object over, relative to the object. Still, it's the same object. Furthermore, the terms "including", "including", "having" and variations thereof mean "including but not limited to" unless expressly stated otherwise. The enumerated list of items does not imply that any or all items are mutually exclusive and/or mutually inclusive, unless expressly stated otherwise. The terms "a," "an," and "the" also mean "one or more" unless expressly stated otherwise. Also, the term "plurality" can be defined as "at least two". In some embodiments, The term "about" can be defined as within +/- 5% of a given value.

另外,在本說明書中一個元件「耦接」到另一元件的實例可以包括直接和間接耦接。直接耦接可以定義為一個元件耦接至另一元件並與之形成某種接觸。間接耦接可被定義為在彼此不直接接觸但在聯接的構件之間具有一個或多個另外的元件的兩個元件之間的耦接。此外,如本文所用,將一個元件固定到另一元件可以包括直接固定和間接固定。另外,如本文所用,「緊鄰」不一定表示接觸。例如,一個元件可以與另一元件緊鄰而不與該元件接觸。 Also, instances in this specification where one element is "coupled" to another element can include both direct and indirect coupling. Direct coupling can be defined as one element being coupled to and making some kind of contact with another element. An indirect coupling may be defined as a coupling between two elements that are not in direct contact with each other but have one or more additional elements between the coupled components. Furthermore, as used herein, securing one element to another element can include both direct and indirect securing. Also, as used herein, "proximately" does not necessarily mean touching. For example, one element may be in close proximity to another element without contacting the element.

如本文所用,短語「至少一個」當與項目列表一起使用時,意味著可以使用所列項目中的一者或多者的不同組合,並且可能僅需要列表中的項目中的一者。該項目可以為特定的對象、事物或類別。換句話說,「至少一個」意味著可以從列表中使用項目或多個項目的任何組合,但可能不是列表中的所有項目都是必需的。例如,「項目A、項目B和項目C中的至少一者」可能意味著項目A;項目A和項目B;項目B;項目A、項目B和項目C;或項目B和項目C。在一些情況下,「項目A、項目B和項目C中的至少一者」可以為例如但不限於項目A中的兩項、項目B中的一項和項目C中的十項;項目B中的四項和項目C中的七項;以及其他合適的組合。 As used herein, the phrase "at least one" when used in connection with a list of items means that various combinations of one or more of the listed items may be used, and only one of the listed items may be required. The item can be a specific object, thing, or category. In other words, "at least one" means that an item or any combination of items from the list may be used, but not all items in the list may be required. For example, "at least one of Project A, Project B, and Project C" might mean Project A; Project A and Project B; Project B; Project A, Project B, and Project C; or Project B and Project C. In some cases, "at least one of item A, item B, and item C" may be, for example, but not limited to, two items of item A, one item of item B, and ten items of item C; four of item C and seven of item C; and other suitable combinations.

除非另有說明,否則術語「第一」、「第二」等在本文中僅用作標記,並不旨在對這些術語所涉及的項目施加順序、位置或層次要求。此外,對例如「第二」項目的引用不要求或排除例如「第一」或較低編號的項目和/或例如「第三」或更高編號的項目的存在。 Unless stated otherwise, the terms "first," "second," etc. are used herein merely as labels and are not intended to impose order, position, or hierarchy requirements on the items to which these terms refer. Furthermore, references to items such as "second" do not require or preclude the presence of items such as "first" or lower numbered items and/or such as "third" or higher numbered items.

如本文所用,「被配置為」執行指定功能的系統、裝置、結構、物品、元件、部件或硬件確實能夠在沒有任何改變的情況下執行指定功能,而不是僅僅具有在進一步修改後執行指定功能的潛力。換句話說,為了執行指定的目的, 專門選擇、創建、實現、利用、編程和/或設計「被配置為」執行指定功能的系統、裝置、結構、物品、元件、部件或硬件。如本文所用,「被配置為」表示系統、裝置、結構、物品、元件、部件或硬件的現有特性,其使得系統、裝置、結構、物品、元件、部件或硬件能夠執行指定的功能而無需進一步修改。出於本揭示的目的,被描述為「被配置為」執行特定功能的系統、裝置、結構、物品、元件、部件或硬件可以附加地或替代地被描述為「適應」和/或「可操作以」執行該功能。 As used herein, a system, apparatus, structure, article, element, component or hardware "configured to" perform the specified function is indeed capable of performing the specified function without any change, and not merely with further modification to perform the specified function potential. In other words, in order to perform the specified purpose, Specifically selected, created, implemented, utilized, programmed and/or designed a system, device, structure, article, element, component or hardware that is "configured to" perform the specified function. As used herein, "configured to" means an existing characteristic of a system, device, structure, article, element, component, or hardware that enables the system, device, structure, article, element, component, or hardware to perform the specified function without further Revise. For the purposes of this disclosure, a system, apparatus, structure, article, element, component, or hardware described as being "configured to" perform a particular function may additionally or alternatively be described as being "adapted" and/or "operable" Use " to execute the function.

在不脫離本發明的精神或基本特徵的情況下,本標的可以以其他特定形式實施。所描述的實施例在所有方面僅應被認為是說明性的而非限制性的。落入申請專利範圍等同含義及其範圍內的所有改變均應包含在其範圍之內。 The subject matter may be embodied in other specific forms without departing from the spirit or essential characteristics of the present invention. The described embodiments are to be considered in all respects only as illustrative and not restrictive. All changes that come within the equivalent meaning and scope of the claimed scope of the patent application should be included in the scope thereof.

100:高爾夫球桿頭 100: Golf Club Head

102:主體 102: Subject

104:鑄造杯 104: Foundry Cup

106:環 106: Ring

108:冠部插入件 108: Crown Insert

110:底部插入件 110: Bottom Insert

112:前向部分 112: Forward Section

112A:趾側接頭 112A: Toe side connector

114:跟側接頭 114: heel side connector

116:跟部部分 116: Heel part

117:底部部分 117: Bottom part

118:後向部分 118: Backward part

119:冠部部分 119: Crown Section

120:桿頸 120: hosel

121:裙邊部分 121: skirt part

123:FCT系統 123: FCT system

145:擊球面 145: hitting face

172:貫通孔 172: Through hole

177:慣性生成特徵 177: Inertial Generation Features

Claims (20)

一種發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭,包括: A driver-type golf club head, comprising: 一前向部分,包括擊球面; a forward portion, including the hitting face; 一後向部分,其與該前向部分相對; a rearward portion opposite the forward portion; 一冠部部分; a crown portion; 一底部部分,其與該冠部部分相對; a bottom portion opposite the crown portion; 一跟部部分;以及 a heel portion; and 一趾部部分,其與該跟部部分相對; a toe portion opposite the heel portion; 其中: in: 該發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的體積在390立方釐米(cc)至600cc之間; the driver golf club head has a volume between 390 cubic centimeters (cc) and 600 cc; 該發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的總質量在185克(g)至210g之間; The total mass of the driver-type golf club head is between 185 grams (g) and 210 g; 該發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭由密度在0.9g/cc至3.5g/cc之間的至少一種第一材料、密度在3.6g/cc至5.5g/cc之間的至少一種第二材料以及密度在5.6g/cc至20.0g/cc之間的至少一種第三材料製成; The driver golf club head is comprised of at least one first material having a density between 0.9 g/cc and 3.5 g/cc, at least one second material having a density between 3.6 g/cc and 5.5 g/cc, and of at least one third material having a density between 5.6 g/cc and 20.0 g/cc; 該至少一種第一材料的第一質量不大於該發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的總質量的55%,並且不小於該發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的總質量的25%; The first mass of the at least one first material is not greater than 55% of the total mass of the driver golf club head and is not less than 25% of the total mass of the driver golf club head; 該至少一種第二材料的第二質量不大於該發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的總質量的65%,並且不小於發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的總質量的20%;以及 The second mass of the at least one second material is not greater than 65% of the total mass of the driver golf club head and is not less than 20% of the total mass of the driver golf club head; and 該至少一種第三材料的第三質量等於該發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的總質量減去該至少一種第一材料的該第一質量和該至少一種第二材料的該第二質量。 The third mass of the at least one third material is equal to the total mass of the driver golf club head minus the first mass of the at least one first material and the second mass of the at least one second material. 根據請求項1所述的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭,其中該至少一種第三材料的該第三質量不小於該發球桿式高爾 夫球桿頭的總質量的5%並且不大於該發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的總質量的50%。 The driver golf club head of claim 1, wherein the third mass of the at least one third material is not less than the driver golf club 5% of the total mass of the driver golf club head and not more than 50% of the total mass of the driver golf club head. 根據請求項1所述的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭,其中該至少一種第三材料的該第三質量不小於該發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的總質量的10%並且不大於該發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的總質量的20%。 The driver golf club head of claim 1, wherein the third mass of the at least one third material is not less than 10% of the total mass of the driver golf club head and not greater than the hair 20% of the total mass of the club-style golf club head. 根據請求項1所述的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭,進一步包括一主體,該主體包括鑄造杯和經由接頭與該鑄造杯接合的環,其中: The driver-style golf club head of claim 1, further comprising a body including a cast cup and a ring engaged with the cast cup via a joint, wherein: 該鑄造杯限定該發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的該前向部分並且至少由該至少一種第二材料製成; the cast cup defines the forward portion of the driver golf club head and is made of at least the at least one second material; 該至少一種第二材料包括密度在4.0g/cc至8.0g/cc之間的至少第一金屬材料;以及 The at least one second material includes at least a first metallic material having a density between 4.0 g/cc and 8.0 g/cc; and 該環限定了該發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的該後向部分並且由密度在0.5g/cc至4.0g/cc之間的材料製成。 The ring defines the rearward portion of the driver golf club head and is made of a material having a density between 0.5 g/cc and 4.0 g/cc. 根據請求項4所述的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭,其中: The driver-style golf club head of claim 4, wherein: 該鑄造杯的該第一金屬材料包括鈦合金或鋼合金中的至少一種;以及 The first metal material of the casting cup includes at least one of a titanium alloy or a steel alloy; and 該環的該材料包括鋁合金或鎂合金中的至少一種。 The material of the ring includes at least one of an aluminum alloy or a magnesium alloy. 根據請求項4所述的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭,其中: The driver-style golf club head of claim 4, wherein: 該鑄造杯的該第一金屬材料包括鈦合金或鋼合金中的至少一種;以及 The first metal material of the casting cup includes at least one of a titanium alloy or a steel alloy; and 該環的該材料包括非金屬材料。 The material of the ring includes non-metallic materials. 根據請求項1所述的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭,其中: The driver golf club head of claim 1, wherein: 該至少一種第一材料包括包含連續纖維的纖維增強聚合材料;以及 The at least one first material includes a fiber-reinforced polymeric material comprising continuous fibers; and 每根該連續纖維的長度至少為50mm。 The length of each of the continuous fibers is at least 50 mm. 根據請求項7所述的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭,其中該纖維增強聚合材料的該連續纖維中的每一根均不從該發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的該冠部部分延伸到該底部部分。 The driver golf club head of claim 7, wherein each of the continuous fibers of the fiber-reinforced polymeric material does not extend from the crown portion of the driver golf club head to the bottom part. 根據請求項7所述的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭,其中該纖維增強聚合材料的該連續纖維中的每一根均不從該冠部部分延伸到該前向部分。 The driver-style golf club head of claim 7, wherein each of the continuous fibers of the fiber-reinforced polymeric material does not extend from the crown portion to the forward portion. 根據請求項1所述的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭,其中: The driver golf club head of claim 1, wherein: 該至少一種第一材料包括纖維增強聚合材料;以及 the at least one first material includes a fiber-reinforced polymeric material; and 該纖維增強聚合材料包括熱固性聚合物。 The fiber reinforced polymeric material includes a thermoset polymer. 根據請求項1所述的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭,進一步包括一主體,該主體包括鑄造杯和經由接頭接合到該鑄造杯的環,其中: The driver-style golf club head of claim 1, further comprising a body including a cast cup and a ring joined to the cast cup via a joint, wherein: 該主體包括冠部開口; the body includes a crown opening; 該鑄造杯包括限定該冠部開口的前向區段的前向冠部開口凹陷凸緣;以及 The casting cup includes a forward crown opening recessed flange defining a forward section of the crown opening; and 該環包括限定該冠部開口的後向區段的後向冠部開口凹陷凸緣。 The ring includes a rearward crown opening recessed flange defining a rearward facing section of the crown opening. 根據請求項11所述的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭,其中: The driver golf club head of claim 11, wherein: 該主體包括底部開口; the body includes a bottom opening; 該鑄造杯包括限定該底部開口的前向區段的前向底部開口凹陷凸緣; The casting cup includes a forward bottom opening recessed flange defining a forward section of the bottom opening; 該環包括限定該底部開口的後向區段的後向底部開口凹陷凸緣; the ring includes a rearward bottom opening recessed flange defining a rearward facing section of the bottom opening; 該發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭進一步包括冠部插入件和底部插入件; The driver-style golf club head further includes a crown insert and a sole insert; 該冠部插入件限定該冠部部分; the crown insert defines the crown portion; 該冠部插入件封閉該冠部開口; the crown insert closes the crown opening; 該冠部插入件由密度在0.5g/cc至4.0g/cc之間的材料製成; the crown insert is made of a material having a density between 0.5 g/cc and 4.0 g/cc; 該底部插入件限定該底部部分; the bottom insert defines the bottom portion; 該底部插入件封閉該底部開口; the bottom insert closes the bottom opening; 該底部插入件由密度在0.5g/cc至4.0g/cc之間的材料製成; the bottom insert is made of a material having a density between 0.5 g/cc and 4.0 g/cc; 該底部插入件的厚度大於該冠部插入件的厚度; The thickness of the bottom insert is greater than the thickness of the crown insert; 該冠部插入件包括限定了該發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的該冠部部分的朝外表面的冠部插入件外表面; the crown insert includes a crown insert outer surface defining an outwardly facing surface of the crown portion of the driver golf club head; 該底部插入件包括限定了該發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的該底部部分的朝外表面的底部插入件外表面; the sole insert includes a sole insert outer surface defining an outwardly facing surface of the sole portion of the driver golf club head; 該底部插入件外表面的總表面積小於該冠部插入件外表面的總表面積;以及 The total surface area of the bottom insert outer surface is less than the total surface area of the crown insert outer surface; and 該冠部插入件的總質量小於該底部插入件的總質量。 The total mass of the crown insert is less than the total mass of the bottom insert. 根據請求項12所述的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭,其中: The driver golf club head of claim 12, wherein: 該底部插入件包括第一數量的堆疊片層; the bottom insert includes a first number of stacked plies; 該冠部插入件包括第二數量的堆疊片層;以及 The crown insert includes a second number of stacked plies; and 該第一數量大於該第二數量。 The first number is greater than the second number. 根據請求項1所述的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭,進一步包括: The driver-type golf club head according to claim 1, further comprising: 一主體,該主體包括鑄造杯和經由接頭接合到該鑄造杯的環;以及 a body including a casting cup and a ring joined to the casting cup via a joint; and 限定該擊球面的擊球板; the bat defining the hitting face; 其中: in: 該鑄造杯限定該發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的該前向部分; the casting cup defines the forward portion of the driver golf club head; 該鑄造杯包括板開口;以及 the casting cup includes a plate opening; and 該擊球板接合到該鑄造杯並封閉該鑄造杯的該板開口。 The blade engages the casting cup and closes the plate opening of the casting cup. 根據請求項14所述的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭,其中該擊球板由纖維增強聚合材料製成。 The driver-style golf club head of claim 14, wherein the blade is made of a fiber-reinforced polymeric material. 根據請求項14所述的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭,其中該擊球板由金屬材料製成。 The driver-type golf club head of claim 14, wherein the blade is made of a metallic material. 根據請求項14所述的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭,其中: The driver golf club head of claim 14, wherein: 該鑄造杯進一步包括限定該板開口的板開口凹陷凸緣;以及 The casting cup further includes a plate opening recessed flange defining the plate opening; and 該擊球板與該鑄造杯的該板開口凹陷凸緣可就位地接合。 The blade is engageable in place with the plate opening recessed flange of the casting cup. 根據請求項17所述的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭,其中該擊球板黏結到該板開口凹陷凸緣。 The driver-style golf club head of claim 17, wherein the blade is bonded to the plate opening recessed flange. 根據請求項14所述的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭,其中: The driver golf club head of claim 14, wherein: 該鑄造杯限定了該發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的該冠部部分、該底部部分、該跟部部分和該趾部部分的一部分;以及 the cast cup defines a portion of the crown portion, the sole portion, the heel portion and the toe portion of the driver golf club head; and 該擊球板鄰接該發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的該冠部部分並限定該發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的頂線。 The blade abuts the crown portion of the driver golf club head and defines a topline of the driver golf club head. 根據請求項19所述的發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭,其中該擊球板與該發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的該冠部部分形成視覺可見的對比,使得該發球桿式高爾夫球桿頭的該頂線在視覺上得到增強。 The driver golf club head of claim 19, wherein the blade is in visually visible contrast to the crown portion of the driver golf club head such that the driver golf ball This top line of the head is visually enhanced.
TW110142729A 2020-12-16 2021-11-17 Multi-piece golf club head TWI789121B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/124,134 US20220184466A1 (en) 2020-12-16 2020-12-16 Golf club head
US17/124,134 2020-12-16
US17/137,151 2020-12-29
US17/137,151 US20220184472A1 (en) 2020-12-16 2020-12-29 Golf club head
US17/228,511 US20220184470A1 (en) 2020-12-16 2021-04-12 Golf club head
US17/228,511 2021-04-12
US17/389,167 US20220184746A1 (en) 2020-12-16 2021-07-29 Laser ablation process and corresponding golf club head made by the same
US17/389,167 2021-07-29
US17/505,511 2021-10-19
US17/505,511 US20220184471A1 (en) 2020-12-16 2021-10-19 Multi-piece golf club head

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202224728A true TW202224728A (en) 2022-07-01
TWI789121B TWI789121B (en) 2023-01-01

Family

ID=82163069

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW110142729A TWI789121B (en) 2020-12-16 2021-11-17 Multi-piece golf club head
TW112103965A TW202337531A (en) 2020-12-16 2021-11-17 Multi-piece golf club head

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW112103965A TW202337531A (en) 2020-12-16 2021-11-17 Multi-piece golf club head

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (2) JP7247312B2 (en)
CN (2) CN117531179A (en)
TW (2) TWI789121B (en)

Family Cites Families (25)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5213328A (en) * 1992-01-23 1993-05-25 Macgregor Golf Company Reinforced metal golf club head
JPH06238019A (en) * 1993-02-19 1994-08-30 Sumitomo Rubber Ind Ltd Golf club head and manufacture therefor
US6582323B2 (en) * 1999-11-01 2003-06-24 Callaway Golf Company Multiple material golf club head
US7125344B2 (en) * 1999-11-01 2006-10-24 Callaway Golf Company Multiple material golf club head
CA2384522C (en) * 2001-07-16 2009-11-17 Callaway Golf Company Multiple material golf club head
US7588503B2 (en) * 2004-05-12 2009-09-15 Acushnet Company Multi-piece golf club head with improved inertia
JP2008501405A (en) * 2004-06-03 2008-01-24 キャラウェイ・ゴルフ・カンパニ Golf club head
JP2007229002A (en) * 2006-02-27 2007-09-13 Sri Sports Ltd Golf club head
US8216088B2 (en) * 2009-07-21 2012-07-10 Nike, Inc. Golf clubs and golf club heads
US9162115B1 (en) * 2009-10-27 2015-10-20 Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. Golf club head
JP6343116B2 (en) * 2012-05-31 2018-06-13 住友ゴム工業株式会社 Golf club head and manufacturing method thereof
US8876632B2 (en) * 2012-09-14 2014-11-04 Acushnet Company Multi-piece golf club heads formed from titanium and zirconium alloys
JP5459432B1 (en) * 2013-08-06 2014-04-02 横浜ゴム株式会社 Golf club head
US9861864B2 (en) * 2013-11-27 2018-01-09 Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. Golf club
JP6238019B2 (en) 2014-12-10 2017-11-29 Jfeスチール株式会社 Hot metal desulfurization method with less recuperation
CN110354467B (en) * 2016-02-23 2020-12-08 卡拉韦高尔夫公司 Golf club head with structural post
CN206979990U (en) * 2016-06-21 2018-02-09 高仕利公司 Glof club head is forged altogether
US10449428B2 (en) * 2018-02-12 2019-10-22 Parsons Xtreme Golf, LLC Golf club heads and methods to manufacture golf club heads
JP6881103B2 (en) * 2017-07-05 2021-06-02 住友ゴム工業株式会社 Golf club head
JP6335375B2 (en) * 2017-08-01 2018-05-30 キャラウェイ・ゴルフ・カンパニ Golf club head with weight
US10695621B2 (en) * 2017-12-28 2020-06-30 Taylor Made Golf Company, Inc. Golf club head
GB2606475B (en) * 2018-01-19 2023-03-22 Karsten Mfg Corp Mixed material golf club head
US11219805B2 (en) * 2018-07-23 2022-01-11 Acushnet Company Multi-material golf club head
JP7433011B2 (en) * 2018-10-16 2024-02-19 テイラー メイド ゴルフ カンパニー, インコーポレーテッド golf club head
GB2613972B (en) * 2019-03-06 2023-10-25 Karsten Mfg Corp Co-molded golf putter with integral interlocking features

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TWI789121B (en) 2023-01-01
TW202337531A (en) 2023-10-01
JP2022095552A (en) 2022-06-28
CN114699746B (en) 2023-10-27
JP2023068033A (en) 2023-05-16
CN114699746A (en) 2022-07-05
JP7247312B2 (en) 2023-03-28
CN117531179A (en) 2024-02-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20220184471A1 (en) Multi-piece golf club head
JP6957446B2 (en) Golf club head
US11596841B2 (en) Golf club head
US11141633B2 (en) Golf club heads and methods to manufacture golf club heads
US10569144B2 (en) Golf club head
US7985146B2 (en) Golf club head and face insert
US11623124B2 (en) Golf club heads and methods to manufacture golf club heads
JP5363090B2 (en) Golf club face comprising a cover having a roughness pattern
US10086240B1 (en) Golf club head
US20220184468A1 (en) Multi-piece golf club head
US11167187B2 (en) Golf club heads and methods to manufacture golf club heads
US11701557B2 (en) Golf club heads
JP2009148558A5 (en)
US11666806B2 (en) Golf club heads
US20220184470A1 (en) Golf club head
US20240082652A1 (en) Golf club head
US20220184469A1 (en) Multi-piece golf club head
TWI789121B (en) Multi-piece golf club head
US20220184746A1 (en) Laser ablation process and corresponding golf club head made by the same
TW202348287A (en) Multi-piece golf club head
US20220184472A1 (en) Golf club head